HomeMy WebLinkAbout01/10/1990Contract- Documents -and Specifications
Includl0l ADDENDUM No. ONE
Dec -ember 198'9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS
INCLUDING ADDENDUM NO. ONE
CUDJOE KEY
LINED SANITARY LANDFILL EXPANSION
For
Board of County Commissioners
Monroe County, Florida
Commissioners
Mayor Mike Puto, District 4
Mayor Pro-Tem Gene Lytton, District 2
' Wilhelmina Harvey, District 1
Douglas Jones, District 3
John Stormont, District 5
t
k
1
11
n
k
L
May 1989
Prepared By
Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc.
Ll
9
(NO TEXT FOR T!I I S PAGE)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
Description
Page
00020
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
0002011-2
00200
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.01 Project Description
0020011-11
1.02 Definitions
1-4
1.03 Obligation Of Bidder To Inform
Himself As To All Conditions
Relating To Project
4-5
1.04 Examination of Contract Documents
5
1.05 Discrepancies
5
1.06 Addenda - Changes or Interpretations
During Bidding
5-6
1.07 Familiarity With Laws
6
1.08 Preparation And Submission Of Bids
6
1.09 Disqualification of Bidders
7
1.10 Bid Security
7
1.11 Power Of Attorney
7
1.12 Bid Security Forfeited -
Liquidated Damages
7
1.13 Withdrawal Of Bid
7
1.14 Modification Of Bids
8
1.15 Opening Of Bids
8
1.16 Consideration Of Bids
8
1.17 Right To Accept Or Reject Bids
8
1.18 Award Of Contract
9
1.19 Execution Of Contract
9
1.20 Performance and Payment Bonds
10
1.21 Qualification Of Sureties
10-11
1.22 Interpretation of Estimated Quantities
11
1.23 Qualifications of Bidders
11
00300
PROPOSAL
00300/1-13
00410
BID BOND
00410/1-4
00500
CONTRACT
00500/1-6
00610
PERFORMANCE BOND
00610/1-4
00620
PAYMENT BOND
00620/1-4
00650
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
0065-0/1-3
tm:SPEC 47:11 TC - 1 22-056.00
r.,
Section
00700
Fd
tm:SPEC 47:11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Description Page
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1.01
Abbreviations
00700/1-35
1.02
Intent and Correlation of Documents
1-3
1.03
Notice and Service
3
1.04
Copies Furnished
4
1.05
Shop Drawings
4
1.06
Ownership of Drawings
4-5
1.07
Samples
5
1.08
Materials, Appliances, Employees
5-7
1.09
Patents and Royalties
7
1.10
Sales Tax and Excise Tax
8
1.11
Supervision and Responsibility
of The Contractor
8-9
1.12
Progress and Submission Schedules and
Pre -construction Conference
9
1.13
Surveys, Permits and Regulations
10
1.14
Protection of Property and
the Public
10-11
1.15
Insurance
11-13
1.16
Authority of Engineer
13
1.17
Observation of the Work
13-14
1.18
Examination of the Work
14-15
1.19
Defective Work
15-16
1.20
Alterations or Changes in
Drawings and Specifications
16
1.21
Extra Work
16-17
1.22
Failure to Perform Work
18
1.23
Termination
18-20
1.24
Assignment of Contract
21
1.25
Subcontractors
21
1.26
Separate Contracts
21-22
1.27
Distribution of Work
22
1.28
No Waiver of Legal Rights
22-23
1.29
Scope of Payment
23
1.30
Basis of Payment
23
1.31
Partial and Final Payments
23-24
1.32
Measurement and Payment
25
1.33
Affidavit and Release of Lien
25
1.34
Cleanup
25
1.35
Recovery Rights Subsequent to
Final Payment
26
TC - 2 22-056.00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Section
Description
page
00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS (CONTINUED)
1.36 General Guarantee
26
1.37 Hours of Construction Operation
27
Certificate of Insurance
28-30
Application for Payment
31-32
Certification of Contractor
33
Subcontractor's/Supplier's Certification
34
Affidavit
35
Final Release of Lien
36
01000
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1.01 Scope
01000/1-4
1.02 Permits and Licenses
1
1.03 Limits of Work Areas
1
1.04 Laying Out the Work
1-2
1.05 Contractor's Office
2
1.06 Field Office
2
1.07 Existing Structures and Utilities
2
1.08 Use of Public Streets
2
1.09 Subsurface Investigation
3
1.10 Record Drawings
3
1.11 Shop Drawings
3
1.12 Operation and Maintenance Manual
3
1.13 Submittals
3-4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
01011
Summary of Project
01011/1-3
01025
Measurement and Payment
01025/1-8
01380
Construction Photographs
01380/1-3
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
02110
Clearing, Grubbing, and Stripping
0211011-2
02140
Dewatering
02140/1-2
02210
Site Grading
02210/1-4
02220
Structure Excavation and Backfill
0222011-3
02230
Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting
for Piping Systems
02236/1-5
02232
Limerock Base
02232/1-4
02240
Stabilized Subgrade
02240/1-4
02507
Prime Coat
02507/1-2
tm:SPEC 47:11
TC 3
22-056.00
r
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Section Description
02720 Storm Drainage Structures, Pipe and Fittings
02776 Liner, Geotextile and Geonet
02814 Monitor Well
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03100
Concrete
Formwork
03200
Concrete
Reinforcing
03250
Concrete
Accessories
03300
Cast -In -Place
Concrete
03410
Precast
Concrete Structures
03600
Grout
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05500 Miscellaneous Metals
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09900
Painting
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11305
Leachate Pump Stations
11325
Septage Pump Station
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
13415
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Tanks
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15010
General Mechanical Requirements
15050
Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16010
Basic Electrical Requirements
16050
Electrical Systems
Page
02720/1-5
02776/1-30
02814/1-7
03100/1-3
03200/1-3
03250/1-3
03300/1-11
03410/1-3
03600/1-2
05500/1-3
09900/1-9
11305/1-8
11325/1-6
13415/1-7
15010/1-6
15050/1-14
16010/1-5
16050/1-7
tm:SPEC 47:11 TC - 4 22-056.00
SECTION 00020
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on
Friday, the 29th day of September, 1989, at 10:00 a.m. at the Monroe County
Clerk's Office, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Monroe County, Florida, a
Committee consisting of the Clerk of Courts, the County administrator, the County
Attorney and the Manager of the Municipal Service District will open sealed bids
for the following:
CUDJOE KEY
LINED SANITARY LANDFILL EXPANSION
All bids must be in the hands of the Clerk of Courts, 500 Whitehead Street,
Key West, Florida on or before 10:00 a.m. on Friday, September 29, 1989. No
bids will be received at opening.
All bids, including the recommendation of the County Administrator and the
Manager of the Municipal Service District, will be presented to the Board of
County Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida, at a time to be announced
later.
The project consists of performing all work and furnishing all equipment,
labor and material for the construction of the approximately 5-acre expansion of the
Cudjoe Key Sanitary Landfill, on an approximately 12-acre site. The landfill
expansion includes grubbing, stripping, excavation, fine grading the site, landfill cells,
berms, ditches, ponds and roadways, furnishing and installing the liner, geotextiles,
geonet, leachate piping system, air collection piping, manholes, leachate pump
stations, leachate storage tank, septage storage tank, stormwater structures, site
clean-up and all incidentals necessary to complete the work in accordance with the
Specifications and as shown on the Drawings.
Drawings and Specifications may be obtained from the office of the Engineer,
Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc., at 5300 West Cypress Street, Suite 300,
Tampa, Florida 33607. A non-refundable fee of seventy dollars ($70.00), or
seventy-five dollars ($75.00) if mailed, will be required for each set. Checks are to
be made payable to Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc.
Ihs:SPEC 47:2
00020-1
22-056.00
I
11
An optional pre -bid meeting will be held at the office of the Municipal
Service District at 1:00 p.m on September 15, 1989.
All bids shall be accompanied by a bid guarantee in the form of Bid Bonds,
Cashier's checks or certified checks in the amount of five percent (5%) of the bid
price and shall be enclosed in sealed envelopes marked on the outside, "SEALED
BID FOR CUDJOE KEY LANDFILL EXPANSION." Two complete copies of the
bid shall be submitted with original signatures on each copy.
The successful bidder awarded a contract in accordance with the
specifications for this project and shall be required to post Performance and
Payment Bonds guaranteeing completing of the work.
The successful bidder shall possess a valid General Engineering Contractor's
License issued by Monroe County or by the State of Florida prior to the award of
the contract.
Each bid shall constitute an offer to the County as outlined therein and shall
be irrevocable after the time announced for the opening thereof. No bidder may
withdraw his bid within sixty (60) calendar days after the date set for the opening
thereof.
The Board reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive informalities
in any or all bids, and to readvertise for bids. An award, if made, will be to the
lowest, most responsible, and qualified bidder as the Board deems to be in the best
interest of the County. The award may be made within the sixty (60) days that the
bids are in force.
The Board also reserves the right to separately accept or reject any item or
items of a bid which the Board deems to be in the best interest of the County.
DATED at Key West, Florida, this 30th day of August, 1989.
hs:SPEC 47:2
00020-2
22-056.00
t'
SECTION 00200
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.01 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
A. The work of this project consists of furnishing all labor, materials,
equipment, tools, transportation, services and incidentals and
performing all work necessary to complete, in place and ready for
service, the sanitary landfill expansion in accordance with the Drawings
and Specifications prepared by Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc. and
entitled:
CUDJOE KEY
LINED SANITARY LANDFILL EXPANSION
B. The location of the project is in Cudjoe Key, Florida.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Whenever in the Contract Documents, the following terms (or
pronouns in place of them) are used, the intent and meaning of such
terms shall be interpreted as follows:
1. Addendum: A written explanation, interpretation, change,
correction, addition, deletion, or modification, affecting the
Contract Documents, including Drawings and Specifications issued by
the Owner or the Owner's Engineer and distributed to prospective
Bidders prior to the Bid opening.
2. Affidavit: The instrument which is to be signed by the Contractor
and submitted to the Owner through the Engineer, upon completion of
that job, showing that all bills have been paid. It shall also mean
such instrument that may be requested by the Owner incident to
partial payments.
3. "And" - "Or": The word "and" shall also mean "or," and the word
"or" shall also mean "and" whenever the contents or purpose so
require.
4. Article: The prime sub -division of a Section of these or any other
referenced Specifications, the Instructions to Bidders, the Special
Conditions and the General Conditions.
5. Bidder: An individual, firm or corporation submitting a Proposal
for the work contemplated; acting directly or through a duly
authorized representative.
6. Bid Form: The official form on which the Owner requires formal Bids
to be prepared and submitted.
7. Bid Security or Bid Bond: The security designated in the Proposal
to be furnished by the Bidder as guaranty that he will enter into
the Contract for the work if his Proposal is accepted.
8. Calendar Day: Any day, including Saturdays, Sundays and holidays,
and regardless of the weather conditions.
1 tm:SPEC 47:3
00200-1
22-056.00
9. Change Order: A written order to the Contractor signed by the Owner
authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the work, or an
adjustment in the Contract price or the Contract time issued after
execution of the Contract.
10. Contractor: The person whose Proposal shall be accepted by the
Owner and who shall thereafter enter into a formal contract with the
Owner to furnish the work as bid upon. The Contractor has the
obligation to deliver to the Owner the completed job in good and
workmanlike condition.
11. Contract Documents: The Contract Documents, sometimes referred to
as the "Drawings and Specifications," shall mean and include the
following:
a. Notice of Calling for Bids.
b. Instruction to Bidders.
c. Proposal.
d. Bid Security or Bid Bond.
e. Contract.
f. Performance Bond.
g. Payment Bond.
h. General Conditions.
i. Special Conditions.
j. Technical Specifications.
k. Addenda.
1. Drawings.
12. County: Monroe County, Florida.
13. Drawings: The official approved drawings or plans or exact
reproductions thereof which show the location, character, dimensions
and details of the work to be done and which are to be considered as
part of the Contract Documents, the same as though attached
thereto.
14. Engineer: See "Owner's Engineer" below.
15. Equipment: The machinery and equipment, together with the necessary
supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and including the tools and
apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable
completion of the work.
16. Force Account Work: Work performed in addition to that set forth in
the original Contract or in supplemental agreements or change
orders, and which is paid for on the basis of actual cost of
materials and labor, plus a fixed percentage of such costs.
17. Materials: Any substance proposed to be used in connection with the
construction of any structure, facility or appurtenance, or of other
work under the Contract.
18. Nominal Quantity: A contingent amount included in the Bid Form to
establish a price extension for a contingent item of unknown
character and quantity generally relating to subsoil conditions.
19. Notices:
a. Notice of Acceptance: The official letter from the Owner to the
successful Bidder, notifying him that he has been awarded the
Contract.
b. Notice of Award: Same as Notice of Acceptance.
tm:SPEC 47:3
00200-2
22-056.00
E
c. Notice to Proceed: The official letter from the Owner to the
Contractor instructing the Contractor to commence work within
ten (10) calendar days after date of notice.
20. Oral Statements: No oral statement of any person whomsoever shall
in any matter or degree modify or otherwise affect the terms of the
Contract Documents.
21. Owner: Monroe County Municipal Service District.
22. The Owner's Engineer: Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc., 5300
West Cypress Street, Suite 300, Tampa, Florida 33607. The Engineer
is an employee of the Owner. Any instructions, advice, or
recommendations he may give the Contractor are given only in the
name of the Owner and by his authority and consent. The Owner's
Engineer shall not supplant the Contractor in his conduct, direction
and supervision of the work, unless specifically directed to do so
by the Owner, in writing, under appropriate terms of the Contract
Documents. All orders and instructions of the Owner to the
Contractor shall be given through the Owner's Engineer or
representative. It is recognized that the Contractor is wholly and
solely responsible for delivery, to the Owner, of the completed work
in a good and workmanlike condition.
23. Performance and Payment Bonds: The securities furnished by the
Contractor and the sureties as a guaranty that the Contractor shall
fulfill the terms of the Contract in accordance with the Drawings,
Specifications and other Contract Documents.
24. Person: The word "person" shall mean and include any individual,
partnership, society, association, joint stock company, corporation,
estate, receiver, trustee, assignee, referee, or capacity, whether
appointed by a court or otherwise, and any combination of
individuals or "persons."
25. Principal: When used in the Bid Bond, the word "Principal" means
the same as the word "Bidder." When used in the Performance and
Payment Bonds, the word "Principal" means the same as the word
"Contractor."
26. Pronouns: The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and
neuter and the singular shall include the plural.
27. Proposal: The offer of the Bidder for the work when made out and
submitted on the prescribed Proposal Form(s), properly signed and
guaranteed.
28. Proposal Form: The official form on which the Owner requires
Proposals to be prepared and submitted.
29. Provided: As used in the Specifications or upon the Drawings,
"provided" shall be understood to mean "provided complete in place,"
that is, "furnished and installed." Where "as shown," "as
indicated," "as detailed" or words of similar import are used, it
shall be understood that references to the Drawings and/or
Specifications accompanying these documents are intended unless
otherwise expressly stated.
30. Resident Project Representative: An authorized representative of
the Owner, or an employee of the Owner's Engineer assigned to the
Project to make observations of the work performed by the
Contractor.
' tm:SPEC 47:3 00200-3 22-056.00
31. Scope of the work: Includes the work, as the term is herein
defined, as well as the responsibility for performing and complying
with all incidental matters pertaining thereto, as set out in the
Contract Documents.
32. Specifications: The Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions,
Special Conditions, Technical Specifications and such other
documents as set forth in the Contract Documents.
33. Special Conditions: Specific clauses supplemental to the other
Contract Documents setting forth conditions varying from or
additional to the other Contract Documents for a specific project.
34. State: State of Florida.
35. Subcontractor: A person supplying labor, materials, supplies,
equipment, services, and other incidentals used directly or
indirectly by the Contractor or subcontractors. Such person has
contractual relations with the Contractor, but not with the Owner.
36. Superintendent: The Contractor's authorized executive
representative, in responsible charge of the work at all times.
37. Surety: The corporate body which is bound by the Performance and
Payment Bonds with and for the Contractor (who is primarily liable)
and which engages to be responsible for his acceptable performance
of the Work for which the Contract has been made and for his prompt
payment of all debts pertaining thereto.
38. Work Order: A written authorization to the Contractor signed by the
Owner, concerning the performance of work and/or the furnishing of
materials on a force account basis as provided in the General
Conditions.
39. Work: Shall mean everything expressly or impliedly required to be
furnished and/or done by the Contractor by any one or more of the
Contract Documents.
1.03 OBLIGATION OF BIDDER TO INFORM HIMSELF AS TO ALL CONDITIONS
RELATING TO PROJECT
A. The Bidder, by and through the submission of his Bid, agrees that he
shall be held responsible for having theretofore examined the site, the
location of all work and for having satisfied himself from his own
personal knowledge and experience or professional advice as to the
character, and location of the site, the nature of the ground, surface
and subsurface, the water elevations, location of buried utilities and
any other conditions surrounding and affecting the work, any
obstructions, the nature of any existing construction, and all other
physical characteristics of the job, in order that he may include in the
prices which he bids all costs pertaining to the work and thereby
provide for the satisfactory completion thereof, including the removal,
relocation or replacement of any objects or obstructions which may be
encountered in doing the work.
B. Any records of contours, obstructions and other subsurface
investigations shown on the Drawings or included hereinafter, were made
solely for design purposes for the work; and the Owner and his Engineer
do not warrant, guarantee or represent that said data is correct with
tm:SPEC 47:3 00200-4 22-056.00 1
respect to actual subsurface conditions; therefore, the Bidder, by and
' through the submission of his Bid, affirms that he has made, or has
caused to -be made, his own test holes and/or other investigations of
such subsurface conditions, and/or that he has otherwise satisfied
' himself with respect to such conditions; and, should the Bidder be
Awarded the Contract, he agrees that he will make no claims against the
Owner or his Engineer if, in carrying out the work, he finds that the
actual conditions do not conform to those indicated.
C. The Bidder, in preparing his Bid, shall take into consideration that
work by other contractors may be in progress at or near the site during
' the performance of the work to which the Bid relates and that he will be
expected, should he be awarded a Contract, to avoid interference with
work done by such other contractors and to coordinate his work with
other contractors at the site.
' 1.04 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
I A.
ine biaaer shall examine carefull
' 1.05 DISCREPANCIES
y
A. Should a Bidder find discrepancies or ambiguities in, or omissions from,
the Drawings or Specifications, or should he be in doubt as to their
meaning, he shall at once notify the Owner's Engineer.
1.06
A.
ADDENDA, CHANGES OR INTERPRETATIONS DURING BIDDING
No oral interpretations will be made to any Bidder as to the meaning of
the Contract Documents. Any inquiry or request for interpretation
received seven (7) or more days prior to the date fixed for opening of
Bids will be given consideration. All such changes or interpretations
will be made in writing in the form of an Addendum and, if issued, will
be mailed or sent by available means to all known prospective Bidders
not later than five (5) days prior to the established Bid opening date.
Each prospective Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of such Addenda in the
space provided therefor in the Proposal Form. In case any Bidder fails
to acknowledge receipt of such Addenda or Addendum, his Bid will
nevertheless be construed as though it had been received and
acknowledged and the submission of his Bid will constitute
acknowledgement of the receipt of same. All Addenda are a part of the
Contract Documents and each Bidder will be bound by such Addenda,
whether or not received by him. It is the responsibility of each
prospective Bidder to verify that he has received all Addendum issued
before Bids are opened.
Itm:SPEC 47:3
00200-5
22-056.00
1.07 FAMILIARITY WITH LAWS
A. The Bidder is required to be familiar with and should be responsible for
complying with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and
regulations that in any manner affect the work.
1.08 PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF BIDS
A. The Bidder shall sign the Proposal in the space provided for the
signature. If the Bidder is an individual, the words "doing business as
," or "Sole Owner" must appear beneath such signature. In the
case of a partnership, the signature of at least one of the partners
must follow the firm name and the words "Member of the Firm" should be
written beneath such signature. If the Bidder is a corporation, the
title of the officer signing the Proposal in behalf of the corporation
shall be stated and evidence of his authority to sign the Proposal be
submitted. The Bidder shall state in the Proposal the name and address
of each person interested therein.
B . The price bid for each item shall be on a lump sum or unit price basis
according to the Bid Form. The prices bid shall remain unchanged for
the duration of the Contract and no claims for cost escalation during
the progress of the work will be considered.
C. The total price bid for the work shall be the sum of the lump sum prices
bid and/or unit prices multiplied by the appropriate estimated
quantities for the individual items and shall be stated in figures in
the appropriate place on the Bid Form. In the event that there is a
discrepancy on the Bid Form due to unit price extensions or additions,
the corrected extensions and additions shall be used to determine the
total amount bid for the project.
D. Submission of Bids
1. Bids shall be submitted on the Bid Form included within the
Proposal. The Bid shall be submitted as part of the Proposal which
includes the Bid Form, Schedule of Subcontractors and Equipment
Manufacturers, and the Questionnaire.
2. Two (2) copies of the Proposal shall be submitted with original
signatures on each copy, together with a suitable Bid Security.
3. The Proposal (two copies) and Bid Security must be submitted in a
sealed envelope which shall be marked so as to clearly indicate its
contents and the name of the Bidder. If forwarded by mail, the
above mentioned envelope shall be enclosed in another envelope
addressed to the Office of the County Clerk, 500 Whitehead Street,
Key West, Florida, 33040, and preferably by special delivery,
registered mail; if forwarded otherwise than by mail, it shall be
delivered to the Clerk. Proposals will be received until the date
and hour stated in the Notice of Calling for Bids.
4. The Bidder shall submit the Schedule of Subcontractors and Equipment
Manufacturers which shall list the names and addresses of his
subcontractors and the services they will supply. These
tm:SPEC 47:3 00200-6 22-056.00
0
1
f
subcontractors will be subject to review as to their competency by
the Owner prior to award of Contract and shall be one of the
considerations in determining the lowest responsive and responsible
Bidder as defined in Article 1.18, Award of Contract. After award
'
of the Contract, no change in subcontractors shall be made unless
approved by the Owner after a request for such has
a change been
submitted in writing by the Contractor which shall include the
reasons for such request. The equipment manufacturers and suppliers
t
shall be in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and no
changes in these manufacturers or suppliers will be allowed after
acceptance by the Owner.
'
1.09
DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
'
A.
Only one Proposal from an individual firm, partnership or corporation
under the same or under different names will be considered. If it is
believed that a Bidder is interested in more than one Proposal for the
work involved, all Proposals in which such a Bidder is interested will
'
be rejected.
B.
If it is believed that collusion exists among the Bidders, the Proposals
of all participants in such collusion will be rejected, and no
'
participants in such collusion will be considered in future Proposals
for the same work.
'
1.10
BID SECURITY
A.
Each Bid must be accompanied by a cashier's check, certified check or
'
Bid Bond in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the amount Bid.
A cashier's check or certified check shall have the necessary State of
Florida's Documentary Stamps attached and be made payable to the Monroe
County Board of County Commissioners. The Bid Security of all Bidders,
'
(excepting the three (3) lowest responsible Bidders), will be returned
within ten (10) days after the formal opening of Bids. The Bid Security
of the three (3) lowest responsible Bidders will be returned within ten
t
(10) days after the Owner and the accepted Bidder have executed the
written Contract and the accepted Bidder has filed an acceptable bond.
If sixty (60) days have passed after the date of the formal opening of
'
the Bids and no Contract has been awarded, the Bid Security of any
Bidder will be returned on demand, provided that the Bidder has not been
notified of the acceptance of his Bid.
'
1.11
POWER OF ATTORNEY
A.
Attorneys -in - Fact who sign Bid Bonds or Contract Bonds, must file with
such bonds a certified copy of their Power of Attorney to
sign said
Bonds.
' tm:SPEC 47:3 _ _
00200 7 22 056.00
I
1.12 BID SECURITY FORFEITED - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
A. Failure to execute a Contract and file acceptable bonds as provided
herein within ten (10) days after a written Notice of Award has been
given shall be just cause for the annulment of the Award and the
forfeiture of the Bid Security to the Owner, which forfeiture shall be
considered not as a penalty, but in liquidation of damages sustained.
Award of the Contract may then be made to the next lowest responsive and
responsible Bidder or all Bids may be rejected.
1.13 WITHDRAWAL OF BID
A. Any Bid may be withdrawn prior to the time scheduled in the Notice of
Calling for Bids for the opening thereof. A Bid may also be withdrawn
sixty (60) days after the date of the opening of the Bids, provided that
the Bidder has not been notified that his Bid has been accepted.
1.14 MODIFICATION OF BIDS
A. Written Bid modification will be accepted from Bidders if addressed to
the Board of County Commissioners and received prior to the formal
opening of Bids.
B. Any Bidder may modify his Bid by telegraphic communication at any time
prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of Bids, provided such
telegraphic communication is received by the Owner prior to the closing
time, and provided further, the Owner is satisfied that a written
confirmation of the telegraphic modification over the signature of the
Bidder was mailed prior to the closing time. The telegraphic
communication should not reveal the Bid price, but should provide the
addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices
or terms will not be known by the Owner until the Sealed Bid is opened.
If written confirmation is not received within two days from the closing
time, no consideration will be given to the telegraphic modification.
1.15 OPENING OF BIDS
A. Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at the appointed time and
place stated in the Notice of Calling for Bids. The officer whose duty
it is to open them will decide when the specified time has arrived and
no Bids received thereafter will be considered. No responsibility will
be attached to any officer for the premature opening of a Bid not
properly addressed and identified. Bidders or their authorized agents
are invited to be present.
1.16 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS
A. For the purpose of award, after the Proposals are opened and read, the
correct summation of the lump sum prices and/or of the products of the
estimated quantities shown in the Bid Form and the unit prices will be
considered the Bid. The Bid amounts will be compared and the results
tm:SPEC 47:3 00200-8 22-056.00
f
L
of such comparison made available to the public. Until the award of the
Contract, the right will be reserved to reject any and all Proposals and
to waive technical errors and irregularities as may be deemed best for
the interests of the Owner.
1.17 RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT BIDS
A. Bids which contain modifications, are incomplete, unbalanced,
conditional, obscure or which contain additions not requested or
irregularities of any kind, or which do not comply in every respect with
the Instructions to Bidders, and the Contract Documents, may be rejected
at the option of the Owner. The Owner does not bind himself to accept
the minimum Bid, but reserves the right to accept any Bid which in the
judgment of the Owner will best serve the needs and interests of the
Owner.
1.18 AWARD OF CONTRACT
A. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, or any part of
any Bid, to waive any informality in any Bid, or to readvertise for all
or part of the work contemplated. The Owner reserves the right, prior
to award of Contract, to delete from the scope of the project any item
or any combination of items the aggregate bid prices for which do not
exceed 25 percent (25%) of the total bid price for the project. If Bids
are found to be acceptable by the Owner, written notice will be given to
the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder of the acceptance of his
Proposal and of the award of the Contract to him.
B. If a Bidder to whom a Contract is awarded forfeits his Bid Security and
the award of the Contract is annulled, the Owner may then award the
Contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder or the
' work may be readvertised or may be constructed by day labor as the Owner
decides.
C. The Contract will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible
Bidder complying with the applicable conditions of the Contract
Documents. In determining the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder,
the following elements, in addition to those noted in the Contract
' Documents, will be considered: Does each Bidder involved (1), maintain
a permanent place of business; (2) have adequate plant and equipment to
do the work properly and expeditiously; (3) have suitable financial
status to meet the
obligations incident to
the work; (4)
have
'
appropriate successful
contractual and technical
experience in similar
work; and further (5)
what proportional amount
of the work does
each
' Bidder intend to perform with his own organization as compared with
portion he intends to subcontract; and (6) what are the qualifications
the
of subcontractors whom
each Bidder proposes to use? In addition,
each
Bidder shall produce satisfactory evidence
that he and
all
' subcontractors he proposes to use hold valid state, county and local
licenses or certificates of competency covering all operations and all
areas of political jurisdiction involved in the work of this Contract.
' tm:SPEC 47:3 00200-9
22-056.00
r_1
E
D. The ability of any Bidder to obtain a Performance Bond shall not be
regarded as the sole test of such Bidder's competence or responsibility.
E. The Owner also reserves the right to reject the Proposal of a Bidder who
has previously failed to perform properly or to complete other contracts
of a similar nature on time.
1.19 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
A. The Bidder tc whom a Contract is awarded will be required to execute in
three (3) counterparts the prescribed Contract, Performance and Payment
Bonds within ten (10) days from the date of notice of acceptance of the
Bidder's Proposal, and deliver the executed Contract to the Owner. This
Contract requires specific insurance. Certificates of insurance shall
be submitted with the executed Contract showing that insurance meeting
the requirements of Article 1.15 of the General Conditions, is in
effect.
1.20 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS
A. Simultaneously with his delivery of the executed Contract to the Owner,
a Bidder to whom a Contract has been awarded must deliver to the Owner
executed Performance and Payment Bonds on the prescribed forms each in
an amount of one -hundred percent (100%) of the total amount of the
accepted Bid, as security for the faithful performance of his Contract
and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing
materials in connection therewith. The Performance and Payment Bonds
shall have as the surety thereon only such surety company or companies
as are authorized to write bonds of such character and amount under the
laws of the State of Florida and with a resident agent in Dade or Monroe
County, Florida. The Attorney -in - Fact, or other officer who signs a
Performance and Payment Bonds for a surety company must file with such
bonds a certified copy of his Power -of -Attorney authorizing him to do
SO.
B. The Performance and Payment Bonds shall remain in force for one (1) year
from the date of final acceptance of the work as a protection to the
Owner against losses resulting from latent defects in materials or
improper performance of work under the Contract, which may appear or be
discovered during that period.
1.21 QUALIFICATION OF SURETIES
The following requirements shall be met by all surety companies
furnishing Bid, Performance, Payment or other type of Bonds:
tm:SPEC 47:3 00200-10 22-056.00
1. The Surety shall be rated as "A" or better as to General
Policyholders Rating and Class X or better as to Financial Category
by Best's Key Rating Guide, published by Alfred M. Best Company,
Inc., of 75 Fulton Street, New York, New York, 10038.
2. The Surety shall be listed on the U.S. Department of the Treasury,
Fiscal Service, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, Circular
570, (1982 Revision) entitled, "Companies Holding Certificates of
Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable
Reinsuring Companies."
3. All Surety Companies are subject to approval and may be rejected by
the Owner without cause, in the same manner that Bids may be
rejected.
4. The bonding limit of the Surety shall not exceed ten percent (10%)
of the policyholder surplus (capital and surplus) as listed by the
aforementioned Best's Key Rating Guide, on any one risk (penalty or
amount of any one bond).
5. Policy holders surplus is required to be (five) 5 times the amount
of any one bond.
6. The Agent countersigning the bond shall be registered in the State
of Florida and a resident of Dade or Monroe County.
1.22 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED QUANTITIES
A. In the case of unit price items, the quantities of work to be done and
materials to be furnished under this Contract, given in the Bid Form,
are to be considered as approximate only and are to be used solely for
the comparison of Bids received. The Owner and/or his Engineer do not
expressly or by implication represent that the actual quantities
involved will correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the Bidder plead
misunderstanding or deception because of such estimate or quantities or
of the character, location or other conditions pertaining to the work.
Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of
work performed or material furnished in accordance with the Drawings and
other Contract Documents, and it is understood that the quantities may
be increased or diminished as provided in the General Conditions without
in any way invalidating any of the unit or lump sum prices bid.
1.23 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
A. The Contract will be awarded only to responsible contractors, qualified
by experience and in a financial position to do the work specified.
Note: Prior to award to Contract, the successful Bidder will be
required to possess a valid Engineering Contractor's Class I License
issued by Monroe County or equivalent State of Florida Contractor's
License.
Itm:SPEC 47:3
END OF SECTION
00200-11
22-056.00
E
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
SECTION 00300
PROPOSAL
CUOJOE KEY
LINED SANITARY
LANDFILL EXPANSION
PROPOSAL
Board of County Commissioners
Monroe County Courthouse
Key West, Florida 33040
Gentlemen:
Submitted: Se 19 9Y
The undersigned, as Bidder, hereby declares that the
only
person or persons
interested` in the Proposal, as principal
or principals,
is or
are named herein
and that no other person than herein
mentioned has
any
interest in the
Proposal of the Contract to which the
work pertains;
that
this Proposal is
made without connection or arrangement
with any other
person,
company, or
parties making a bid or proposal and that the Proposal is
in
all respects fair
and made in good faith without collusion
or fraud.
The Bidder further declares that he has examined the site of the work and
that from personal knowledge and experience, or that he has made sufficient
test holes and/or other subsurface investigations to fully satisfy himself
that such site is a correct and suitable one for this work and he assumes full
responsibility therefore; that he has examined the Drawings and Specifications
for the work and from his own experience or from professional advice that the
Drawings and Specifications are sufficient for the work to be done and he has
examined the other Contractual Documents relating thereto, including the
Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Contract, Performance and Payment Bonds,
General and Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, Drawings and has
read all Addenda prior to the opening of Bids, and that he has satisfied
himself fully, relative to all matters and conditions with respect to the work
to which this Proposal pertains.
The Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Proposal is accepted, to enter into
an Agreement with the Owner, Monroe County Municipal Service District, in _the
contract form specified, to furnish all necessary materials, all equipment,
all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus, means of transportation, and labor
necessary to complete the work for the Contract Price within the Contract
Time, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
' Copy 1
tm:SPEC 47:4
00300-1 22-056.00
L
The Bidder further agrees that
the deductions for
liquidated damages, as
stated in the Contract constitute
fixed, agreed, and
liquidated damages to
reimburse the Owner for additional
costs to the Owner
resulting from the work
not being completed within the time
limit stated in the
Contract.
The Bidder further agrees to execute a Contract and furnish satisfactory
Performance and Payment Bonds each in the amount of one -hundred percent (100%)
of the Contract price, within ten (10) consecutive calendar days after written
notice, given by the Owner, of the award of the Contract, and the undersigned
agrees that in case of failure on his part to execute the said Contract,
Performance and Payment Bonds within the ten (10) consecutive calendar days
after award of the Contract, the Bid Security in the form of a certified
check, cashier's check or Bid Bond accompanying his Bid and the money payable
thereon shall be paid to the Owner as liquidation of damages sustained by the
Owner; otherwise, the Bid Security accompanying the Proposal shall be returned
to the undersigned after the Contract is signed and the Performance and
Payment Bonds are filed.
The Bidder agrees to accept as full compensation the lump sum/unit prices
named in the Bid Form for the work described in the Contract Documents.
The Bfder submits the Schedule of Subcontractors and Equipment
Manufacturers.
The Bidder warrants the truth and accuracy of all statements and answers
contained within the Questionnaire.
Copy 1 11
tm:SPEC 47:4 D0300-2 22-056.00
.. 1P�. _6
O
VI
z
a
a
J
J_
az
J
CC
a
YZ
0
owe.
Dzo
U im
8�
$�
°off
e�
off-
o°'
;1
?�
ol
al
$)
^
o
O
a
-
n
Lu
�°
lfi
�o
00
--=
�'
��
O_
CT-
�'
O
'0'
r
ray.
fAI-�
° I
O
rj`
1
N
e
mac)
N
03
e.
,�
e•,
�
M
F
Vt
>
v
3�
v
?
°
°
vIv
V
vu
f1e
v
o
Z
C
c
LAQ
2
c
v►
s
'V
VI�n
LA
)
y:2
C
O
Q
Gl
U'
W
�
J
J
J
J
J
J
ci
ci
vi
vi
vi
W
2
F-
1"
�
E•-
(�
LL
F
-
0
o
C
g
mro
S
�
�
CC z
N
ep
A
ED
Of
O
COPY 1
00300-3
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
n
O
CO
Z
a
a
J
J
LL
4Z
J
Cr-
4
H
Y <2
LLJ O U) a:
p W O
:)zo
U i C3
o�
o�
g�
.�
a
a,
a,
o
Do
rD
Ql-
M
Y1
ad
o6
j
o,
81.
w =+
c,4'S00
b�
�A
Z 3
C9
601,
�T
N
�v
o u�
t
T
�L
o w
O
r-
N
r
<
N
to
~
t
}
N
�:
U
�:
U
<
W
J
J
to
J
y
�
�
N
0
Z
�
Z
a
W
<j
N
xa
N
FS
2
a:
�r
CT
COPY I 00300-4
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
fO
v!
Z
a
a
J
J
¢Z
J
C�
a
F-
LU -
Z
<C
+G
0
Q W LL
Dzo
UJ@
COPY 1
ai.
01
C r
4
pl-
p'
pI
°I
01
0'
J
O
N
p
°
0
rl
bt
�+
m
OI
�I
M'
Q`I
01
13
al
0
J
Q
t4
�p
z
lb,
1.4
}
y�
N
%A
vi
1
d1
tjA
�
z Q'
CA
qj
zC
f7
C0
R
�A
R
c0)
O
a
�
N
Z
�:
w
W
W
J
J
a
¢
I
Z
w
a
w
a
w
wa
<Z
w<
w
w a
�O
W o.
10
a n,
20
a Cl)
=csi
J
Z
v
v
v
¢
LL O
<w
�w
J
~w
�-
�"ui
�a
�D
U
D
0
t
¢
ow
¢
ow
W
O
a
00
pO
°0
°Za.
C,
¢
O
LL¢
3
Za
Za
2
0w
N<
0w
u)�
wW
aQ
CL
to
J
J=
>
J
WW
2�
WW
¢
2
2
i�
2
z�
2
z�
S V
iJ
-�
<f-
3�
<
CL
a
2
zc.
z
2
Lc
z
�7
i0L
��
LL-1
W�
tpJ
�y0
R�
N�
Z
r-
Of
N
Qf
R
N
�y
N
N
N
_
00300-5
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
0
Cl)
V!
a
a
J
J
4Z
J
cc
a
�_
YZ2
O0p
awLL
:D Z g
U_CIO
COPY 1
QQ
Q�
o
°I
01
p)
0�
N
Q
1T
0
cr
M
Qo
.n
\
N
`!1
D'
\O
M
0)
a$.
'o
_
nl
�D
o
t�
\lD
110
T
M
z'°
of
yN
O
j
N
� a
0
n
1
3
't
j
o
C�
b
u
f
Z 0
O ZZ
O
o
Y
N
p
O
FS
d
d
K
�
2
_
. �
�C
�►
�
1-3
�
�r
t�1
X
v�
�- �
f
co
N
t
z
W
W
N
>:
47
N
CL
o
o
W
U
W
C
0
W
J
z
x
c
Q
z
z
''
z
Q
U
cYv
h
tai)
Q
Q
W
W
z
N�
N
{�gyp
N
N
cm
00300-6
M
C
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
0
I
W
1 °:
U
Z
1
1 Z
2
CL
W Y
z
0
o. 00
1"- J
U
0 Z a
1 ZU8
�m W.
Lu
Y Q -� w
0aW J
I �Z2
U iU
1
COPY 1
`
o-
w
(�o O
y
cr
x
z
ti
O
0
CL
(7
]
Q
^
N
�
♦
of
tp
P
L-o
Of
00300-7
0
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
k,
vi
co
cc
cc
4
Q
z
W
a..
W Y
0a o
z
4� >
a. U
aw
LL z a
V �
Z
Jm w
= m
(L w
W ~ O !�
YZJ
a w
WAD ►-
0WW J
�ZU
CU —i cA
v 4,
Z
�b
1w
(zz
v
}
z
N
z
a
N
W
X
a
a
<pZ
W
^
�
Q m
cc
>c
W
Z
W
<
W
<
tiJ
< C7
�~
�v
c7Zcm
00300-8
COPY 1
0
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
0
.AM dftlk
CO
cr
w IN
cc
LI vi ,
Z z
z
a
wY
OZ
�a0
Zco cc
w
xx
WQ °
J�
0o O <z
az� R����
J m m x� x� x� xR z
' Q CCcc X
cc cc
o o�� LLa LLOaw
i- f--o < � -U. z o. z a
_j �U �j �U F w
YZJ W �+< < 0w n � ��j
W Q D x xw < < _ _
U > UCC (�Q
O W a �b� w-j N0 a�
' QW= LL NU
19
COPY 1 00300-9
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
cc
w
cc
Q
4
F-
W
2
a
5^
W Y.
ZO
�a
Z
Q cc ;
xxa 0
WV o
J�
LL. Z a
0002
m W
m
CC (L W
WQ:cn
w
O0W J
t
WUU
UJt�
W
W
a
2
Z
N
Z
<
ul
O
t
Q
' COPY 1
00300-10
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
_
QUESTIONNAIRE
(Include additional sheets if necessary)
1. How
has
r
years
your organization been in
business as a (circle one)
eneral Contractor
Subcontractor?
S �l�La�zQ�
2. Describe
and give
the date and owner of the
last project that you have
'
completed
similar in
type, size, and nature as
the one proposed?
=%J �D
rod ¢ �"f
wi9-s .�l G /%g-�i.�J
%P,✓�s! 40 r
'
--P05-t
�C1Gc�%.1,
S�dl, JerNlq,o,v
12&0- .Nv/ds
' W C aT wo-s NA- -7e d Se�^7,.��,� Co • f!�%
' 3. Have you ever failed to complete work awarded to you? If so, where and
why?
4e Ile, r
' 4. Name three individuals or corporations for which you have performed work
and to which you refer:
iy1Y. ,Car► - )fey e Ids, p 13SiJ 383- 2r.
rnr• She e- 1-Q x , Je,.,. S La/.. -,..Ct5 �'�Y s,- 90 Y- 57 s� /
Co..- 94 q - 7S�1 ` 1/037
5. Have you personally inspected the site of the proposed Work? Describe
any anticipated problems with the site and your proposed solutions?
yeS
�NPe'Y Sa 5 P Cav��y cut l�
Co py 1
' tm:SPEC 41:4 00300-11 22-056.00
6. What equipment do you own that is available for the Work?
Doze✓s �gders, Sere�Ner� %j�oP s %I'cicl�S
C-
.
7. What equipment will you purchase for the Work?
8. What equipment will you rent for the Work?
bar k 4 4 4 P m -IC
9. A summary of the financial
statement of the Bidder (list assets and
liabilities) is attached.
10. What is the Bidder's General
Engineering Contractor
License No.?
e x e.•7,07ttd QV L �z
iZc-►✓4.Yz"
C`-,04e-, yZ1-Ir7L 1
y� 103� (a
Go...f•4c.7`' G4 rra / n) C4 r S .4 r o �✓7' 90 — ,3 5'
11. What is the Bidders Occupational License No.? 9-
6 3i o
O q,4/ Z D q PO ✓, L�4
` oy12O V-4474,d 64 o v4e r
H 110 4 f s
I
Copy 1
tm:SPEC 47:4 00300-12 22-056.00
Acknowledgment is hereby made of
issuance of Drawings and Specifications:
Addendum No. i Dated :912.08
Addendum No., Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
the following Addenda received since
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Oates`:
Attached hereto is a certified/cashier's check on the
Bank of
or Bid Bond for the sum of PP✓CO.,
o-F 13 i d Do.l`1'ars
(b S made payable to Monroe County, Florida.
Name of Bidder ffix eal
L.S.
Signature of Officer) L.. Hoe
Pvtscaf,,rT L.S.
Title of Officer)
Name of Business: 6v-0vn/d Ir..Prov�.-�ttnifi S0, /,•ic.
Address: goo 0f-0-,C 2
City: State:
f' 1.
Phone: y0-1 B-8
The full
foregoing Bid,
names and residences
as principals,
of
are as follows:
'persons
Poo
and firms interested in the
Za�c✓+
k,;Ptiovn.e ,
�o
gcxS9G
/
,�oac(Ipn��ii(JiKGr,r ��G754
Iw J e ✓ fi
CO .tee 51- 6 c e K
. �� � � � .
go x';?t 7
/a ..,v, 4.. v, . /9a. l5 3 Z o
�hc'Jdove 02`'1 Tg I%a_I • //S�0.1d G Q1 S - 610j0 .AL. 3211-76 Jc�
Name of the executive who will give personal attention to the work: -
Tke.od:o -e L- Hoed
Copy 1
tm:SPEC 47:4
END OF SECTION
00300-13
22-056.00
r
a
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
0
r
r�
GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES, INC.
BALANCE SHEET
MAY 31, 1989
n
A ETS
URRENT ASSETS:
CASH 181814
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE 11923,219
' COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS IN EXCESS
OF BILLINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS 646,670
INVENTORY 45,219
' OTHER CURRENT ASSETS61,962
-----
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 2,695,884
EQUIPMENT (NET OF ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION) 427;949
,OTHER ASSETS----43l879-
3,167,712
ABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
PAYABLE
500,000
tNOTE
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
849,128
TAXES ON INCOME:
'
CURRENT
DEFERRED
0
60,000
BILLINGS IN EXCESS OF COSTS AND ESTIMATED
EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS
447,37&
'CURRENT
MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT
128,620
ALLOWANCE FOR COST OVERRUNS
808
'
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
1,985,930 �•
LONG-TERM DEBT - LESS CURRENT MATURITIES
322,071
'
TOTAL LIABILITIES
-
2,308,001
'
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
COMMON STOCK
864
CAPITAL IN EXCESS OF STATED VALUE
89,066
RETAINED EARNINGS
774,704
'
STOCKHOLDERS' DISTRIBUTION
--_(4=923)
859,711
'
3,167,712
0
Q
w
P
a0
P
fl
U
Z •+
rr M
r
v'f vt In
W Z 7
moo
0 M D
tiH a
za
roc
U W W
WLQ
►- O Z
�w
w
zoo
wzz
Ixw =
L ►- z
= Q W
M �
V1 W
z w
O 41
C
O
w
N N
1
1 a
co
P
I
0k 1
I
N 1
v 0�
I Its
N
N 1
P 1
•ti M
I
I n
�
00
(
M I
I
N I
N Q
I M
6
a0
1
t
1
t
1
1
I
M 10
1 N
..
P
0 1
M I
P N
1 -0
KI
.+
is 1
00 1
a0 P
1 0.
N
.0
N
P P
1' P
1
N I
Ifl v
{
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
I
In
vt w
w
z
cwn
o
z N
W
2
r.• IA
W 1-
L
UJ
N
9 IN
X
IL
w O
w 0
w
X
L J
U
w
O
0
U
~
ul
u
N
Uzi O
Z Z
W
I-
= 0.
U U
0
0 W
0
nvBm
N v0 C4
Mf M a0 N
nP �Ad I
vmo
Mb
n
N
ti
,. r. -
a.0 m"
B 0` G N
t9 M tD 0�
0 -4) m d
M IM t9 .r
•d .r .�
0 W
N
N N
V1
i
m
N
r
N
N
W
w
r,
W
►_
►-
r
W
►�
W
>
>
u
>
tL
w
0
<
Q
.9
P
J
W
W
Ep
0
U
Z V)
>
Z
Z
►1 t9
Z
:.
W Vf W
OC
0
W
0ZW0
a
W
M
LLJ }
to
w
>
W a 0 Q:
Z
a
tD
= ►+ O
tL
�+ = x
►+
Z
Z
H
(0" J
a
>- z
I- to t 0
w
a
W
V)
Q ►+ (L
►• to
►+ a M to
r
3
V> L
)-
> L
}
> W
>-
Z
4.
O
►" V) u03
►+ Lm
H Z I- F-
ca
V)
W
z u w a
v M
u 0Luz
�-
u
aasz
a
< a
z a 0
O
I
I
O a
W
to
w
O
w
z
r C9 H
V)
O
(n
0 Z J :: H
V)
M
V7
V7
NZV)V)
O
Z W
O
ZW XO
>
~
P-
a ►-. O Z
-
*+ O
►» L Z U.I ca
z
Z
U t- V W
►- V)
V )- O r ►+
W
W
w
Q ►+
a
u)W(n
O
zQ I
O
W
J
J
Zm:=J
W
W mW
W
14C0.V) W
w
<
Q
Q
►+ W O C. 0
0
>3 J
a
Z LL) ►- 2 V)
a
W
>
>
a.mL ►+
Ztia
N
MZZ0►+
rr
X
0 tL M <
>
►+ ►+ V)
>
U. " UJ .1 0
>
V
W 0 tL
O
a
0
=
O
W
a
O
N >r 0 a
0_
1_ Z I_
M
L C9 Y L-
m
O
W
W
QOWN
a.
OWOw
tL
02<00
a-
W Z> r- Q w
tY IL aL c
(r '" L X z
0: U- - a. x
'
tt- x t,. 0
Z
w 3 W w
L
W
N
0
u W O a
V)
W u
in
O J O
(n
(n
a
a
wV)u- )-
Q
V) 0z
6
V) 0: QNJ
4
Q
u
V
03 W aV)
V
3.JO-
V
3Z L 00
u
W
�►0M LUjW
O aW
00-Iu=
m
0
O
J (K
h-
J t- W Ix
H
J m u w Y
1-
u
Z
Z
W U— O
W
tL. - Q W
W
W Z U V
Id
Z
Q
Q
V
Z
L O L
Z
►- t+ 0 0
z
►+
Q=QQzz
=40-'►-
=W WW►-
Z
=
W V) V U
V) U L O
V) Z L tL. V)
N
in
U
U
U
U
Z
u
U
z
H
}
m
0
W
c
G..
r
N
a
U
1-
O
N
N
O
to
0
Z
ra
2
W
►- W
W ►i
Z ►-
►—
O Q
< z
rr ry
u09
UO
W
Ix
4• o
0
I-
r.
O NO
H
'n U
Z C
� C
a
W c
1- Q
uj
Z �• N
W W .Wi
,� M N•
Ft 1-r.
Z > >
U H V
waazw
0 to Z"O
rZrU
►— < Z
►- Q IY U
ZZujuax
W W Lxuj
r O I W
�yzoo
^
^ ^
I I
�
I I
C�
rh •.. M ..
I .0 I
�„•
I I
a0
.+ �.
Y1 1
1 0► 1
1 1
I 1
M7
N
N
1 d
1
N
I N
I N I
P u
1
I I
n
1
1 1
u
N
I m I
e9 II
1P1"1..11
N
�
laolnl�ou
~
v
v
y
I
1 1
I
1 I
u
1
t )
y
0
G
M
Z
m
W
a
W
H
N >`
W ar
N ►-
Z cA
•• ul W
(A L
W O
M C <
CO a c°Ci o
►+UUN
J a �-
ZC10Q
U U w
W < W 0
W
UQZ!-Z
W L J ►r
VWO
I►ZiUO
< O J Z W
� U.J.,OI
z<42 r
In
W
M
�r
rr
U
Q
U
Z
a
W
IL
O
m
n
W
N
O
W
0
>
O
X
L
<
U
r-
W
z
E
' BondNo.................................
Tidelity anDepositd
' HOME OFFICE OF MARYLAND BALTrAfORE, llfD. 21103
BID BOND
' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
Ground Improvement Techniques, Inc.
That we ........................ --••----•.._...-----•--••-•••.....------........................................•••--..._....___
' --------------•------------$O-- Office --Plaza Blvd., Suite 402,--Kissimmee,..FL._. 32743..___..__ .........._:.
. B--....... ..................
••••••••••••••-•--•-•••----------•............................................................ as Principal, (hereinafter called the "Principal"), and
the FIDELITY A-,D DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, of Baltimore, Maryland, a corporation duly organized
' under the laws of the State of Maryland, as Surety, (hereinafter called the "Surety"), are held and firmly bound
unto ............ Board of County Commissioners of Monroe County,._.Flor•ida
-•-•••---••-•-••...-•••....................................... ......_......_...__._
----------------Monroe. County -.Courthouse,_ Courtroom_.B.t..Monroe County, Florida - „_...__....
t------...--•-••..........-•-•----•............................•--.........---....---.......----•-•.._.........._..as Obligee, (hereinafter called the "Obligee"),
51 of the amount bid - - - - -- _ __ -_
In the sum of... -•--..._.....-•-........---••------------------ --�-..."..."..........".....• --•• •---.---.D s ($----------- )
' for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves,
our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for .-.--_C-010-e.Key-..fined...5d.Ritdry...Landfill ............
'......... xpansion, Construction of a. 5 acre expansion
----•-----•......................................................
-----------------------------•------------.............----...----................._......----------....---------------...._.....-----------.....------------....----....__................_.._-...
...........................•----................_..........---•--......---..........•----•---••--•-•-•---•.....................----•-•••-•........................................_.........
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into
' a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid and give such bond or bonds as may be
specified in the bidding or contract documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of
such contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the
event of the failure of the Principal to enter into such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal
' shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said
bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform
the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void,otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this...............28th ..... p
day of..........September
9
t .
7
I
. . . . . . .........................
IVilness
.....GROUND -..IMPROVEMENT• TE ,. NIQUE�.,;-.��d,`�`EI!L)
Principal _
.................... v�s� d�.T
................. .............
................
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT �OINIPANY OF MARYLAND
Srrrcly
'#rret
.................................................... By.
��fi'.. .(SeAL)
tWitness :.......
Lisa Kozej, !'irlt
Florida Resident Agent Att�rney-in-fact
cj2sd—ISOAI.
Approved by The American Institute of Architects.
A.I"%. Document :No. A-JIO February I970 Edition.
7
f
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
E
17
j
'J
Power of Attorney
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
HOMF orrlcr. LALTIMORE. MD
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FiDELiTY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the
State of Maryland, by C. M. PECOT, JR. , Vice -President, and C. W. ROBBINS
Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V1, Section 2, of the By -Laws of said Company, which are set
forth on the reverse aide hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and eff et on the date hereof, does hereby nominate,
constitute and appoint Steven F. Cooke, Mark E. Hof�ap and L' M. Kozej, all of
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, EACH.......... �... 1J,
its true and lawful agent and Attorney-itr-Fact, to make, exectet'and deliv��5and on its behalf as surety, and as its net and deed:
any and all bonds and undertakings..^��2 .....A��,
And the execution of such bonds or undertakings in vgnce of 41 sents, shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully
and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they h ieen duly rd and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of
the Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., ' • own pro rsons.This power of attorney revokes Chat.
issued on behalf of Steven F. D e, et ated, July 23, 1985.
The said Assistant Secretary does hereb y that t egoing is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By -Laws of
said Company, and is now in force. o -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said V esident a natant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the
Corporate Seal of the said FIDELIT �DEPO C 1►iPANY OF MARYLAND this 8th 6� tiny of
March , A.U. 19_
IATTEST:
STATE or MANYLAND
(Tr-: or BALTimonr
1
LNY OF MARYLAND
By--- -- --------- --..----P4--,
Vice -President
On this 8th „f March , A.D. 19 89 , before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of
Maryland, in and for the City of Ilaii,^?ore, duly commissioned and qualified, came the above -named Vice -President and Assistant
Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT CU»IPAj','y Off' MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the ;ndwiduals and office,+
described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they 17�*c rrknowle dr d i;ie execution of the same, and being by
me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and
that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and then
signatures as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal, at the City of Baltimore, the day and
year first above written.
f
Notary CicPubCommis ' n pinesJUIY... .
CERTIFICATE
1, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that
the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is it full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on tyre date of this
certificate; and I do further certify that the Vice -President who executed tire said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-
Presidenta specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Fnct as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of
the By -Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND.
This Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at it meeting duly called and held on the l6th day of July, 11*9.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Assistant Secretary of the GTmpnny, whether made
heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid
and binding upon the Company with the some force and effect as though manually affixed."
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I leave hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this �th
day of 19-89
160-0220 e -�
Assistant Secretary
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
"Article V1, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice -President, or any of the Senio? Vic
Presidents or Vice -Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have
power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice President.
Assistant Vice -Presidents and Attorneys -in -Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any pes sou of 1 ism
to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deed
and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of moitgages,...and to alfix the
seal of the Company thereto."
I
1 STATE OF FLORIDA )
ss
SECTION 00410
BID BOND
COUNTY OF )
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that
as Principal,
and as Surety, a
Corporation chartered and existing under the laws of the State of
, with its principal offices in the City of
, and authorized to do business in the State of Florida are
held and firmly bound unto the Owner, in the penal sum
of Dollars ($ )
lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum will and truly
to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and
successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that whereas the Principal has
submitted the accompanying Bid, dated , 19 , for:
CUDJOE KEY
LINED SANITARY LANDFILL EXPANSION
NOW, THEREFORE,
A. If the Principal shall not withdraw said Bid within one hundred twenty
(120) days after date of opening of the same, and shall within ten (10)
days after the prescribed forms are presented to him for signature,
enter into a written Contract with the Owner in accordance with the Bid
Copy 1
tm:SPEC 47:5 00410-1 22.056.00
as accepted, and give Bonds with good and sufficient Surety or Sureties,
as may be required, for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment
of such Contract, then the above obligations shall be void and of no
effect, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
B. In the event of the withdrawal of said Bid within the period specified,
or the failure to enter into such Contract and give such Bonds within
the time specified, if the Principal shall pay the Owner the difference
between the amount specified in said Bid and the amount for which the
Owner may procure the required work and supplies, if the latter amount
be in excess of the former, then the above obligations shall be void and
of no effect, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Copy 1
tm:SPEC 47:5 00410-2 22.056.00
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties have executed this instrument
under their several seals, this day of , A.D., 19 , the name
and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these
presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority
of its governing body.
WITNESSES: (If Sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required).
(If Corporation, Secretary Only will attest and affix seal).
WITNESSES:
Name of Firm
WITNESS:
PRINCIPAL:
(Affix
Signature of Authorized Officer Seal)
Title
Business Address
City State
SURETY:
Corporate Surety
(Affix
Attorney -in -Fact Seal)
Business Address
City State
Name of Local Insurance Agency
Copy 1
tm:SPEC 47:5 00410-3 22.056.00
CERTIFICATES AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL
I, , certify that I am the Secretary of the
Corporation named as Principal in the within Bond; that
who signed the said Bond on behalf of the principal, was then
of said corporation; that I know his signature, and his signature hereto is
genuine; and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in
behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body.
(Corporate
STATE OF FLORIDA )
ss
COUNTY OF )
Secretary
Seal)
Before me, a Notary Public duly commissioned, qualified and acting,
personally appeared to me well known, who being by me
first duly sworn upon oath, says that he is the Attorney -in -Fact, for the
and that he has been authorized by
to execute the foregoing Bond on
behalf of the'Contractor named therein in favor of the Owner, the
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 19 , A.D.
(Attach Power of Attorney
to original Bid Bond)
Notary Public
State of Florida -at -Large
My Commission Expires:
END OF SECTION
Copy 1
tm:SPEC 47:5 00410-4 22.056.00
SECTIO
N 00500
CONTRACT
' THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 10++, day of 0.
19aQ A.D., by and between Monroe County, Florida, party of the first part
(hereinafter sometimes called the "Owner"), and
' Ground Improvement Techniques, Inc.
called the 'Contractor'
party of the second part hereinafter sometimes
.
iWITNESSETH: That the parties hereto, for the consideration hereinafter set
forth, mutually agree as follows:
1.01 SCOPE OF THE WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, machinery,
' tools, apparatus, and transportation and perform all of the work shown
on the Drawings and described in the Specification entitled:
CUDJOE KEY
LINED SANITARY LANDFILL EXPANSION
as prepared by Post, Buckley, Schuh b Jernigan, Inc., acting as, and in
the Contract Documents entitled the Owner's Engineer, and shall do
everything required by this Contract and the other Contract Documents.
1;02 THE CONTRACT SUM
A. The Owner shall pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of
the Contract, in lawful money of the United States, and subject to
addition and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents, as
follows:
1 B. Based upon the price shown in the Proposal heretofore submitted to the
Owner by the Contractor, a copy of said Proposal being a part of these
Contract Documents, the aggregate amount of this Contract is the sum of
' One Million, One Hundred Eighty -Seven Thousand, Six Hundred rnfenty-One
and 10/100 Dollars ($ 1,187,621.10).
1.03 COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall commence work within 10 calendar days after receipt
' of Notice to Proceed.
B. The Contractor shall prosecute the work with faithfulness and diligence
and shall complete the work not later than 240 calendar days.
Itm:SPEC 47:6 00500-1 22-056.00
1
CI
C. Contract time will commence on the first actual work day or ten calendar
days from date of Notice to Proceed, which ever.occurs first.
1.04 CONTRACTOR'S ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor hereby agrees that he has carefully examined the surface
of the site and has made sufficient test holes, or other subsurface
investigations to fully satisfy himself that such site is a correct and
suitable one for the work and he assumes full responsibility therefore.
The provisions of this Contract shall control any inconsistent
provisions contained in the Specifications. All Drawings and
Specifications have been read and carefully considered by the
Contractor, who understands the same and agrees to their sufficiency for
the work to be done. It is expressly agreed that under no
circumstances, conditions or situations shall this Contract be more
strongly construea against the Owner than against the Contractor and his
Surety.
B. Any ambiguity or uncertainty in the Drawings or Specifications shall be
interpreted and construed by the Owner's Engineer and his decision shall
be final and binding upon all parties.
C. It is distinctly understood and agreed that the passing, approval and/or
acceptance of any part of the work or material by the Owner, his
Engineer, or by any agent or representative as in compliance with the
terms of this Contract and/or of the Drawings, and Specifications
covering said work, shall not operate as a waiver by the Owner of strict
compliance with the terms: of this Contract, and/or the Drawings and
Specifications covering said work; and the Owner may require the
Contractor and/or his surety to repair, replace, restore and/or make to
comply strictly and in all things with this Contract and the Drawings
and Specifications any and all of said work and/or materials which
within a period of one year from and after the date of the passing,
approval, and/or acceptance of any such work or material, are found to
be defective or to fail in any way to comply with this Contract or with
the Drawings and Specifications. This provision shall not apply to.
materials or equipment normally expected to deteriorate or wear out and
become subject to normal repair and replacement before their condition
is discovered. The Contractor shall not be required to do normal
maintenance work under the guarantee provisions. Failure on the part of
the Contractor and/or his Surety, immediately after Notice to either, to
repair or replace any such defective materials and workmanship shall
entitle the Owner, if it sees fit, to replace or repair the same and
recover the reasonable cost of such replacement and/or repair from the
Contractor and/or his surety, who shall in any event be jointly and
severally liable to the Owner for all damage, loss and expense caused to
the Owner by reason of the Contractor's breach of this Contract and/or
his failure to comply strictly and in all things with this Contract and
with the Drawings and Specifications.
tm:SPEC 47:6
00500-2
22-056.00
11
q
it
J
1
1.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
A. It is mutually agreed that should the Contractor fail to complete the
work within the specified time, or any authorized extension thereof,
there shall be deducted from the compensation otherwise to be paid to
the Contractor, and the Owner will retain the amount of one thousand
dollars ($1,000.00) per calendar day as fixed, agreed, and liquidated
damages for each calendar day elapsing beyond the specified time for
completion or any authorized extension thereof, which sum shall
' represent the actual damages which the Owner will have sustained by
failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the specified
time; it being further agreed that said sum is not a penalty, but is the
' stipulated amount of damages sustained by the Owner in the event of such
default by the Contractor.
B. For the purposes of this Article, the day of final acceptance of the
work shall be considered a day of delay, and the scheduled day of
completion of the work shall be considered a day scheduled for
production.
1.06 PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENTS
A. In accordance with the provisions fully set forth in the General
Conditions, and subject to additions and deductions as provided, the
Owner shall pay the Contractor as follows:
1. Within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor's request for partial
payment by the Owner, the Owner shall make partial payments to the
Contractor, on the basis of the estimate of work as determined by
Owner or as approved by the Owner's Engineer, for work performed
during the preceding calendar month, less ten percent (10%) of the
amount of such estimate which is to be retained by the Owner until
all work has been performed strictly in accordance with this
Agreement and until such work has been accepted by the Owner.
2. Upon submission by the Contractor of evidence satisfactory to the
Owner that all payrolls, material bills and other costs incurred by
the Contractor in connection with the construction of the work have
been paid in full, and also, after all guarantees that may be
required in the Specifications have been furnished and are found
acceptable by the Owner, final payment on account of this agreement
shall be made within sixty (60) days after completion by the
Contractor of all work covered by this agreement and acceptance of
such work by the Owner.
1.07 ADDITIONAL BOND
A. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any
time after the execution of this agreement and the Performance and
Payment Bonds hereto attached for its faithful performance, the Owner
shall deem the surety or sureties upon such bonds to be unsatisfactory,
or if, for any reason, such bond(s) ceases to be adequate to cover the
performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at his expense, and
1 tm:SPEC 47:6
00500-3
22-056.00
�-1
three days the
within after
receipt of notice from the Owner
to do so,
furnish an additional bond
or bonds, in such form and amount,
and with
such sureties as shall be
satisfactory to the Owner. In such
event, no
further payment to the
Contractor shall be deemed due under this
agreement until such new or additional security for the
faithful
performance of the work
shall be furnished in manner
and form
satisfactory to the Owner.
1.08 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Contract Documents, as stated in the Instructions to Bidders and
attached hereto, are as fully a part of this Contract as if herein
repeated. An enumeration of the Drawings accompanying these Contract
Documents follows:
Sheet No. Title
General
1 Title Sheet
2 Area Map
Site Work
3
Site Plan
4
Base Grading
5
Base Grading Sections/Details
6
Leachate Collection Plan
7-8
Leachate Collection Sections/Details
9
Surface Water Management Sections/Details
10-15
Perimeter Road Plan and Profile
16
Leachate Pump Station Numbers'l & 2
17
Leachate and Septage Storage Tanks
Electrical
18
Site Plan
19
Power Riser and Miscellaneous Details
40
tm:SPEC 47:6 00500-4 22-056.00
�i
1
1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this agreement on the day
and date first above written in three (3) counterparts, each of which shall,
without proof or accounting for the other counterparts, be deemed an original
Contract.*
Ground Improvement Techniques, Inc. Corporation
Party of the First Part
Signed, Sealed and Witnessed in the
presence of:**
AMWVEDA# TO FMW
A.ND LEGAL SUMCEWY.
Anome � Ohre
By:
Theodore L. Hoey, President
Attest:
(Seal)
c�
Monroe-, cz"fx/
Party of the Second Par
r
Attest RAX 4 Kp G
%0�4!5?L' 02t?-.j Seal)
(*) In the event that the Contractor is a Corporation, there shall be attached to
each counterpart a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of
the Corporation, authorizing the officer who signs the Contract to do so in its
behalf.
(**) Two witnesses are required when Contractor is sole ownership or partnership.
' tm:SPEC 47.:6
D M 111M
22-056.00
I
CERTIFICATE
(Sample)
STATE OF FLORIDA )
ss
COUNTY OF )
I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of
a corporation under the laws of the
State of held on 19_, the following resolution
was duly passed and adopted:
"RESOLVED, that , as
President of the corporation, be and he is hereby authorized to execute
the Contract dated , 19_, between Monroe County, Florida,
and this corporation, and that his execution thereof, attested by the
Secretary of the corporation and with corporate seal affixed, shall be
the official act and deed of this corporation."
I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official
seal of the corporation this day of lg .
tm:SPEC 47:6
Secretary
END OF SECTION
00500-6
22-056.00
C
1
RESOLUTION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES, INC.
RESOLVED, That the President of this Corporation
'
be and he hereby is authorized and empowered to enter into
a contract for Ground Improvement. Techniques, Inc. with
'
the County of Monroe, Board of County Commissioners, in
the
name and in behalf of this Corporation, upon such
terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between him
'
and.said County of Manatee, Board of County Commissioners.
'
I, John D. Cooper, do hereby certify that I am
the duly elected and qualified Secretary and the keeper
'
of the records and corporate seal of Ground Improvement
Techniques, Inc., a corporation organized and existing
'
under the laws of the State of Florida, and that the
is
above a true and correct copy of a resolution duly
adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors thereof,
'
convened and held in accordance with law and the Bylaws
of said Corporation on February 11, 1989, and that such
'
resolution is now in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have affixed my name as
Secretary and have caused the corporate seal of said
Corporation to be hereunto affixed
G
H
LI
Y ..
Bond No._-.5-90.4.5.4.Q......
a..
Fidelity and Deposit Company
HOME OFFICE OF MARYLAND BALTIMORE, MD. 21203
Performanee Bond
KNOW ALL MIEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
TIIat..G_round___I RP roy-eme nt___Te c h n i.g-u a s_..___I_n c...... 0 0-__0f.f-ice-__P-1-a z a_-_B-1-y d.._-,.-_-__---
__S u-i t-e--- 4 0 2-:. K-i s s i-m m (Here
e re insert the n3 2 7� address or legal taleorthe cantractor>
- •-- ... . --�---•----------- - ----
as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corpora-
tion of the State of Maryland, with its home office in the City of Baltimore, Maryland, U. S. A., as Surety,
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound Unto ...... MQ.D.roe___C-Q-u_nty...... F_l Or i.d_a____________________
Wh_ t e h.e-a d $t r_e_e t.� ..- Key Wes-t__,-...F L - ---------------- --------------------------------...............................
(Here insert the name and address or legal title of the Owner)
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner,
in the amount of-__Q-NE--- M1.L-L-I-O.N.... O-NE... H.U.N.DRED.--- E.1.GHIY_-.S_EV_EN.... HOU.S.ARD--.5 I-X---- H.V fVD_R E D
_ TW �-N_T.Y-- O IV E----a.n d-.-.I.Q-L-_1..00 -.-.---.-.- -.-----.-_------.-.-_--- -.-----.-.-_----.-.-.-_---_---------_----_-_- -_- -
Dollars ($ ---- 1_,_l87_,,62.1--._1-0_------- _______), for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves,
their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated ---------- .------------------------------------ --------------------- 19...--_.,
entered into a contract with Owner for -_-C_u.d-j-oe_.Ke_y.._L.i_I1e_d.... S-ani-t-d_ry---La n_d-f_ill---_EXpan-s i o n
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
in accordance with drawings and specifications prepared by ---- PQ_St-,___Buck_ley.,___$C o... __arn-1_g 0.,___1nc.
14.00_-Oentrepark._Blvd._,__-Su_ite__2OO_,_._West--- Pa.l-m--- each_,_. -FL_-__ 33401_____________________________________________
(Here insert full name, title and address)
which contract is by.reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor
shall promptly and faithfully perform said contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise
it shall remain in full force and effect.
The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner.
Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Owner
having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall
promptly
(1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, or
(2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and condi-
tions, and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, or, if the Owner elects, upon
determination by the Owner and Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract
between such bidder and Owner, and make available as work progresses (even though there should be
a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this
paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the contract price; but not
exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount
set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the contract price," as used in this para-
graph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any
amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor.
Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of two (2) years from the date on
which final payment under the contract falls due.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than
the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner.
Signed and sealed this .............. ---------- ---------------------- day of-------------..._-._-.A.D.
In the presence of:
GROUND•_-IMPROVEMENT•-TECHNIQUES_x_-.I .N....
SEAL)
Principal
Py�s,`
--------------- ................
Title
COUNTERSIGNED AT SOUTH MIAMI, FLFIDELITY AND C OF ND
BY: B --
---- ------ ---- - -- ------ ---- ----
. t.arrett-FL Resident Agent Steven F. Cooke Title
Attorney -in -fact
C309f—
ADDroved by The American Institute of Architects, A.I.A. Document
No. A-311 February 1970 Edition.
x
z
0
O
x
O
rri
O
E�
Power of Attorney
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
HOME OFFICE, BALTIMORE, MD
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the
State of Maryland, by C. M. PECOT, JR. , Vice -President, and C. W. ROBBINS
Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By -Laws of said Company, which are set
forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and eff on the date hereof, does hereby nominate,
constitute and appoint Steven F. Cooke, Mark E. H� and L'M. Kozej, all of
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, EACH �..°
' its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to make, ei
any and all bonds and undertakings..
C
5
I I
7,
F
1-1
L
d the execution of such bonds or undertakings in
and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they 14ren
the Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., ' own
issued on behalf of Steven F. e, et
The said Assistant Secretary does hereb that tip.
said Company, and is now in force. °
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vesident
Corporate Seal of the said FIDELII'I AM DE
March , A.D. 19_$9 _(\
on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed:
Of v nts, shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully
Ily and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of
rsons.This power of attorney revokes that
41
ated, July 23, 1985.
�mwoing is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By -Laws of
tant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the
ANY OF MARYLAND, this 8th day of
FIDELITY POSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
ATTEST: =SEAL O p
......_ Q_____..._ By_______________...____ ..__ _---------__---.---_
.a.. v;aent
STATE OF MARYLAND S3.
CITY OF BALTIMORE
On this 8th day of March , A.D. 19 89 , before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of
Maryland, in and for the City of Baltimore, duly commissioned and qualified, came the above -named Vice -President and Assistant
Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers
described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by
me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and
that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their
signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal, at the City of Baltimore, the day and
year first above written.
� NOTAIIY �9
• Notary Pub 'c Com ' n pires July 1, 1990
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that
the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this
certificate; and I do further certify that the Vice -President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice -
Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney -in -Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of
the By -Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND.
This Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 16th day of July, 1969.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made
heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid
and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed."
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this
day of , 19_.
160-0220
Assistant Secretary
Ili
�7�
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
"Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice -President, or any of the Senior Vice -
Presidents or Vice -Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have
power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice -Presidents,
Assistant Vice -Presidents and Attorneys -in -Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons
to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds,
and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,. . and to affix the
seal of the Company thereto."
L1428b
11
STATE OF FLORIDA )
' COUNTY OF )
ss
SECTION 00610
PERFORMANCE BOND
I
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that
Contractor, and
Surety, hereinafter
County, Florida, a
as Principal, hereinafter called
as
called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Monroe
Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of
Dollars ($ ) for the
payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated
19 , entered into a Contract with Owner for:
CUDJOE KEY
LINED SANITARY LANDFILL EXPANSION
in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by Post, Buckley,
Schuh & Jernigan, Inc., which Contract is by reference made a part hereof and
is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that, if the
Principal shall in all respects promptly and faithfully perform and comply
with the terms and conditions of said Contract and his obligations thereunder
and shall indemnify the Owner and the Consulting Engineer and save either or
all of them harmless against and from all costs, expenses and damages arising
from the performance of said Contract or the repair of any work thereunder,
then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, this Bond shall remain in full
force and effect, in accordance with the following terms and conditions:
A. The Principal and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay the Owner
any difference between the sum to which the said Principal would be
entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that sum which the Owner
may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by Contract or
otherwise, and any damages, direct or indirect or consequential, which
tm:SPEC 47:7 00610-1 22-056.00
the said Owner may sustain on account of such
failure of said Contractor to properly and
execute all of the provisions of said Contract.
work, or on account of the
in all things, keep and
B. And this Bond shall remain in full force and effect for a period of one
(1) year from the date of acceptance of the project by the Owner and
shall provide that the Contractor guarantees to repair or replace for
said period of one (1) year all work performed and materials and
equipment furnished that were not performed or furnished according to
the terms of the Contract, and shall make good, defects thereof which
have become apparent before the expiration of said period of one (1)
year. If any part of the project, in the judgment of the Owner, for
the reasons above stated needs to be replaced, repaired or made good
during that time, the Owner shall so notify the Contractor in writing.
If the Contractor refuses or neglects to do such work within five (5)
days from the date of service of such Notice, the Owner shall have the
work done by others and the cost thereof shall be paid by the Contractor
or his Surety.
C. And the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees
that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the
specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its
obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive Notice of any change,
extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract
or to the work or to the Specifications.
D. The Surety represents and warrants to the Owner that they have a Best's
Key Rating Guide General Policyholder's Rating of and
Financial Category of "Class ."
tm:SPEC 47:7
00610-2
22-056.00
��;l
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties executed this instrument
under their several seals, this day of 19 , A.D., the
name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these
presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority
of its governing body.
WITNESS: (If Sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required).
(If Corporation, Secretary Only will attest and affix seal).
PRINCIPAL:
WITNESSES:
WITNESS:
(Affix
Signature of Authorized Officer (Seal
Title
Business Address
City State
SURETY:
Corporate Surety
(Affix
Attorney -in -Fact (Seal
Business Address
City State
Name of Local Insurance Agency
tm:SPEC 47:7 00610-3 22-056.00
CERTIFICATES AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL
I, , certify that I am the Secretary of the
Corporation named as Principal in the within Bond; that
who signed the said Bond on behalf of the Principal, was then
of said Corporation; that I know his signature, and his signature hereto is
genuine; and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in
behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body.
Corporate
Secretary Seal
STATE OF FLORIDA )
ss
COUNTY OF )
Before me, a Notary Public, duly commissioned, qualified and acting,
personally appeared to me well known, who being by me
first duly sworn upon oath, says that he is the Attorney - in - Fact, for the
and that he has been authorized by
to execute the foregoing Bond on behalf of the Contractor named therein in
favor of the
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 19 ,
A.D.
(Attach Power of Attorney)
Notary Public
State of Florida -at -Large
My Commission Expires:
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47:7 00610-4 22-056.00
�J'
Bond No 5 9 0 45A .........
Fidelityand Deposit Company
' HOME OFFICE OF MARYLAND BALTIMORE, MD. 21203
Labor and Material Payment Bond
' Note: This bond is issued simultaneously with Performance Bond in favor
of the owner conditioned on the full and faithful performance of the contract.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That ..... G_r o u n d--_.Imp r o_v e me n t----T e-c h p.!_q.ue.s......Lac....,--..8-0.0---Qf-f_.i.c.e...P l.a-z-a...aiv-d-_-,......
(Here insert the name and address or legal title of the Contractor)
..S -- -- — o- 40--- ---1--s.s _m-.me-e. F-L----- 32.7-4.3---- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corpora-
tion of the State of Maryland, with its home office in the City of Baltimore, Maryland, U. S. A., as Surety,
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto ....... OD.r-Oe__-CO_U-nty_...... F_101^_1_da....................
' 500_- W-h_iteh_e.ad----5t.r..e-e-t....--Ke We-S-t-.----FL---------------------------
(Here insert the name and address or legal title of the Owner)
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined,
in the amount of..-O-NE... MI-L-L.ION.--- O-NE.-RU-N-DRED--- E.I_G]i Y---S-E.VLU.-.T.H-011SAN-D-..S-I-X-.--H.UNIIRED
' TW-EIVIY.-OhF---- and --- 1.011-00-.-_-_-_--------.---.--_------------------_-.-.-------_-.--------.-_--.-_---_--- -.,
(Here insert a sum equal toat least one-half of the contract price)
Dollars (---_1_,_ 1-8-7--,_l_2.1_-,_1-0--------------- ), for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves,
their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, Principal has by written agreement dated. --------------------------------------------------------- __--------- 19.........
entered into a contract with Owner for --- ..C.u.d.1.O.e--- Key .... L.1-Lle-d_--_S-anit-axy... La_n-d-f-1-_1-1---- EX.paris i on
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
in accordance with drawings and specifications prepared by ---- Po.St_,_.-Buck.l-ey_,...Schuh --- &_-Jernigan_,-.-Inc .
1400_-Centrepark__B1-vd._,_._Su_i_te 200.,_..West...Pa_lm-.Beach_,__F_L-----33AOI------- ------------------
-- --------------------
(Here insert full name, title and address)
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Principal shall promptly make pay-
ment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of
the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following
conditions:
1. A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the Principal or with a sub -contractor of the Principal for labor,
material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the contract, labor and material being construed to
include that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental of equipment directly applicable to the
Contract.
2. The above named Principal and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Owner that every claimant as herein
defined, who has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after the date on which the last of such
claimant's work or labor was done or performed, or materials were furnished by such claimant, may sue on this bond for the use
of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant, and have execution
thereon. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit.
3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant:
(a) Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the Principal, shall have given written notice to any
two of the following: The Principal, the Owner, or the Surety above named, within ninety (90) days after such claimant did
or performed the last of the work or labor, or furnished the last of the materials for which said claim is made, stating with
substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished, or for whom the
work or labor was done or performed. Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail or certified mail,
postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to the Principal, Owner or Surety, at any place where an office is regularly main-
tained for the transaction of business, or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the state in which the
aforesaid project is located, save that such service need not be made by a public officer.
(b) After the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which Principal ceased work on said Contract, it being
understood, however, that if any limitation embodied in this bond is prohibited by any law controlling the construction hereof
such limitation shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law.
(c) Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for the county or other political subdivision of the state
in which the project, or any part thereof, is situated, or in the United States District Court for the district in which the project,
or any part thereof, is situated, and not elsewhere.
4. The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith here-
under, inclusive of the payment by Surety of mechanics' liens which may be filed of record against said improvement, whether or
not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and against this bond.
Signed and sealed this ......... '.�--------------------------------day of. ----------------A.D. 19 `�-.d
In the presence of:
---- 92 --- -----------------
FIDELITY
COUi1T RR IGNED AT SOUTH MIAMI, FL
BY= - ---- ------------------ ------------------------------- -----------
arrett-FL Resident Agent
GROUND... IMPROVEMENT ... EEHiii-Qt1.ES_,--.IN.C(SEAL)
Principal
Acsi
Title
AND D P C011 OF MARY AND
By----------------f-- --•---6_o_ke -------------------
SEAL)
Steven F. Cooke Title
Attorney -in -fact
C309e5s—
Approved by The American Institute of Architects, A.I.A. Document
No. A-311 February 1970 Edition.
o
USSR&
tPower of Attorney
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
HOME OFFICE, WTV"E. MD
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the
State of Maryland, by C. M. PECOT, JR. , Vice -President, and C. W. ROBBINS
Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By -Laws of said Company, which are set
' forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and efka on the date hereof, does hereby nominate,
constitute and appoint Steven F. Cooke, Mark E. Ho$�&Q and L'M. Kozej, all of
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, EACH.......... °
its true an agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execu and delive> and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed:
' any and all bonds and undertakings...�.....A �......
1
1
11
C
I
J
d the execution of such bonds or undertakings in
and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they n
the Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., ' ' own
issued on behalf of Steven F. e, et
The said Assistant Secretary does hereb that tl}Q'
said Company, and is now in force. °
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vesident
Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITAK )) D DE ,(
March , A.D. 19_8 _(\
v
Of nts, shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully
sty and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of
' trsons.This power of attorney revokes that
ated, July 23, 1985.
SO
IOegoing is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By -Laws of
tant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the
ANY OF MARYLAND, this 8th day of
FIDELITY AVWPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
ATTEST: =SEAL
.., e �• . Zlzz I Vice -President
STATE OF MARYLAND l SS.
CITY OF BALTIMORE
On this 8th day of March , A.D. 19 89 , before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of
Maryland, in and for the City of Baltimore, duly commissioned and qualified, came the above -named Vice -President and Assistant
Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers
described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by
me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and
that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their
signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal, at the City of Baltimore, the day and
year first above written.
r NOtAl1Y 1
• Notary Pub ', Com ' n Apires Ju 1 y 1, 1990
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that
the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this
certificate; and I do further certify that the Vice -President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice -
Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney -in -Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of
the By -Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND.
This Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 16th day of July, 1969.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made
heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid
and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed."
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this
day of , 19_. flit
160-0220—'�
Assistant Secretary
1
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
"Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice -President, or any of the Senior Vice -
Presidents or Vice -Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have
power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice -Presidents,
Assistant Vice -Presidents and Attorneys -in -Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons
to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds,
and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages, ... and to affix the
seal of the Company thereto."
r_1
L1428b
J
STATE OF FLORIDA )
COUNTY OF )
ss
SECTION 00620
PAYMENT BOND
' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that
as Principal, hereinafter called
Contractor, and
Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and
County, Florida, as Obligee, hereinafter called
as
firmly bound unto Monroe
Owner, in the amount of
Dollars ($ )
for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated
19 , entered into a Contract with Owner for:
CUDJOE KEY
LINED SANITARY LANDFILL EXPANSION
in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by Post, Buckley,
Schuh & Jernigan, Inc., which Contract is by reference made a part hereof and
is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that, if the
Principal shall promptly make payments to all claimants, as hereinbelow
defined, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, this Bond shall remain
in full force and effect, subject to the following terms and conditions:
A. A claimant is defined as any person supplying the Principal with labor,
material and supplies, used directly or indirectly by the said Principal
or any subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said
Contract, and is further defined in Section 255.05(1) of the Florida
Statutes.
tm:SPEC 47:8
00620-1
22-056.00
B. The above named Principal and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree
with the Owner that every claimant as herein defined, who has not been
paid in full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after
performance of the labor or after complete delivery of materials and
supplies by such claimant, may sue on this Bond for the use of such
claimant, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as
may be justly due claimant, and have execution thereon. The Owner shall
not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit.
C. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant:
1. Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the
Principal, shall within forty-five (45) days after beginning to
furnish labor, materials or supplies for the prosecution of the
work, furnish the Principal with a notice that he intends to look to
this Bond for protection.
2. Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the
Principal, shall within ninety (90) days after such claimant's
performance of the labor or complete delivery of materials and
supplies, deliver to the Principal written notice of the performance
of such labor or delivery of such material and supplies and the
nonpayment therefor.
3. After the expiration of one (1) year from the performance of the
labor or completion of delivery of the materials and supplies; it
being understood, however, that if any limitation embodied in this
Bond is prohibited by any law controlling the construction hereof
such limitations shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to
the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law.
4. Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for the
county or other political subdivision of the state in which the
project, or any part thereof, is situated, or in the United States
District Court for the district in which the project, or any part
thereof, is situated, and not elsewhere.
D. The Principal and the Surety jointly and severally, shall repay the
Owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any
lien for labor or materials furnished for any work included in or
provided by said Contract.
E. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no
change, extension of time, alteration of or addition to the terms of the
Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications
applicable thereto shall in any wise affect its obligations on this
Bond, and the Surety hereby waives notice of any such change, extension
of time, alterations of or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to
the work or to the Specifications.
F. The Surety represents and warrants to the Owner that they have a Best's
Key Rating Guide General Policyholder's rating of "
and Financial Category of "Class "
tm:SPEC 47:3 00620-2 22-056.00
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties executed this instrument
under their several seals, this day of 19 , A.D., the
name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these
presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority
of its governing body.
WITNESS: (If Sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required).
(If Corporation, Secretary Only will attest and affix seal).
PRINCIPAL:
WITNESSES:
WITNESS:
(Affix
Signature of Authorized Officer (Seal
Title
Business Address
City State
SURETY:
Corporate Surety
(Affix
Attorney -in -Fact (Seal
Business Address
City State
Name of Local Insurance Agency
tm:SPEC 47:3 00620-3 22-056.00
CERTIFICATES AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL
I, , certify that I am the Secretary of the
Corporation named as Principal in the within Bond; that
who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal, was then
of said Corporation; that I know his signature, and his signature hereto is
genuine; and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in
behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body.
Corporate
Secretary Seal
STATE OF FLORIDA )
ss
COUNTY OF )
Before me, a Notary Public, duly commissioned, qualified and acting,
personally appeared to me well known, who being by me
first duly sworn upon oath, says that he is the Attorney - in - Fact, for the
and that he has been authorized by
to execute the foregoing Bond on behalf of the Contractor named therein in
favor of Monroe County, Florida.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of ,
19 , A.D.
(Attach Power of Attorney)
Notary Public
State of Florida -at -Large
My Commission Expires:
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47:8 00620-4 22-056.00
�w
SECTION 00650
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
THIS IS To CERTIFY THAT THE HOME INSURANCE COMPANY
' Insurance Goinpdny
Address 875 GREENTREE ROAD
' of PITTSBURGH PENNSYLVANIA 15220
has issue Po c es o insurance, as escribe a ow an dent e
'Policy number, to the insured named below; and to Certify that Such y a
are in full force and rffect at this time, policies
policies will be cancelled or changed so as to affecgr the that
none
st(sofofhthe
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA (hereinafter sometimes Called the Owner)
unti t een deliveirty ays a ter written notice of such cancellation or Change has
red to the Owner's Engineer; Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc.
' Insured GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES, INC.
Address 300 PENN CTR. BLVD_ STE. 308, P.O. BOX 17340, PITTSBURGH PA 15235
' Status of Insured _X Corporation Partnership
—� Individual
Location of Operations Insured CUD0� KEY, MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
description of Work
LINED SANITARY LANDFILL EXPANSION
f Cover
'7Worker's Comaensation
H
to ers'_Liabili
pensive Automobile Liabili
hensive General Liabili
ctual Liabili
US Liabili
r Please speclf
.ICY INCLUDES -COVERAGE FOR:
ISPEC 47:9
00650 - I
GLRF
Number Ex
/30/90
9/30/90
446 9/30/90
GLRF382446
9/30/90
XOK2132876 9/30/90
22-056.00
YES NO
I Additional Insured; The Owner. x
' 2. *Liability under the United States Longshoremen's and
Harbor Workers' Compensation Act. N/A
3. +Ali owned, hired, or nonowned automotive equipment
used in connection with work done for the Owner.
' 4. ibamage caused by explosion, collapse or Structural
injury, and damage to underground utilities. X
S. OProducts/Completed Operations x�
6. 00wners and Contractors Protective Liability X
7. 00 ability assumed in the Contract "
S. oPersonal Injury Liability
9. +Excess Liability applies excess of:
' (a) Employers' Liability_
(b) Comprehensive General Liability _
((c)) Comprehensive Automobile Liability _
(d) Contractual Liability_
LIMITS OF LIABILITY
OVERAGEINJURY PROPERTY DAMAGE
Worker's Compensation Statutory XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
' $ 500,000. Disease - Policy Limit
Employers' liability $100__000.. Each Accident XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
' Comprehensive Each'occurrence-
Automobile Liability $ 1,0oo'000. Combined Single Limit BI/PD
$ 2,000,000. General Aggregate
Comprehensive Each occurrence -
General Liability $ 1,000,000. Combined Single Limit RIIpo
Contractual
tLiability _.- $ 1,000,000.
Each occurrence -
Excess Liability $ i,fin,pno __ _ Combined Single Limit BI/PU
Other (please
specify type)
The Insurance Company hereby agrees to deliver, within ten (I0) days, two (2
copies of the above policies to the Owner's Engineer when so requested.
H
tm:SPEC 47:9 00650 - 2 22-056.00
,ATE:
Entries onthis certificate are limited to the Authorized Agent or
Insurance Company Representative.
�te
_ 7anliarx
4, 1990
(SEAL)
THE HOME INSURANCE COMPANY
sued at
nsurance Company
INC.
PITTSBURGH, PA 15219
uthar ze e5eni;at ve
surance
Agent or Company
Send original
and one copy to;
Post,
Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, tnc.
5300 West
Tampa,
Cypress Street, Suite 300
Florida 33607
I
END OF SECTION
00650 - 3
22-056.00
NOTE: Entries on this certificate are limited to the Authorized Agent or
Insurance Company Representative.
Date (SEAL)
Insurance Company
Issued at
Authorized Representative
Insurance Agent or Company
- Send original and one copy to: Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc.
5300 West Cypress Street, Suite 300
Tampa, Florida 33607
tm:SPEC 47:9
END OF SECTION
00650 - 3
22-056.00
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
F
1
P
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1.01 ABBREVIATIONS
A. References in the Specifications to technical societies, organizations,
or bodies are made in accordance with the following abbreviations:
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials.
ACI American Concrete Institute.
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction.
ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc.
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning
Engineers.
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials.
AWSC American Welding Society Code.
AWWA American Water Works Association.
CFR Code of Federal Regulations.
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.
CS Commercial Standards - U.S. Department of Commerce.
FDOT Florida Department of Transportation.
FS Federal Specifications.
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers.
NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters.
NBS National Bureau of Standards - U.S. Department of Commerce.
N FPA National Fire Protection Association.
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act.
PCA Portland Cement Association.
SFWMD South Florida Water Management District.
SPR Simplified Practice Recommendations.
UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
B. In the event that complete title and abbreviation for a society,
organization or body is not listed herein, references to specifications
or standards of the unlisted society, organization or body will be made
using the full title of the society, organization or body..
1.02 INTENT AND CORRELATION OF DOCUMENTS
A. The Contract Documents cover, with explicit provisions, all matters
relating to the work which the Contractor undertakes to construct or
perform in full compliance with such provisions. It is understood that
the Contractor has, by personal examination and inquiry, satisfied
himself as to all local conditions and as to the meaning, requirements
and reservations of the Contract Documents, for, after the award, no
deviation will be allowed from the Owner's Engineer's interpretation
thereof. The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all labor,
1 tm:SPEC 47:10
00700-1
22-056.00
11
materials, supplies, appliances, equipment and other incidentals
necessary or convenient to the successful completion of the work and the
carrying out of all duties and obligations imposed by the Contract
Documents. The Contractor shall, in addition, provide all work and
materials not shown in detail but necessary for completion of the
project as indicated or specified, including a proper and suitable
foundation preparation, base or support and a reasonable finish
consistent with adjacent work which is shown or specified. The
Contractor shall make plural and complete all work which, to avoid
needless repetition or for the sake of brevity, has been shown singly or
partially indicated. The Contractor shall follow the Drawings and
execute all work in strict accordance therewith and with the kind and
quality of materials indicated and specified. Materials or work
described in words which, when so applied, have a well-known technical
or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards.
Any deviation from the Drawings and Specifications, which may be
required by the exigencies of construction, shall in all cases conform
to written instructions of the Owner's Engineer. The applicable
provisions of the Contract Documents shall apply with equal force to all
work, including extra work, performed under this Contract, whether
performed either directly by the Contractor or by any subcontractor.
B. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any,
shall be as binding as if called for by all. The Contractor shall
carefully study and compare all Drawings, Specifications and other
instructions; shall test all figures on the Drawings before laying out
the work; shall notify the Owner's Engineer of all errors,
inconsistencies, or omissions which he may discover; and obtain specific
instructions before proceeding with the work. The Contractor shall not
take advantage of any apparent error or omission which may be found in
the Drawings or Specifications, but the Owner's Engineer shall be
entitled to make such corrections therein and interpretations thereof as
he may deem necessary for the fulfillment of their intent. The
Contractor shall be responsible for all errors in construction which
could have been avoided by such examination and notification and shall
correct at his own expense all work improperly constructed through
failure to notify the Owner's Engineer and request specific
instructions. In the event of inconsistencies in the requirements of
the Drawings and Specifications, the more stringent will be required,
and in case of conflict between the Special Conditions and General
Conditions, the Special Conditions shall take precedence over General
Conditions. The Contract agreement shall take precedence over all
Contract Documents. The captions or subtitles of the several Articles
and Divisions of these Contract Documents constitute no part of the
context hereof, but are only labels to assist in locating and reading
the provisions hereof.
C. Full
size details shall take precedence over scale drawings and large
scale drawings shall take precedence over small scale drawings.
Dimensions given in figures shall take precedence over scaled
dimensions.
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-2 22-056.00
hl
P
u
u
fl
u
D. When measurements are affected by conditions already established or
where items are to be fitted into constructed conditions, it shall be
the Contractor's responsibility to verify all such dimensions at the
site and the actual job dimensions shall take precedence over scale and
figure dimensions on the Drawings.
E. Wherever a stock size of manufactured item or piece of equipment is
specified by its nominal size, it shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to determine the actual space requirements for setting and
for entrance to the setting space to make all necessary allowances and
adjustments therefor in his work without additional cost to the Owner.
F. Standard specifications or other specifications of the organizations,
societies or bodies referred to herein or to specifications listed
therein, shall be to their current editions and whenever it is stated in
the Specifications that materials or work shall conform to the
requirements of any of these specifications, work and/or material shall
also conform to any other specification referred to herein.
1.03 NOTICE AND SERVICE
A. All notices, demands, requests, instructions, approvals and claims shall
be in writing.
B. Any notice to or demand upon the Contractor shall be sufficiently given
if delivered to such office of the Contractor specified in the Proposal
(or to such other office as the Contractor may from time to time
designate to the Owner's Engineer in writing), or if deposited in the
United States mail in a sealed, postage prepaid envelope, or if
delivered with charges prepaid to any telegraph company for
transmission, in each case addressed to such office.
C. All notices or other papers required to be delivered by the Contractor
to the Owner, or to any of its representatives shall, unless otherwise
specified in writing to the Contractor, be delivered to the office as
indicated in the Special Conditions, and any other notice or demand upon
the Owner shall be sufficiently given if delivered to such office, or if
deposited in the United States mail in a sealed, postage prepaid
envelope, or if delivered, with the charges prepaid to any telegraph
company for transmission, in each case addressed to such office (or to
such other representative of the Owner or to such other address as the
Owner may subsequently specify in writing to the Contractor for such
purpose).
D. Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been given or made as
of the time of actual delivery, or, in the case of mailing, when the
same should have been received in due course of posts, or in the case of
telegrams, at the time of actual receipt thereof.
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-3 22-056.00
I
1.04 COPIES FURNISHED
A. The Contractor will be supplied with five copies of the Drawings and
Specifications. Additional copies which may be needed by the Contractor
will be furnished at the cost of printing. One complete set of Drawings
and Specifications shall be kept on the job by the Contractor and shall
be accessible at all times.
1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall submit with such promptness as to cause no delay in
the work, all shop or setting drawings and schedules required for the
work of the various trades. Before submitting shop drawings, the
Contractor shall check all drawings for accuracy, correlate them, and
make necessary corrections in yellow pencil. The Contractor shall
indicate his review of these drawings by appropriate stamp denoting his
approval. Shop drawings submitted to the Owner's .Engineer without this
stamp will be returned without action. After the Contractor's review,
he shall submit the specified number of sets of Shop drawing prints to
the Owner's Engineer for approval.
B. Shop drawings shall be dated and identified by project name, and shall
indicate descriptive names of equipment, type and class of materials,
item numbers, reference to the Contract Drawings and Specifications,
and location at which materials or equipment are to be installed in the
work. Shop drawings shall be folded to fit in letter size files with
the title exposed on the outside fold.
C. Shop drawings shall be submitted with duplicate transmittal letters
containing project name, Contractor's name, number of drawings and other
pertinent data. Shop drawings and submittal data will be reviewed two
times; thereafter, all further review time will be charged to the
Contractor.
D. The Engineer will review shop drawings for general design and
arrangement with reasonable promptness, making desired corrections. The
Engineer's approval of such drawings or schedules will not include
verification of dimensions or quantities, nor shall it relieve the
Contractor from responsibility for deviations from drawings and/or
specifications unless he has, in writing, called . the Engineer's
attention to such deviations at the time of submission; nor shall it
relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings
or schedules or proper correlation with other work. The Contractor
shall make any corrections required by the Engineer and file with him
the specified number of corrected copies.
1.06 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS
A. All Specifications, Drawings, Contract Documents
furnished by the Engineer will remain his property.
used on another project unless such use is
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-4
and copies thereof
They shall not be
authorized by the
22-056.00
Engineer and, with the exception of those sets which have been signed in
connection with the execution of the Agreement, shall be returned to him
upon completion of the project.
1.07 SAMPLES
A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for approval, all samples
of materials as directed. The work shall be in accordance with approved
samples.
1.08 MATERIALS, APPLIANCES, EMPLOYEES
A. Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for
all materials, supplies, labor, water, tools, equipment, light, power,
transportation and other facilities necessary for expeditious execution
and completion of the work in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise
definitely specified, it is a general requirement of the Specifications
that all materials and workmanship shall meet the requirements of the
applicable standard specifications of the American Society for Testing
and Materials or of the Federal Standardization Documents as minimum
requirements.
B. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good
order among his employees, and shall not employ on the work any unfit
person or anyone not skilled in the work assigned to him. Mechanics
whose work is unsatisfactory to the Owner or who are considered by the
Owner's Engineer as careless, incompetent, unskilled or disorderly, who
use threatening or abusive language to any person having supervision of
the work, or who are otherwise objectionable shall be dismissed from the
work upon notice from the Owner and shall not be employed on the work
thereafter. No intoxicating liquor shall be allowed on the work.
C. All labor described in these Specifications or indicated on the Drawings
and the work specified or indicated, shall be executed in a thoroughly
substantial and workmanlike manner and by mechanics skilled in the
applicable trade. All materials, fixtures and apparatus shall be
installed in an undamaged condition.
D. Except as otherwise specified, all materials, fixtures and apparatus
shall be new and of good quality and shall be delivered to the site of
the work in an undamaged condition. The Contractor shall, if required,
furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials.
E. Whenever materials are sold by the manufacturer in sealed packages, they
shall be so delivered on the job.
F. The Contractor shall make written request to the Owner's Engineer for,
and obtain his written approval of, the use of any material proposed for
use when "approved" materials are specified without mentioning any
standard by name.
1 tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-5 22-056.00
G. All written requests for approval
thirty days after the contract i
s
H. If any specified materials are no longer available during the progress
of the work, or if the quality of the material no longer meets the
approval of the Owner, the Owner will specify a replacement. Resultant
costs change, if any, will be as provided for changes in the work.
I. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the
Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name
of a particular supplier with the addition of such expressions as "or
equal" or "approved equal," the naming of the item is intended to
establish the type, function and quality required. When "or equal" or
"approved equal" is used, materials or eqL.ipment of other suppliers may
be accepted by the Engineer if sufficient information is submitted by
the Contractor to allow the Engineer to determine that the material or
equipment proposed is equivalent or eqal to that named. The procedure
for review by the Engineer will include the following as may be
supplemented in the Specifications. Requests for review of substitute
items of material and equipment will not be accepted by the Engineer
from anyone other than the Contractor. If the Contractor wishes to
furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, the
Contractor shall make written application to the Engineer for acceptance
thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately
and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and
of equal substance to that specified, and be suited to the same use as
that specified. The application will state that the evaluation and
acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice the
Contractor's achievement of Contract completion on time, whether or not
acceptance of the substitute for use in the work will require a change
in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other
direct Contract with the Owner for work on the project) to adapt the
design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or
use of the substitute in connection with the work is subject to payment
of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed
substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and
available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated.
The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs that
will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute,
including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by
the resulting change, all of which will be considered by the Engineer in
evaluation the proposed substitute. The Eningeer may require the
Contractor to furnish, at the Contractor's expense, additional data
about the proposed substitute.
J. The Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposed
substitute. The Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability, and
no substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without the
Engineer's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-6 22-056.00
by either a change order or an approved shop drawing. It is distinctly
understood that, (1) the Owner's Engineer is to use his own judgement in
determining whether or not any article, material or item proposed to be
substituted is the equal of any article, material or item so specified;
(2) the decision of the Owner's Engineer on all such questions of
equality shall be final and binding upon the Contractor; and (3) in
event of any adverse decision made by the Owner's Engineer, no claim of
any sort by the Contractor shall be made or allowed against the Owner's
Engineer or Owner. The Owner may require the Contractor to furnish, at
the Contractor's expense, a special performance guarantee or other
surety with respect to any substitute. The Engineer will record the
time required by the Engineer and Engineer's consultants to evaluate the
proposed substitution, to adapt the design to the proposed substitution,
and to make changes to the Contract Document, Contract or other
Contracts resulting from the proposed substitution. The Contractor
shall be responsible for reimbursing the Owner for the time charged by
the Engineer and Engineer's consultants. Where trade names are
specified without the phrase "or equal," or "or approved equal," or
where alternate trade names are specified without the phrase "or equal"
or "or approved equal," such products are hereby approved for quality
and no substitution will be permitted.
K. Material and equipment designed for permanent installation in the work
shall be properly stored by the Contractor on the site when delivered,
to insure protection against deterioration of any type. These materials
shall be so placed as to cause a minimum of inconvenience to other
contractors on the work and to the public. The storage piles shall be
arranged to facilitate inspections, and any deterioration shall be
grounds for rejection. If material stored on the job and paid for under
the terms of the Contract is damaged before its incorporation in the
work, the amount paid the Contractor for the damaged material shall be
deducted from the next payment to the Contractor.
1.09 PATENTS AND ROYALTIES
A. It is mutually understood and agreed that, without exception, Contract
prices are to include all royalties and costs arising from patents,
trademarks and copyrights in any way involved in the work. It is the
intent that whenever the Contractor is required or desires to use any
design, device, material or process covered by letters, patent or
copyright, the right for such use shall be provided for by suitable
legal agreements with the patentee or owner, and a copy of this
agreement shall be filed with the Owner's Engineer; however whether or
not such agreement is made or filed as noted, the Contractor and the
surety in all cases shall indemnify and save harmless to a limit of
$1,000,000 the said Owner for any costs, expenses and damages which it
may be obliged to pay, by reason of any such infringement, at any time
during the prosecution or after the completion of the work.
1 tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-7 22-056.00
1.10 SALES TAX AND EXCISE TAX
A. All sales tax and excise taxes shall be paid by the Contractor, except
as otherwise provided under the Special Conditions.
1.11 SUPERVISION AND RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR
A. The Contractor must advise the Monroe County Municipal Service District
at 294-8417 and the Monroe County Sheriff's Dispatch Office at 294-2424
at least 48 hours prior to starting any construction/work tasks.
B. The Contractor shall give the work the constant attention necessary to
facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Owner's
Engineer and with other contractors in every way possible. The
Contractor shall at all times have a competent superintendent, capab e
of reading and thoroughly understanding the Drawings and Specifications,
as his agent on the work, who shall, as the Contractor's agent,
supervise, direct and otherwise conduct the work. Such superintendent
shall be furnished irrespective of the amount of work sublet.
C. The Contractor shall be solely and wholly responsible for delivering the
completed work in a good and workmanlike condition and for the good
condition of the work and materials until final acceptance and his
formal release from his obligations. He shall bear all losses resulting
on account of the weather, fire, the elements, or other causes of every
kind or nature.
D. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless to a limit of
$1,000,000 the Owner and their agents and employees from and against all
claims, damages, losses and expenses, including attorneys' fees arising
out of or resulting from the performance of the work, provided that any
such claim, damage, loss or expenses (a) is attributable to bodily
injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of
tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of
use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in
part by a party indemnified hereunder. The obligation of the Contractor
under this Article shall not extend to the liability of the Engineer,
his agents or employees arising out of errors or omissions in maps,
Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or
Specifications which have been prepared by the Engineer.
E. In any and all claims against the Owner or the Engineer or any of their
agents or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any
subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification
3
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-8 22-056.00 3
L
obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the
amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for
the Contractor or any subcontractor under Worker's Compensation Acts,
Disability Benefit Acts or other employee benefit acts.
F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any violation of laws or
ordinances affecting in any way the conduct of all persons engaged, or
the materials or methods used by him, on the work.
G. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at his own expense, in a
sanitary condition, such accommodations for the use of his employees as
are necessary to comply with the requirements and regulations of the
State Department of Health & Rehabilitative Services or the County
Health Department. He shall commit no public nuisance. Privies shall
have incorporated therein metal containers which shall be tightly closed
and all waste shall be transported away from the site of the work and
disposed of properly.
H. Any instructions, directions, or orders from the Owner shall be given to
the Contractor through the Owner's Engineer or the Owner's
representative.
1.12 PROGRESS AND SUBMISSION SCHEDULES AND PRE -CONSTRUCTION
CONFERENCE
A. Prior to the pre -construction conference, the Contractor shall submit to
the Engineer, a construction progress schedule which shall show
chronologically all operations contemplated and necessary for the
successful completion of the work within the agreed Contract time and a
schedule of shop drawing submissions. The Contractor shall not commence
construction operations until the progress schedule has been approved by
the Engineer. After approval of the construction progress schedule, no
deviations from it shall be made without prior approval from the
Engineer. Included with the progress schedule shall be a schedule of
values of lump sum items which indicate costs in relation to the
progress schedule and unit costs.
B. Before starting the work, a conference will be held to review the above
schedules, to establish procedures for handling shop drawings and other
submissions, and to establish a working understanding between the
Parties as to the project. Present at the conference will be the
Owner's Engineer, the Owner's Representative, the Contractor, the
Superintendent, and others as may be specified in the Special
Conditions.
C. Prior to starting the work, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner and
the Owner's Engineer Certificates of Insurance as required by Article
1.15, Pages 00700-11/13 of this Section, entitled, Insurance.
1
Itm:SPEC 47:10 00700-9 22-056.00
0
1
1.13 SURVEYS, PERMITS AND REGULATIONS I
A. The Contractor shall furnish all surveys unless otherwise specified.
B. Both temporary and permanent permits and licenses necessary for the
prosecution of the work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor,
unless otherwise specified. "
C. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work as
drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that the Drawings and
Specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the
Owner's Engineer in writing, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted
as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the Contractor
performs any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and
regulations, and without -such notice to the Owner's Engineer, he shall
bear all costs arising therefrom.
D. The Contractor shall strictly observe all applicable laws and
regulations as to public and occupational safety, health and sanitation.
E. The Contractor shall save harmless to a limit of $1,000,000 the Owner
and all of its officers, agents and servants, against any claims or
liability arising from, or based on, the violation of any such laws,
bylaws, ordinances, regulations, orders or decrees, whether by himself
or his employees.
1.14 PROTECTION Of PROPERTY AND THE PUBLIC
A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all
his work from damage and shall protect public and private property from
injury or loss arising in connection with this contract. He shall make
redress for any such damage, injury or loss. He shall adequately
protect adjacent property as provided by law and the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor shall
take all necessary
precautions for the
safety of
employees on the work,
and shall comply
with all applicable
provisions
of federal, state and
local safety laws,
including, but not
limited to
the requirements of
the Occupational Safety
& Health Act
of 1970,
Amendments thereto, and building codes to
prevent accidents or
injury to
persons on, about or
adjacent to the premises where the work is being
performed.
C. The Contractor shall
erect and
properly maintain at all
times, as
required by the conditions
and
progress of the work, all
necessary
safeguards, including
sufficient
lights and danger signals
on or near
the work, from sunset
to sunrise;
he shall erect suitable
railings,
barricades, or other
protective
devices about unfinished
work, open
trenches, embankments,
or other hazards
and obstructions to
traffic; he
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-10 22-056.00
�i,
C
11
C�
G'
E
r�
L
r�
Ll
H
shall provide all necessary watchmen on the work by day or by night for
the safety of the public; and he shall take all necessary precautions to
prevent accidents and injuries to persons or property in or about the
work.
D. In an emergency affecting the safety of life or of the work or of
adjoining property, the Contractor shall act promptly at his discretion
to prevent such threatened loss or injury, and he shall so act, without
appeal if so instructed or authorized. Any compensation claimed by the
Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined by the
Owner's Engineer or the Owner's Representative.
E. Should warnings of winds of gale force or stronger be issued, the
Contractor shall take every practicable precaution to minimize danger to
persons, to the wort; and to adjacent property. These precautions shall
include closing all openings, removing all loose materials, tools and/or
equipment from exposed locations; and removing or adequately securing
scaffolding and other temporary or partially completed work.
F. The Contractor shall in every respect be responsible for, and shall
replace and make good all loss, injury, or damage (including
landscaping, walks, drives, structures) on the premises and/or property
of owners of any adjoining land, which may be caused by him or his
workmen, or which he or they might have prevented. The Contractor
shall, at all times while the work is in progress, use extraordinary
care to see that adjacent buildings are not endangered in any way by
reason of fire, water, or construction operations, and to this end shall
take such steps as may be necessary or directed, to protect the property
therefrom; the same care shall be exercised by all Contractor's and
subcontractor's employees.
G. Buildings, sidewalks, fences, shade trees, lawns and all other
improvements shall be duly protected from damage by the Contractor.
Property obstructions, such as sewers, drains, water or gas pipes,
conduits, railroads, poles, walls, posts, galleries, bridges, manholes,
valve boxes, street monuments, etc., shall be carefully protected from
injury and shall not be displaced if avoidable. The Contractor shall
give due notice to any department or public service corporation
controlling such items as manholes, valve boxes, meter boxes, street
monuments, etc., prior to adjusting them to grade and shall be held
strictly liable to the affected utility if any such appliances are
disturbed, damaged or covered up during the course of the work.
1.15 INSURANCE
A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain during the life of this
Contract "Worker's Compensation Insurance" for all of his employees
employed at the site of the project and, in case any work is sublet, the
Contractor shall require each subcontractor similarly to provide
"Worker's Compensation Insurance" for all of the latter's employees
unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the
tm:SPEC 47:10
007 00-11
22-056.00
Contractor.
B. The Contractor shall provide and maintain during the life of this
Contract insurance that will protect him and any subcontractor
performing work covered by this Contract from claims for damage for
personal injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for
property damages which may arise from operations under this Contract,
whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractors or by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. The
Contractor shall also provide and maintain during the life of this
Contract insurance that will indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, and
their agents and employees from and against all claims, costs, expenses,
including attorney's fees and damages arising out of or resulting from
the performance of the work, injury or conduct, want of care or skill,
negligence and patent infringement providing that any such claim,
damage, loss or expenses (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,
disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of property (other than
the work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b)
is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the
Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified
hereunder. The obligation of the Contractor under this Paragraph shall
not extend to the liability of the Engineer, his agents or employees
arising out of errors or omissions in maps, Drawings, opinions, reports,
surveys, change orders, designs or Specifications which have been
prepared by the Engineer.
C. Insurance shall be provided with a limit of $1,000,000.00 for each
occurrence in each of three policies with the Owner named as additional
insured as follows:
1. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (including Products/
Completed Operations, Explosion, Collapse and Underground Hazard,
Broad Form Property Damage, Personal Injury).
2. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (including Owned, Non -
owned and Hired).
3. Contractual Liability Insurance.
D. In types or classes of work which include, all or in part, buildings or
structures which may be subject to damage by fire, wind or vandalism,
the Contractor shall take out and maintain, during the life of this
Contract, what is known as "Builder's Risk Insurance," covering fire,
wind, extended coverage and vandalism, in an amount equal to one hundred
percent (100%) of the Contract price pertaining to such building or
structure, or buildings or structures.
tm:SPEC 47:10
00700-12
22-056.00
r
E.
Before starting the work, the Contractor will file with the Owner and
the Owner's Engineer certificates of such insurance, acceptable to the
'
Owner. These certificates shall contain a provision that the coverage
afforded under the policies will not be canceled or materially
changed
until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Owner
and the Owner's Engineer. The Certificate of Insurance form appears on
Pages 00700-27, -28 and -29.
1.16
AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER
'
A.
The supervision of the execution of this Contract is vested wholly in
the Contractor. The orders, instructions, directions, or requests of
'
the Owner are to be given through the Owner's Engineer or the Owner's
Representative. The Owner's Engineer will transmit them to the
promptly
Contractor as coming from the Owner and originating by the Owner. The
Contractor shall designate a representative to receive such
'
instructions, directions or requests in his absence, and failing to do
so, shall be held responsible for the execution of them.
B.
The Owner, or the Owner's representative, acting with the Engineer's
'
advice, will have the authority to suspend the work wholly or in part
for such period or periods as may be deemed necessary due to failure on
the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given to perform any or
all provisions of the Contract. The Contractor shall not suspend the
work and shall not remove any equipment, tools, lumber or other
materials without the written permission of the Owner.
'
C.
The Owner's Engineer
or the Owner's representative will have authority
to disapprove or reject work which they believe to be defective, and
will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the
work, whether or not the work is fabricated, installed or completed.
1.17 OBSERVATION OF THE WORK
' A. The Owner's Engineer and Owner's representative will have free access to
the materials and the work at all times for measuring or observing the
' same, and the Contractor shall afford him all necessary facilities and
assistance for so doing.
' B. After written authorization to proceed with the work, the Owner's
Engineer will:
1. Make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various
stages of construction to observe the progress and quality of the
' executed work and to determine in general if the work is proceeding
in accordance with the Contract Documents; he will not be required
to make exhaustive or continuous on -site observations to check the
quality or quantity of the work, he will not be responsible for the
construction means, methods, procedures, techniques and sequences of
construction and he will not be responsible for the Contractor's
failure to perform the construction work in accordance with the
Contract Documents; he will not be responsible for safety
I
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-13 22-056.00
precautions and procedures in connection with the work; and during
such visits and on the basis of his on -site observations as an
experienced and qualified design professional he will keep the Owner
informed of the progress of the work, will endeavor to guard the
Owner against defects and deficiencies in the work of Contractors
and may disapprove work as failing to conform to the Contract
Documents.
2.
Check and approve samples, catalog data, schedules, shop drawings,
laboratory, shop and mill tests of materials and equipment and other
data, submitted by the Contractor, for conformance with the design
no
concept of the project and compliance with the information given by
the Contract Documents, and assemble written guarantees which are
3.
required by the Contract Documents.
Consult and advise with the Owner and required
3
prepare change orders
in accord with the Owner's desires.
4.
Based on his on -site observations as an experienced and qualified
design professional and on his review pf the Contractor's
applications for payment, determine the amount owing to the
Contractor and approve in writing payment to the Contractors in such
amounts; such approvals of payment to constitute a representation to
42
the Owner, based on such observations and review of the data
comprising such applications, that the work has progressed to the
point indicated and that, to the best of his knowledge, information
and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the
Contract Documents, subject to the results of any subsequent test
called for in the Contract Documents and any qualifications stated
in his approval. Such partial and final payments will be as
specified elsewhere herein except as modified in this Paragraph.
5.
Conduct, in company with the Owner, a final inspection of the
project for conformance with the design concept of the project and
compliance with the information given by the Contract Documents, and
approve in writing final payment to the Contractor.
1.18 EXAMINATION OF THE WORK
A. The authority and duties of the resident project representatives when
provided and authorized by the Owner and when the employment thereof is
authorized and paid by the Owner, are limited to examining the material
furnished, observing the work done and reporting their findings to the
Owner. The Owner's Engineer will not underwrite, guarantee or insure
the work done by the Contractor. It is the Contractor's responsibility
to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the
Owner's Engineer will never be responsible or liable to either the Owner
or the Contractor or any other party by reason of the Contractor's
failure to do so. Failure by the Owner's Engineer or by any project
representative or other representative of the Owner engaged in on -the -
site observation to discover defects or deficiencies in the work of the
Contractor will never, under any circumstances, relieve the Contractor
from his liability therefor to the Owner, or subject the Owner's
Engineer to any liability to the Owner, the Contractor, or any other
party for any such defect or deficiency.
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-14 22-056.00
r,
11
k
E
I
u
E
11
B. Project representatives will have no authority to permit deviation from
or to modify any of the provisions of the Drawings or Specifications
without the written permission or instruction of the Owner's Engineer or
the Owner, or to delay the Contractor by failure to observe the
materials and work with reasonable promptness.
C. The Owner's Engineer, his representatives, employees, or any resident
project representative in the employment of the Owner's Engineer will
not have authority to supervise, direct, expedite or otherwise control
and instruct or order the Contractor or his employees in the fulfillment
of the Contractor's obligation. The Owner's instructions, orders,
directions and/or orders to the Contractor will be given only through
the Owner's Engineer, or the Owner's representative. The Owner's
Engineer may only advise the Contractor when it appears to the Owner's
Engineer that the work and/or materials do not conform to the
requirements of the Contract or Contract Documents, Drawings and
Specifications.
D. The payment of any compensation, irrespective of its character or form,
or the giving of any gratuity, or the granting of any valuable favor,
directly or indirectly, by the Contractor to any project representative,
is strictly prohibited, and any such act on the part of the Contractor
shall constitute a violation of the Contract.
E. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or
orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to
specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by someone other than the
Contractor, the Contractor will give the Engineer timely notice of
readiness therefor. The Contractor shall furnish the required
certificates of inspection, testing or approval to the Engineer. All
such tests shall be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the
American Society for Testing and Materials, or such other applicable
organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. If
any such work required so to be inspected, tested or approved is covered
without written approval of the Engineer, it must, if requested by the
Engineer, be uncovered for observation at the Contractor's expense. The
cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the
Contractor unless otherwise provided.
1.19 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. If at any time, before final acceptance of the work or materials,
defects therein are found, the Contractor shall promptly correct such
defects, remove and dispose of all defective or unsatisfactory work or
materials, although the defects may have been overlooked by the Owner's
Engineer or his employees, or may have been the result of damage from
any cause.
B. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to remove and renew any defective
work performed or to make any necessary repairs in an acceptable manner,
accordance with the requirements of the Contract within the time
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-15 22-056.00
r
indicated in writing by the Engineer, the Owner's Engineer will after
securing the Owner's concurrence, cause the unacceptable or defective
work to be removed, renewed, or repaired at the Contractor's expense.
Any expense incurred by the Owner in making these removals, renewals or
repairs, which the Contractor has failed or refused to make, shall be
paid for out of any monies due or which may become due the Contractor,
or shall be assumed by the Surety. Continued failure or refusal on the
part of the Contractor to make any or all necessary repairs promptly,
fully and in an acceptable manner, shall be sufficient cause for the
Owner to declare the Contract in default, in which case the Owner may
contract with any other individual, firm or corporation to perform the
work.
C. All costs and expenses incurred thereby shall be charged against the
defaulting Contractor and the amount thereof deducted from any monies
due, or which may become due him, or will be charged against the
Performance Bond. Any special work performed, as described herein,
shall not relieve the Contractor in any way from his responsibility for
the work performed by him.
1.20 ALTERATIONS OR CHANGES IN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The right is reserved for the Owner's Engineer to make, without notice
to the Surety alterations in the Drawings, Specifications, or in the
character of the work as he may consider necessary or desirable to
complete the proposed work to the Owner's satisfaction and consistent
with the general intention of the Contract Documents. Notice of every
such alteration or change shall be given, in writing, to the Contractor,
and no such alteration or change shall be considered as constituting a
waiver of any of the provisions of the Contract Documents, or as
nullifying or invalidating any such provisions. Should any such
alteration or change result in an increase or decrease in the quantity
or the cost of the work or materials described in the Proposal, the
total amount payable under the Contract will be accordingly modified. If
alterations or changes are thus made, the time for completion of the
Contract will be correspondingly modified, if the Contractor so
requests, before commencing the work attributable to such alterations or
changes.
1.21 EXTRA WORK
A. The Contractor shall do all extra work that may be ordered in writing by
the Owner's Engineer or Owner's representative acting on the specific
authority of the Owner arising out of the modification of the
Specifications or Drawings made or approved by the Owner. For this
work, the Contractor shall be paid at the rates named in the Contract
for work of a similar nature and character. If the extra work is of a
class for which no rate is fixed in the Contract, the actual reasonable
cost as determined by the Owner's Engineer, plus fifteen percent (15%)
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-16 22-056.00
C'
11
r
C
u
r
of said cost for profit and general expense shall be paid the
Contractor. No claim for extra work shall be allowed unless the same
was ordered in writing as aforesaid, and the claim presented at the time
of the first estimate after the work is done.
B. Except as hereinafter provided, all extra work ordered and performed in
accordance with the above Paragraph will be paid for at the price in the
written order for such work. This price (or rate) shall have been
approved by the Owner and mutually agreed by the Contractor and the
Owner's Engineer to be suitable compensation for the contemplated extra
work. However, if the Contractor and Owner's Engineer fail to agree on
an equitable price for any extra work ordered, it shall be performed by
using labor, tools, equipment, and materials as may be specified by the
Owner's Engineer, and will be paid for in the following manner:
1. For all labor, including a foreman in direct charge of the specified
operations, the Contractor shall receive a sum equal to the current
local rate of wages for every hour that the labor is actually
engaged in such work, to which shall be added an amount equal to
fifteen percent (15%) of such sum, and the total thereof shall be
full compensation to the Contractor for general supervision and for
furnishing and repairing small tools and ordinary equipment used in
doing the extra work. In addition, the Contractor shall be paid the
actual cost of Social Security taxes, Unemployment Insurance,
Worker's Compensation Insurance and Contractor's Public Liability
and Property Damage Insurance involved in such extra work, based on
the actual wages paid to such labor.
2. For all materials used, the Contractor shall receive the actual cost
of such materials, including freight charges, as shown by original
receipted bills, to which cost shall be added an amount equal to ten
percent (10%) thereof.
3. For any special machinery or special equipment, including fuel and
lubricants therefor, required for the economical performance of
extra work, the Owner's Engineer shall allow the Contractor a
reasonable rental price, to be agreed upon in writing before such
work is begun, for every hour that such special machinery or
equipment is used on the extra work.
C. The compensation herein provided shall be received and accepted by the
Contractor as payment in full for all extra work done.
D. The Contractor's representative and the Owner or Owner's Engineer shall
compare records of extra work done at the end of each day. Such records
shall be made in duplicate upon a form provided for such purpose by the
Owner's Engineer and shall be signed by both the representatives
referred to herein, one copy being submitted to the Owner's Engineer and
the other being retained by the Contractor.
I
tm:SPEC 47:10
00700-17
22-056.00
L
1.22 FAILURE TO PERFORM WORK
A. Should the Contractor fail to begin the work within the time specified,
fail to perform the work with sufficient workmen, eqiupment, and/or
materials to complete the work within the specified time, fail to
satifactorily complete the work, fail to remove materials and/or work
which is rejected as defective, unsuitable or unsatisfactory and renew
such work, fail to complete the work as specified, become insolvent, be
declared as bankrupt, commit any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, make
an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or from any other cause,
whatsoever, not carry on the work in an acceptable manner, the Owner may
give notice, in writing, to the Contractor and to his surety of such
failure, neglect, default, or delay, specifying the conditions
pertaining thereto and directing the Contractor to correct the same.
B. If the Contractor does not correct such conditions within a period of
five calendar days after receipt of such notice, the Owner will, upon
written report from the Owner's Engineer reciting the facts of such
delay, neglect or default, have full power and authority, without
violating the Contract, to take the execution of the work out of the
hands of the Contractor, to appropriate or use any or all materials and
equipment on the grounds as may be suitable and acceptable, to enter
into an agreement with another Contractor for the completion of the work
or to use such other methods as, in the opinion of the Owner, shall be
required for the completion of the work in an acceptable manner.
C. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner together with the costs of
completing the work under the Contract, shall be deducted from any
monies due or which may become due the Contractor. In the event that
the expense so incurred by the Owner shall be less than the sum which
would have been payable under the Contract if the work had been
completed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive
the difference; in case such expense shall exceed the sum which would
have been payable under the Contract, the Contractor and the Surety
shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess.
1.23 TERMINATION
A. The performance of work under this Contract may be terminated by the
Owner, in whole or from time to time in part, whenever the Owner shall
determine that such termination is necessary in accordance with this
Article. Any such termination shall be effected by delivery to the
Contractor of a notice of termination specifying the extent to which
performance of work under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon
which such termination becomes effective.
B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise
directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall:
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-18 22-056.00
0
CIS'
11
�1
1. Stop work under this Contract on the date and to the extent
specified in the notice of termination.
2. Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services, or
facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion
of the work under this Contract as is not terminated.
3. Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate
to the performance of work terminated by the notice of termination.
4. Assign to the Owner, in the manner, at the times, and to the extent
directed by the Engineer, all of the right, title, and interest of
the Contractor under the orders and subcontracts so terminated, in
which case the Owner shall have the right, in his discretion, to
settle or pay any or all claims arising out of the termination of
such orders and sub -contracts.
5. Settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of
such termination of orders and subcontracts, with the approval or
ratification of the Owner to the extent he may require, which
approval or ratification shall be final for all the purposes of this
Paragraph.
6. Transfer title and deliver to the Owner, in the manner, at the
times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer, the
fabricated or unfabricated parts, work in process, completed work,
supplies, and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in
connection with the performance of, the work terminated by the
notice of termination.
7. Complete performance of such part of the work as shall not have been
terminated by the notice of termination.
8. Take such action as may be necessary or as the Engineer may direct,
for the protection and preservation of the property related to this
Contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which
the Owner has or may acquire an interest.
C. After receipt of a notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit to
the Owner his termination claim, in the form and with the certification
prescribed by the Engineer. Such claim shall be submitted promptly, but
in no event later than one month from the effective date of termination
unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner. No
claim will be allowed for machinery and equipment rental expense
incurred after the effective date of the notice of termination. Upon
failure of the Contractor to submit his termination claim within the
time allowed, the Engineer shall determine, on the basis of information
available to him, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of
the termination and shall thereupon advise the Owner the amount so
determined.
D. The Contractor and the Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the
amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or
partial termination of work pursuant to this Paragraph, which amount or
amounts may include a reasonable allowance for profit on work done;
provided, that such agreed amount or amounts, exclusive of settlement
costs shall not exceed the total Contract price as reduced by the amount
of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the Contract price
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-19
22-056.00
�l
of work not terminated. The Contract shall be amended accordingly and
the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. Nothing in this
Paragraph, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor in the
event of failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree upon the whole
amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work
pursuant to this Paragraph, will be deemed to limit, restrict, or
otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may be agreed
upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this Paragraph.
E. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree as
provided in the preceding Paragraph on the whole amount to be paid to
the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this
Article, the Engineer shall determine, on the basis of information
available to him, with respect to all Contract work performed prior to
the effective date of the notice of termination, the total (without
duplication of any items) of the cost of such work and a sum, as a
profit, equal to 2 percent (2%) of said cost of the work, which
represents the cost of articles or materials delivered to the site, but
not incorporated in the work and in place on the effective date of the
notice of termination, plus a sum equal to 8 percent (8%) of the
remainder to such amount, but the aggregate of such sums shall not
exceed 6 percent (6%) of the whole of the amount determined above;
provided, however, that if it appears that the Contractor would have
sustained a loss on the entire Contract had it been completed, no profit
shall be included or allowed under this paragraph and an approximate
adjustment shall be made reducing the amount of the settlement to
reflect the indicated rate of loss.
F. The total sum to be paid to the Contractor shall not exceed the total
Contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and
as further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated. Except
for normal spoilage, and except to the extent that the Owner shall have
otherwise expressly assumed the risk of loss, there shall be excluded
from the amounts payable to the Contractor the fair value, as determined
by the Engineer, of property which is destroyed, lost, stolen, or
damaged so as to become undeliverable to the Owner.
G. In arriving at the amount due the Contractor under this Paragraph there
shall be deducted (1) all unliquidated advance or other payments on
account theretofore made to the Contractor, applicable to the terminated
portion of this Contract, (2) any claim which the Owner may have against
the Contractor in connection with this Contract, and (3) the agreed
price for, or the proceeds of sale of, any materials, supplies, or other
things kept by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provisions of
this Paragraph, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner.
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-20 22-056.00
H
h
H
1
J
CI
E
k
1.24 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
A. No assignment by the Contractor of this Contract or of any part thereof,
or any monies due, or to become due thereunder shall be made without the
prior approval of the Owner, which approval will be given only after the
Surety on the Performance and Payment Bonds has informed the Owner in
writing that it has no objection to such assignment being made.
B. In the event that the Contractor shall undertake to assign all or any
part of any monies due or to become due under this Contract, the
instrument of assignment shall contain a provision substantially to the
effect that it is agreed that the rights of the assignee in and to any
of such monies shall be subject to the prior liens of all persons for
services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of all work
e.tibraced by this Contract.
1.25 SUBCONTRACTORS
A. The Contractor may utilize the services of specialty subcontractors on
those parts of the work which under normal contracting practices are
performed by such specialty subcontractors.
B. The Contractor shall not award any work to any subcontractor without
prior written approval of the Owner. The Contractor shall be as fully
responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his
subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by
them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed
by him. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any
contractual relations between any subcontractor and the Owner.
C. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all
subcontracts relative to the work to bind subcontractors to the
Contractor by the terms of the General Conditions, the Special
Conditions and other Contract Documents insofar as applicable to the
work of subcontractors, and to give the Contractor the same power as
regards terminating any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the
Contractor under any provision of the Contract Documents.
1.26 SEPARATE CONTRACTS
A. The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with
this project. The Contractor shall afford other contractors a
reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their
materials and the execution of their work and shall properly connect and
coordinate his work with theirs.
B. If any part
of the Contractor's work
depends for proper
execution or
results upon
the work
of any other
contractor, the Contractor shall
examine and
promptly
report to the
Owner and Owner's
Engineer any
defects in
such work
that renders
it unsuitable for
such proper
execution and results.
His failure
to so inspect and
report shall
I
tm:SPEC 47:10
007 00- 21
22-056.00
U
constitute his acceptance, at his own risk, of the other contractor's
work as fit and proper for the reception of his work, except as to
defects which may develop in the other contractor's work after the
execution of the work under this Contract.
C. To insure the proper execution
shall measure work already in
Owner and Owner's Engineer any
the Drawings.
1.27 DISTRIBUTION OF WORK
of his subsequent work, the Contractor
place and shall at once report to the
discrepancy between the executed work and
A. The arrangement of the Specifications in Divisions, under general titles
descriptive of the principal materials or trades covered, is for
convenience. This sub -division follows trade practice as far as seems
practical without unreasonably complicated or minute breakdown. Under
many Divisions it has seemed proper to include items of other trades or
types of materials, the use or the installation of which is closely
related to the principal subject of that Division. Such arrangement
shall not operate to make the Owner's Engineer an arbitrator to
establish subcontract limits between Contractor and subcontractor.
B. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall study the Drawings and
Specifications in sufficient detail to assure that all required items
are included. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to so arrange
and distribute the work that all required items are provided by the
proper trades and at the proper times, without controversy as to
contract obligation, or as to jurisdiction, and he shall make all
necessary adjustments to this end.
1.28 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS
A. Observation by the Owner's Engineer or by any of his duly authorized
representatives, any measurement or report by the Owner's Engineer, any
order by the Owner for the payment of money, any payment for or
acceptance of any work or any extension of time or any possession taken
by the Owner shall not operate as a waiver of any provision of this
Contract, or any power therein preserved to the Owner, or of any right
to damages therein provided. Any waiver of any breach of this Contract
shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
B. The Owner reserves the right to correct any error that may be discovered
in any estimate that may have been paid, and to adjust the same to meet
requirements of this Contract. The Owner further reserves the right,
should proof of defective work on the part of the Contractor be
discovered after the final payment has been made, to claim and recover
by process of law, such sums as may be sufficient to correct the error,
or make good the defects in the work.
tm:SPEC 47:10
007 00- 22
22-056.00
J
0
n
U
U
C. Any waiver of any provision of the Contract Documents shall be specific,
shall apply only to the particular item or matter concerned and shall
not apply to other similar or dissimilar items or matters.
1.29 SCOPE OF PAYMENT
A. The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as herein
provided in full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools,
equipment and transportation, and for performing all work required to
complete the work under this Contract; and also in full payment for all
loss or damage arising from the nature of the work or from the action of
the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be
encountered during the prosecution of the work until its final
acceptance by the Owner.
B. The prices stated in the Proposal include all costs and expenses for
labor, equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges and
expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor for handling materials during
observation and/or inspection, together with any and all other costs and
expenses for performing and completing the work as specified.
.30 BASIS OF PAYMENT
A. The basis of payment shall be the Contract unit prices and/or Contract
lump sum price named in the Proposal.
1.31 PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENTS
A. If the work progresses according to this Contract, the Contractor will
be paid each month, 90 percent (90%) of the value of the work completed
during the preceding month and 90 percent (90%) of the value of
materials not already used, but which have been furnished by the
Contractor under the Specifications and satisfactorily stored on the
project site, provided that such materials have been delivered and
inspected and that payment therefor has been satisfactorily certified by
the Contractor to the Owner and provided further that the materials, in
the judgment of the Owner's Engineer are such as probably will be
incorporated in the work within the next 30 days. The Contractor shall
substantiate the value of stored materials for which payment is
requested by submitting copies of suppliers' invoices for the stored
material. For the purpose of preparing a monthly estimate for partial
payment, the Contractor will make an approximate estimate of the value
of all work done and materials furnished as of the last day of each
calendar month, and will deduct 10 percent (10%) thereof and all
previous payments and charges, and the balance will be paid by the Owner
to the Contractor on or about thirty days after the submittal to the
Owner. The Owner's Engineer shall review, revise and correct, if
necessary, and then approve the estimate for partial payment before it
is submitted by the Owner's Engineer to the Owner. The 10 percent (10%)
which is deducted each month is reserved by the Owner as a partial
guaranty to it of the faithful execution of this Contract. As a
I
tm:SPEC 47:10
00700-23
22-056.00
J
consideration of such payment of 90 percent (90%), the Owner shall have
the right to enter upon and put into proper service any or all parts of
the work which may be in condition for use; however, such use shall not
be construed as the final acceptance and the commencement of the one
year guarantee bond period for any or all parts of the work, unless
final acceptance is made for the complete project at that time. No
claim or charge is to be made by the Contractor for such use, nor is
such use to be construed as an acceptance by the Owner of any part of
the work so used.
B. Upon receipt of written notice from the Contractor that the work has
been completed in conformity with the Drawings and Specifications and
any approved changes thereto, the Owner's Engineer, and the Owner's
representative shall promptly examine the work and, making such tests as
he may deem proper and using all of the care and judgment normally
exercised in the examination of completed work by a properly qualified
and experienced professional engineer, shall satisfy himself that the
Contractor's statement appears to be correct. He shall then inform the
Owner in writing that he has examined the work and that it appears to
conform to the Contract Drawings, Specifications and any approved Change
Orders and that therefore he recommends acceptance and final payment to
the Contractor. However, it is agreed by the Owner and the Contractor
that such statement by the Owner's Engineer does not in any way relieve
the Contractor from his responsibility to deliver a completed job in
good and workmanlike condition, and does not render the Engineer or the
Owner liable for any faulty work done or materials used by the
Contractor.
C. The Owner's Engineer will then make a final estimate of the value of all
work done and will deduct therefrom all previous payments which have
been made. The Owner's Engineer will report such estimate to the Owner
together with his recommendation as to the acceptance of the work or his
findings as to any deficiencies therein. After receipt and acceptance
by the Owner of the properly executed Affidavit and the Release of Lien
and within sixty (60) days after approval of the Engineer's estimate and
recommendation by the Owner, the amount of the estimate, less any
charges or damages herein provided for, will be paid. Upon such final
payment, the Owner shall be released by the Contractor from all
liability whatever growing out of this Contract, except for the balance,
if any, of such amount as may have been retained to cover charges,
claims or damages, as specified; and if the Owner is satisfied that no
such charges, claims or damages exist or will arise, no such amount will
be retained. All prior estimates are subject to correction in the final
estimate.
D. Each request
for a
partial
payment shall be submitted on
Application for
Payment Forms
shown
on Page
00700-30 and -31 and shall be
accompanied by
an executed
copy
of the
Certification of Contractor
shown on Page
00700-32, and
Subcontractors/Suppliers Certificate shown
on Page 00700-
33. Use of other
forms is
permitted provided all necessary
information
is provided.
tm:SPEC 47:10
00700-24
22-056.00
�1�
L
11
k
P
I
k
I
I
1.32 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurement and payment for work items for which direct payment is
provided will be achieved as required by the Technical Specifications.
When no direct payment for work or materials is required in the General
Conditions, the Special Conditions, the Proposal, the Sections of the
Technical Specificati ;ns or in other parts of the Contract Documents or
shown, indicated or noted on the Drawings, compensation therefor shall
be included in the Contract unit or lump sum prices for the several pay
items under this Contract and shown and listed in the Proposal.
1.33 AFFIDAVIT AND RELEASE OF LIEN
A. When the work has been completed, the Contractor shall execute a Final
Release of Lien and an Affidavit declaring that all bills have been paid
in full .
B. These documents will be furnished to the Owner in a form similar to
those which appear on Pages 00700-34 and -35.
1.34 CLEANUP
A. The Contractor shall keep the premises, site and/or right-of-way free
from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris
resulting from the work. Upon completion of the work and before
acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall clean
and remove from the site, the right-of-way and adjacent property, all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish and temporary structures;
restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private,
which has been damaged during the prosecution of the work; and shall
leave the site and vicinity unobstructed and in a neat and presentable
condition throughout the entire area or length of the work under
contract. The placing of materials of every character, rubbish, or
equipment on abutting property, with or without the consent of the
property owners, shall not constitute satisfactory disposal. If the
work is of such character as may be done by blocks or sections, the
Contractor may be required to remove promptly and dispose of accumulated
rubbish, debris or surplus materials from blocks or sections as
completed or partially completed.
B. In the event of delay exceeding two days after written notice is given
to the Contractor by the Owner's Engineer or representative to remove
such rubbish or materials, or to restore displaced or damaged property,
the Owner may employ such labor and equipment as he may deem necessary
for the purpose and the cost of such work, together with the cost of
supervision, shall be charged to the Contractor, and shall be deducted
from any money due him on the monthly or final estimate. No contract
shall be considered as having been completed until all rubbish and
surplus materials have been removed and. properly disposed of.
1 tm:SPEC 47:10
007 00- 25
22-056.00
E
1.35 RECOVERY RIGHTS SUBSEQUENT TO FINAL PAYMENT
A. The Owner reserves the right, should an error be discovered in the
partial or final estimates, or proof of defective work or materials used
by or on the part of the Contractor be discovered after the final
payment has been made, to claim and recover from the Contractor or his
Surety, or both, by process of law, such sums as may be sufficient to
correct the error or make good the defects in the work and materials.
1.36 GENERAL GUARANTEE
A. The final acceptance or payment by the Owner, or any provision of the
Contract Documents, nor partial or entire use of the premises (work) by
the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance
with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in
respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials
or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy all defects in the work and
pay for all damage to other work, person or property resulting therefrom
which shall appear within one year from the date of final acceptance
unless a longer period is specified. The Owner will give notice of
observed defects with reasonable promptness. The Surety shall be bound
with and for the Contractor in the Contractor's faithful observance of
the general guarantee.
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-26 22-056.00
M
L
1.37 HOURS OF CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS
All work at the site shall be performed during normal working hours and the
Contractor shall not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Sunday,
or any legal holiday without written notice to the Engineer and the written consent
of the Owner. Normal working hours shall be defined as the Contractor's normal
eight -hour working period occurring between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and ending at
6:00 p.m., exclusive of Sundays or legal holidays.
Work during other than normal working hours may be scheduled by the
Contractor if he first obtains written permission form the Owner. The Owner will
be entitled to recover costs for overtime inspection related to work done during
other than normal working hours unless the Contractor obtains prior written
approval by the Owner for said work.
If the Contractor, after reviewing the Contract Documents, believes that
scheduling work during other than normal working hours will be required to
complete the work within the Contract time, he shall submit a proposed schedule
for said work five (5) working days prior to the pre -construction meeting. This
schedule will be reviewed at the pre -construction meeting. If the schedule is
accepted by the Owner, the Owner will not seek to recover costs for overtime
inspection.
If, subsequent to the submission of the construction schedule, an event
' beyond the control of the Contractor occurs which, in the opinion of the
Contractor, requires him to request approval to schedule work during other than
normal working hours, he shall notify the Owner within three (3) days after the
' unforseen event occurs, and submit a revised schedule to the Owner and Engineer
at least three (3) working days in advance of the proposed overtime period. If the
Owner accepts the schedule, the Contractor will be notified in writing and the
Owner will not seek
to recover costs for
overtime inspection. If the work
performed
during other
than normal working
hours is not in accordance with the
procedure
described above, or the Contractor's schedule is not accepted by the
Owner, the
Owner will
invoice the Contractor
for the cost of overtime inspection
which will
include, but
may not be limited
to, costs for engineering, Resident
' Project Representatives, administrative expenses and other related costs. In the
event that the Contractor fails to pay such costs within 30 days after receipt of an
invoice from the Owner, the unpaid amount shall be deducted from the
Contractor's progress payment and/or retainage."
hs:SPEC 47:10 00700-27 22-056.00
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE
Insurance Company
Address
of
has issued policies of insurance, as described below and identified by a
policy number, to the insured named below; and to certify that such policies
are in full force and effect at this time. It is agreed that none of these
policies will be cancelled or changed so as to affect the interest(s) of the
(hereinafter sometimes called the Owner) until thirty (30) days after written
notice of such cancellation or change has been delivered to the Owner's
Engineer; Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc.
Insured
Address
Status of Insured Corporation Partnership Individual
Location of Operations Insured
Description of Work
INSURANCE POLICIES IN FORCE
Forms of Coverage Policy Number Expiration Date
*Worker's Compensation/Employer's Liability
+Comprehensive Automobile Liability
!Comprehensive General Liability
Contractual Liabilit
Excess Liabilit
Other (Please specify type)
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-28 22-056.00
1
L
POLICY INCLUDES COVERAGE FOR:
YES NO
I. Additional Insured: The Owner
2. *Liability under the United States Longshoremen's and
Harbor Worker's Compensation Act.
3. +All owned, hired, or nonowned automotive equipment
used in connection with work done for the Owner.
4. Damage caused by explosion, collapse or structural
injury, and damage to underground utilities.
5. Products/Completed Operations
6. Owners and Contractors Protective Liability
7. Liability assumed in the Contract
8. Personal Injury Liability
9. + Excess Liability applies excess of:
Ta) Employer's Liability
(b) Comprehensive General Liability
(c) Comprehensive Automobile Liability
(d) Contractual Liability
LIMITS OF LIABILITY
FORM OF COVERAGE BODILY INJURY PROPERTY DAMAGE
Worker's Compensation Statutory
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Employer's Liability $ Each Accident
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Comprehensive Each occurence-
Automobile Liability $ Combined Single Limit
BI/PD
Comprehensive Each occurence-
General Liability $ Combined Single Limit
BI/PD
Contractual
Liability $
Each occurence-
Excess Liability $ Combined Single Limit
BI/PD
'
Other (please
specify type)
E
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-29
22-056.00
El
The Insurance Company hereby agrees to deliver, within ten (10) days, two (2)
copies of the above policies to the Owner's Engineer when so requested.
NOTE: Entries on this certificate are limited to the Authorized Agent or
Insurance Company Representative.
Date (SEAL)
Issued at
Insurance Agent or Company
Send original and one copy to:
Insurance Company
Authorized Representative
Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc.
5300 West Cypress Street, Suite 300
Tampa, Florida 33607
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-30 22-056.00
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO.
Project Name:
Owner:
Contractor:
Project No.
1. Value of original contract work performed to date: $
2. Extra work performed to date: $
3. Materials accepted and stored at site: $
4. Gross value to date: $
5. Ten percent retained: (-) $
6. Net amount due to date: $
7. Less; previous net amount: (-) $
8. Balance due for this payment: $
Note: This Application must be accompanied by the Appendix A Application
for Payment Form, Page 00700-31, and the Certification of the
Contractor, Page 00700-32.
tm: SPEC 47:10
00700-31
22-056.00
APPENDIX A
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
For all work through
Bid Item Description Bid Price
Total dollar value of contract work performed to date $
Dollar
% Complete Value
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-32 22-056.00
CERTIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR
According to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that all
items and amounts shown on Application for Payment No. are correct, that
all work has been performed and/or materials supplied in full accordance with
the terms and conditions of this Contract, dated , 19 , between
(Owner)
and
(Contractor)
I further certify that all just and lawful bills against the undersigned
and his subcontractors and suppliers for labor, material and equipment
employed in the performance of this Contract have been paid in full accordance
with their terms and conditions; that all taxes imposed by Chapter 212,
Florida Statutes (Sales and Use Tax Act), as amended, have been paid and
discharged; and that there are no Vendor's, Mechanic's or other Liens or
rights to liens or conditional sales contracts which should be satisfied or
discharged before such payment is made.
Date: Contractor:
STATE OF )
ss
COUNTY OF )
Personally appeared before me this day of , 19 ,
known (or made known) to me to be the
Owner Partner Corporate Officer - Give Title
' of _ Contractor(s),
. who subscribed and swore to the above instrument in my presence.
Notary Public ---Type Name
My Commission Expires:
, 19 .
The Contractor shall execute this Certificate and attach it to each
Application For Payment.
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-33 22-056.00
SUBCONTRACTOR'S/SUPPLIER'S CERTIFICATION
According to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that payment for
all billings to
(Contractor) for work under the Contract entitled
Monroe County, Florida, is current and the Contractor has been making
satisfactory payment for services, equipment, supplies and materials.
Date:
Subcontractor
and/or Supplier
Signed
Type Name
Company
Address
Telephone No.
Subcontractors and/or Suppliers to complete, and Contractor to return with
each Application For Payment.
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-34 22-056.00
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF )
ss
COUNTY OF )
Before me, the undersigned authority, authorized to administer oaths and
take acknowledgments, personally appeared
, who, after being first duly
sworn, upon oath deposes and says that all lienors contracting directly with,
or directly employed by (him, them, it) and that all taxes imposed by Chapter
212, Florida Statutes (Sales and Use Tax Act) as amended, have been paid and
discharged, and that all bills, wages, fees, claims and other charges incurred
by
in connection with the construction of
have been paid in full.
SIGNED:
By:
WITNESSES:
SWORN AND SUBSCRIBED TO BEFORE ME THIS day of , 19_ A.D.
tm:SPEC 47:10
Notary Public
State of Florida -at - Large
My Commission Expires:
00700-35
22-056.00
FINAL RELEASE OF LIEN
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that
for and in consideration of the sum of
Dollars ($
paid to
by the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, do (es)
hereby release and quitclaim to the , the Owner, its
successors or assigns, all liens, lien rights, claims or demands of any kind
whatsoever which
now has (have) or might have against the property, building, and/or
improvements, on account of labor performed, material furnished, and/or for
any incidental expense for the construction of _
thereon or in otherwise improving said property situated as above described.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF have (has) hereunto set
hand and seal this day of 19_, A.D.
WITNESS:
SWORN AND SUBSCRIBED TO BEFORE ME THIS day of
Notary Public —^
State of Florida -at -Large
My Commission Expires:_
END OF SECTION
_(Seal)
A.D.
tm:SPEC 47:10 00700-36 22-056.00
SECTION 01000
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1.01 SCOPE
A. The project consists of performing all work and furnishing all
equipment, labor and material for the construction of the approximately
5-acre expansion of the Cudjoe Key Lined Sanitary Landfill, on an
approximately 12-acre site. The landfill expansion includes grubbing,
stripping, excavation, fine garding the site, landfill cells, berms,
ditches, ponds and roadways, furnishing and installing the liner,
geotextiles, geonet, leachate collection piping, air collection piping,
manholes, leachate pump stations, leachate storage tank, septage storage
tank, stormwater structures, site clean-up and all incidentials
necessary to complete the work as shown on the Drawings and specified.
1.02 PERMITS AND LICENSES
A. Before starting the work, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for all
required licenses and permits necessary to complete the project in
accordance with federal, state, county and local laws, regulations and
guidelines. Monroe County will waive the fees for such permits as it
normally issues. The Engineer has obtained the Department of
Environmental Regulation's (DER's) Construction Permit and the South
Florida Water Management District permit of which a copy will be given
to the contractor at the pre -construction conference.
1.03 LIMITS OF WORK AREAS
A. The Contractor shall confine his construction operations within the
Owner's property boundaries, easements, and/or Contract Limits shown on
' the Drawings. Storage of equipment and materials, or erection and use
of sheds outside of the Contract Limits, if such areas are the property
of the Owner, shall be used only with the Owner's approval. Such
' storage or temporary structures, even within the Contract Limits, shall
be confined to the Owner's property and shall not be placed on
properties designated as easements or rights -of -way unless specifically
' permitted elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
1.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for
establishing
all lines and
grades together with all reference points
as required
by the various
trades for all work under this Contract.
B. The Contractor labor
shall provide all and
instruments
and all stakes,
templates, and other materials necessary for
marking and
maintaining all
lines and grades. The lines and grades shall
the Owner or Engineer may decide necessary.
be subject
to any checking
tm:SPEC 47:12
01000-1
22-056.00
i
C.
All layout
required shall be done using
competent and
experienced
personnel under the supervision of a
professional
engineer or
professional land surveyor registered in
the State of
Florida in
accordance with Chapter 21HH-6 of the Florida
Administrative
Code.
1.05
CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE
A.
The
Contractor shall provide and maintain an
office on the
project site
with telephone facilities where he or a responsible representative of
his organization may be reached at any time while work is in
progress.
1.06
FIELD OFFICE
A. The Contractor shall provide a field office for the use of the Engineer
during progress of the work. The field office shall be set on the site
at a location to be determined by the Engineer.
B. The structure shall contain not less than 150 square feet, shall be
watertight with suitable windows and doors, properly screened and
provided with lighting facilities. Sanitary facilities with regular
servicing shall be provided near the field office for the use of the
Engineer and his representatives.
C. The field office shall be equipped with one desk, one drafting table,
one 4-drawer filing cabinet with lock, two chairs, one drafting stool,
one water cooler, one window air conditioner and telephone. The
Contractor shall provide electric power and local telephone service for
the duration of the Contract. Charges for long distance telephone calls
will be paid by the person making the call.
D. The field office shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall
be removed upon completion of the work.
1.07 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for and make good all damage to
existing pavement, buildings, telephone or other cables, water pipes,
sanitary pipes, or other structures which may be encountered, whether
or not shown on the Drawings.
1.08 USE OF PUBLIC STREETS
A. The use of public streets shall be such as to provide a minimum of
inconvenience to the public and to other traffic. Any earth or
materials spilled from trucks shall be removed by the Contractor and
cleaned to the satisfaction of the governing agency.
tm:SPEC 47:12 01000-2 22-056.00
I
L
F
C'
F
C
1.09 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for having determined to his
satisfaction, prior to the submission of his Bid, the nature and
location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character and
quality of the substrata, the types and quantity of materials to be
encountered, the nature of the ground water conditions, the character of
equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the execution
of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters
which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. The prices
established for the work to be done will reflect all costs pertaining to
the work. Any claims for extras based on substrata or ground water
table conditions will not be allowed.
1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. During the entire construction operation, the Contractor shall maintain
records of all deviations from the Drawings and Specifications and shall
prepare therefrom "record" drawings showing correctly and accurately all
changes and deviations from the work made during construction to reflect
the work as it was actually constructed. These drawings shall conform
to recognized standards of drafting, shall be neat and legible. The
County may retain up to 10 percent (10%) of the total Contract price
until delivery of the set of "record" drawings is made to the Engineer.
1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop drawings submitted to the Engineer without the Contractor's stamp
will be returned without action. After the Contractor's review, he
shall submit six (6) sets of shop drawing prints to the Engineer for
approval.
' Shop drawings shall be folded to fit in letter size files with the title
exposed on the outside fold. Shop drawings shall be submitted with
duplicate transmittal letters containing project name, Contractor's
name, number of drawings and other pertinent data. Shop drawings and
' submittal data will be reviewed two (2) times, thereafter all further
review time will be charged to the Contractor at a rate of $50 per hour.
F
I
H
1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. The Contractor shall submit, to the Engineer, six (6) copies of an
operation and maintenance manual which includes product data and related
information appropriate for the Owner's operation and maintenance of the
products furnished under this Contract.
1.13 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish the following information to Engineer for
approval. The information shall be submitted at the times indicated.
tm:SPEC 47:12 01000-3 22-056.00
L_
1. Construction progress schedule; prior to the pre -construction
conference and monthly thereafter.
2. List of subcontractors; at the pre -construction conference.
3. List of material suppliers; at the pre -construction conference.
4. Shop drawing submittals; prior to ordering materials.
5. Contractor's notification of delays in construction; within three
(3) days of occurrence.
6. Record drawings; prior to final payment.
The above list may not constitute all items which are required to be
submitted by the Contractor. There may be others not listed but
described in other portions of the Contract Documents. The Contractor
shall submit those as described therein.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47:12 01000-4 22-056.00
i
I
I
�II
Technical Specif ications
11
I
11
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
Fl
F
I
I
ll
1
i
11
7
DIVISION 1
GENERAL
k
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
E
1
1
L
F
L
L
SECTION 01011
SUMMARY OF PROJECT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The site location for the work under this Contract is on property owned
by Monroe County, Florida.
1.02 WORK BY CONTRACTOR
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools,
services and incidentals to complete all of the work required as shown
on the Drawings and specified.
B. The Contractor shall complete the work, in place, ready for continuous
service, and shall include repairs, testing, permits, cleanup,
replacements and restoration required as a result of damages caused
during construction.
C.
All material, equipment, skills, tools and labor which is reasonably and
properly inferable and necessary for the proper completion of the work,
in a substantial manner and in compliance with the requirements stated
or implied by the Specifications or Drawings, shall be furnished and
e
installed by the Contractor without additional compensation, whether
specifically indicated in the Contract Documents or not.
'
D.
The Contractor shall comply with all municipal, county, state, federal
laws, rules, guidelines and codes which are applicable to the work.
'
1.03
Job Conditions
A.
Test borings made on the site for use in the design are available from
the Engineer, upon request, and are for the Contractor's information
only.
'
B.
The Contractor shall be responsible for having determined to his
satisfaction, prior to the submission of his Bid, the conformation of
the ground, the character and quality of the substra, the types and
quantities of materials to be encountered, the nature of the groundwater
'
conditions, the execution of the work, the general and local conditions
and all other matters which can, in any way, affect the work under this
Contract. No claim for extras based on substrator or groundwater table
conditions will be allowed.
ri
tm:SPEC 47:26 01011-1 22-056.00
I
1.04 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED
A. Work under this Contract clearing, grubbing, stripping, excavation, fine
grading, the site, landfill cells, berms, ditches, ponds, and roadways,
furnishing and installing the liner, geotextiles, geonet, leachate
collection piping, air collection piping, manholes, leachate pump
stations, leachate storage tank, septage storage tank, stormwater
structures, site clean-up and all incidentals necessary to complete the
work as shown on the Drawings and specified.
1.05 WORK BY OTHERS
A. Work of the project which will be excuted during the work of this
Contract, and which is the responsibility of others:
1. The Owner will remove stockpile areas and clear the site by removing
and disposing of shrubs, brush, links, sticks, vegetative growth,
trees, trash and rubbish prior to construction operations by the
Contractor.
2. Liner and geotextile sample testing will be performed, as specified,
by the Owner's designated laboratory, the owner will pay for the
first sample testing. The Contractor shall pay for all liner and
geotextile retesting as a result of the failure of the original test
samples to meet the specification requirements.
3. Geotechnical testing will be performed, as specified, by the Owner's
designated laboratory and the Owner will pay for the first sample
testing. The Contractor shall pay for all geotechnical retesting as
a result of the failure of original test samples to meet
specification requirements.
4. The Engineer has obtained the Florida Department of Environmental
Regulation's sanitary landfill construction permit and will supply
the Contractor with a copy at the pre -construction conference.
1.06 WORK SEQUENCE
A. The sequence of construction for this Contract shall accommodate work
with all other subcontractors and comply with the date of completion
specified in the General Conditions.
1.07 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. Limit use of premises for work, storage, and access to allow:
1. Owner occupancy and access to existing landfill operations.
tm:SPEC 47:26
01011-2
22-056.00
r
PART 2 - MATERIALS
' (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
r(NOT USED)
rEND OF SECTION
r
1
1
r
i
1
r
1
1
r
r
r
rtm:SPEC 47:26 01011-3 22-056.00
1
k
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
1
SECTION 01025
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1.01
GENERAL
A.
The Contractor
shall receive and accept the compensation per quantity
provided in the Proposal and the Contract as full payment for furnishing
all materials, labor, tools and equipment, for performing all operations
t
necessary to complete the work under the Contract, and also in full
payment for all loss or damages arising from the nature of the work, or
from the action of the elements or from any unforeseen difficulties
'
which may be encountered during the execution of the work until the
final acceptance by the Owner.
B.
The prices stated in the Proposal include all costs and expenses for
'
taxes, labor, equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges
and expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor for handling materials
during inspection, together with any and all other costs and expenses
for performing and completing the work as shown on the Drawings and
specified herein. The basis of payment for an item at the unit price
shown in the Proposal shall be in accordance with the description of
that item in this Section.
C.
The Drawing Sheet(s) and Specification Section(s) named for the various
payment items are for reference and information only. The referenced
sheets and sections may not include all items necessary to complete the
item in its entirety.
G
D. Should the Contractor feel that the
been established by the Bid Form or
cost for that work in some other
Proposal for the project does reflec
1.02 MEASUREMENT
t
A. The quantities for payment under this Contract shall be determined by
actual- measurement therefore contained herein. A representative of the
Contractor shall witness all field measurements.
1.03 PAYMENT ITEMS
Item No. 1, MOBILIZATION
Measurement of various items for mobilization will not be made for payment
and all items shall be included in the lump sum price.
tm:SPEC 47A:22 01025-1 22-056.00
11
Payment for mobilization will be made at the Contract lump
sum price for the
item, which price and payment shall be full compensation for the preparatory
work and operations in mobility for commencing the work
of this project
including, but not limited to, those operations necessary
for the movement
of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the
project site, and
for any other pre -construction expense necessary for the start
of the work.
'
Payment for the item will be made on the basis of 25 percent of the lump sum
amount, less applicable retainage, in each of the first
four (4) partial
payment requests.
Item No. 2, CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
Measurement of various items for construction photographs
will not be made
'
for payment and all items shall be included in the lump sum
price.
Payment for construction photographs will be made at the
Contract lump sum
price for the item, which price and payment shall be full
compensation for
'
furnishing construction photographs in accordance with the
Specifications
(Section 01380, Construction Photographs).
Item No. 3, CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE
Measurement of various items for the Contractor's office
will not be made
for payment and all items shall be included in the lump sum
price.
Payment for the Contractor's office will be made at the Contract lump sum
price for the item, which price and payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing and installing the Contractor's office including, but not limited
to, the establishment of the field office, safety equipment, first aid
supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as specified, and in accordance
with state and local laws and regulations. Payment for the item will be
made on the basis of 25 percent of the lump sum amount, less applicable
retainage, in each of the first four (4) partial payment requests.
i Item No. 4, FIELD OFFICE
Measurement of various items for the field office will not be made for
payment and all items
shall be included in the lump sum price.
Payment for the field
office will be made at the Contract lump sum price for
the item, which price
and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing
and installing the
field office including but, not limited to, the
establishment of the
field office, safety equipment, first aid supplies,
sanitary and other facilities, as specified in the Special Conditions and in
accordance with state
and local laws and regulations. Payment for the item
will be made on the
basis of 25 percent of the lump sum amount, less
applicable retainage,
in each of the first four (4) partial payment
requests.
Itm:SPEC 47A:22
01025-2
22-056.00
Item No. 5, DEMOBILIZATION
' Measurement for the various items for demobilization will not be made for
payment and all items shall be included in the lump sum price.
Payment for demobilization will be made at the Contract lump sum price for
' the item, which price and payment shall be full compensation for the work
and operations in demobilizing including, but not limited to, those
operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and
incidentals form the project site, and for any other expense necessary for
the completion of the work. Payment for the item will be made on the last
payment less applicable retainage.
Item No. 6, GRUBBING AND STRIPPING
Measurement for grubbing and stripping payment will be the lump sum.
Payment for grubbing and stripping will be made at the Contract unit price
for lump sum, which price and payment shall be full compensation for
grubbing and stripping the project site as shown on the Drawings and in
accordance with the Specifications (Section 02110, Clearing, Grubbing and
Stripping).
oItem No. 7, EXCAVATION
Measurement for excavation payment will be done by the cross-section method.
The depth of cut for excavation purposes shall not exceed the depth shown on
the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
Payment for excavation will be made at the Contract unit price per cubic
yard, which price and payment shall be full compensation for excavation and
placement of suitable excavated material for fill of the landfill cells,
drainage ditches, swales, ponds and open areas in accordance with the
Specifications (Section 02210, Site Grading) and as shown on the Drawings
(Sheets 4, 5 and 9).
' Item No. 8, SITE FILL
Measurement for fill payment will be done by the cross-section method.
' Payment for fill will be made at the Contract unit price per cubic yard,
which price and payment shall be full compensation for fill required to
achieve site grading in accordance with the Specifications (Section 02210,
Site Grading) and as shown on the Drawings (Sheets 4, 5 and 9). Site
grading shall include but, is not limited to the preparation of the landfill
base, retention pond, clear areas and stockpile areas.
tItem No. 9, GEOTEXTILE TYPE II
Measurement for geotextile type II payment, the cushion geotextile, will be
done using the plan quantity.
tm:SPEC 47A:22 01025-3 22-056.00
P
H
Payment for geotextile type II will
be made at the
Contract unit price
per
square yard, which price and payment shall be
full compensation
for
furnishing and installing, complete
in place, the
type II geotextile
in
accordance with the Specifications
(Section 02276,
Liner, Geotextile
and
Geonet) and as shown on the Drawings.
Item No. 10, LINER
Measurement for liner payment will be
done using the
plan quantity.
Payment for the liner will be made
at the Contract unit price per square
yard, which price and payment shall
be full compensation for furnishing
and
installing, complete in place,
the liner in
accordance with
the
Specifications (Section 02776, Liner,
Geotextile and
Geonet) and as shown
on
the Drawings.
Item No. 11, GEONET
Measurement for the geonet payment will be done using the plan quantity.
1 Payment for the geonet will be made at the Contract unit price per square
yard, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and
installing, complete in place, the geonet in accordance with the
Specifications (Section 02776, Liner, Geotextile and Geonet) and as shown on
the Drawings.
Item No. 12,
GEOTEXTILE TYPE I
Measurement
for geotextile type I, filter geotextile, payment will be done
using the plan
quantity.
Payment for
the geotextile type I will be made at the Contract unit price
per square
yard, which price and payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing
and installing the type I geotextile in accordance with the
Specifications (Section 02776, Liner, Geotextile and Geonet) and as shown on
the Drawings.
wItem
No. 13,
ASH
'
Measurement
for ash payment will be done using the plan quantity.
Payment for
the ash will be made at the Contract unit price per cubic yard,
which price
and payment shall be full compensation for delivering and
placing ash
in accordance with the Specifications (Section 02230, Trenching,
Backfilling
and Compacting for Piping Systems) and as shown on the Drawings
(Sheet 8).
Item No. 14,
RIVER ROCK
Measurement
for river rock payment will be done using the end -area method.
tm:SPEC 47A:22
01025-4 22-056.00
C
H
k
U
I
Payment for the river rock will be made at the Contract unit price per cubic
yard, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and
installing, the river rock for the leachate collection piping systems in
accordance with the Specifications (Section 02230, Trenching, Backfilling
and compacting for Piping Systems) and as shown on the Drawings (Sheet 8).
Item No. 15 MANHOLE NOS. 1, 2
Measurement for manhole no. 1 and 2 payment will be lump sum.
Payment for each manhole will be made at the Contract unit price which price
and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and installing the
manhole, complete in place, in accordance with the Specifications (Section
03410, Precast Concrete Structures) and as shown on the Drawings (Sheet 8).
Item No. 16.1, 16.2, LEACHATE PUMP STATION NOS. 1, 2
Measurement of various items for leachate pump station nos. 1 and 2 payments
will not be made and all items shall be included in the lump sum price.
Payment for the leachate pump stations will be made at the Contract lump sum
price, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and
installing the pump stations including the pumps, piping and accessories,
complete in place, in accordance with the Specifications (Section 11305,
Leachate Pump Stations) and as shown on the Drawings (Sheets 6 and 16).
Item No. 16.3, SEPTAGE PUMP STATION
Measurement of various items for septage pump station payment will not be
made and all items shall be included in the lump sum price.
Payment for the septage pump station will be made at the Contract lump sum
price, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and
installing the pump station including the pumps, piping and accessories,
complete in place, in accordance with the Specifications (Section 11325,
Septage Pump Station) and as shown on the Drawings (Sheet 17).
' Item No. 17, LEACHATE AND SEPTAGE STORAGE TANKS
Measurement of various items for the leachate and septage storage tanks will
not be made for payment and all items shall be included in the lump sum
price.
Payment for the leachate and septage storage tanks will be made at the
Contract lump sum price for the item, which price and payment shall be full
compensation for furnishing and installing the leachate and septage storage
' tanks including, concrete enclosure, piping and appurtenances, complete in
place, in accordance with the Specifications (Section 13415, Fiberglass
Reinforced Plastic Tanks) and as shown on the Drawings (Sheet 17).
I
tm:SPEC 47A:22 01025-5 22-056.00
Item No. 18, 3-INCH HOPE FORCE MAIN PIPE
Measurement for the 3-inch HOPE force main pipe payment will be based on the
length of pipe satisfactorily installed and accepted.
Payment for the 3-inch HOPE force main pipe will be made at the Contract
unit price per linear foot, which price and payment shall be full
compensation for furnishing and installing the 3-inch HOPE force main pipe,
fittings and incidentals necessary to complete the installation in
accordance with the Specifications (Section 15050, Piping, Fittings, Valves
and Accessories) and as shown on the Drawings.
Item No. 19.1 19.2 SOLID WALL HOPE LEACHATE COLLECTION PIPE
® dependant on size
Measurement for the solid wall HOPE leachate collection pipe payment will be
based on the length of pipe satisfactorily installed and accepted.
Payment for the solid wall HOPE leachate collection pipe will be made at the
Contract unit price per linear foot, which price and payment shall be full
compensation for furnishing and installing the solid wall HOPE leachate
collection pipe, fittings and incidentals necessary to complete the
installation in accordance with the Specifications (Section 15050, Piping,
Fittings, Valves and Accessories) and as shown on the Drawings.
I_tem No. 20, 6-INCH PERFORATED HOPE LEACHATE COLLECTION PIPE
Measurement for the 6-inch perforated HOPE leachate collection pipe payment
will be based on the length of pipe satisfactorily installed and accepted.
Payment for the 6-inch perforated HOPE leachate collection pipe will be made
at the Contract unit price per linear foot, which price and payment shall be
full compensation for furnishing and installing the 6-inch perforated
leachate collection pipe, fittings, cleanouts and incidentals necessary to
complete the installation in accordance with the Specifications (Section
15050, Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories) and as shown on the
Drawings.
Item No. 21, 2-INCH PERFORATED HOPE AIR COLLECTION PIPE AND 20/30 SAND
Measurement for the 2-inch perforated HOPE air collection pipe and 20/30
sand payment will be based on the length of pipe satisfactorily installed
and accepted.
Payment for the 2-inch perforated HOPE air collection pipe will be made at
the Contract unit price per linear foot, which price and payment shall be
full compensation for furnishing and installing the 2-inch perforated air
collection pipe, fittings, 20/30 sand and incidentals necessary to complete
the installation as specified in accordance with the Specifications (Section
15050, Piping, Fitting, Valves and Accessories) and as shown on the
Drawings.
Itm:SPEC 47A:22 01025-6 22-056.00
J
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Item No. 22, OUTFALL STRUCTURE
Measurement for the outfall structure payment will be number of outfall
structures satisfactorily, installed and accepted.
Payment for the outfall structure will be made at the Contract unit price
per item, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing
and installing the outfall structure, complete in place, in accordance with
the Specifications (Section 02720, Storm Drainage Structures, Pipe and
Fittings) and as shown on the Drawings (Sheet 9).
Item No. 23, ENDWALL
Measurement for the endwall payment will be based on the number of endwalls
satisfactorily installed and accepted.
Payment for the endwall will be made at the Contract unit price per item,
which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and
installing the endwal1, complete in place, in accordance with the
Specifications (Section 02720, Storm Drainage Structures, Pipe and
Fittings), and shown on the Drawings (Sheet 9).
Item No. 24, FLAP VALVE WITH CHAIN
Measurement for the flap valve with chain payment will be based on the
number of flap valves with chains satisfactorily installed and accepted.
Payment for the flap valve with chain will be made at the Contract unit
price per item, which price and payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing and installing the flap valve with chain, complete in place, in
accordance with the Specifications (Section 02720, Storm Drainage
Structures, Pipes and Fittings) and as shown on the Drawings (Sheet 9).
' Item No. 25.1 25.2 25.3 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
dependant on size)
' Measurement for the reinforced concrete pipe will be based on the linear
feet of reinforced concrete pipe satisfactorily installed and accepted.
Payment for the reinforced concrete pipe will be made at the Contract unit
price per linear foot, which price and payment shall be full compensation
for furnishing and installing the reinforced concrete pipe, fittings and
H
Itm:SPEC 47A:22 01025-7 22-056.00
I
I
L
Ij
r
incidentals, complete in place, in accordance with the Specifications
(Section 02720, Storm Drainage Structures, Pipe and Fittings), and as shown
on the Drawings (Sheet 9).
Item No. 26.1 26.2 MITERED END SECTION
dependant on size
Measurement for the mitered end section payment will be based on the number
of mitered end sections satisfactorily installed and accepted.
Payment for the mitered end section will be made at the Contract unit price
per item, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing
and installing the mitered end sections, complete in place, in accordance
with the Specifications (Section 02720, Storm Drainage Structures, Pipe and
Fittings) and as shown on the Drawings (Sheet 9).
Item No. 27, SPREADER SWALE
Measurement for the spreader swale payment will be based on the number of
spreader swales satisfactorily installed and accepted.
Payment for the spreader swale will be made at the Contract unit price per
item, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and
installing the spreader Swale, complete in place, in accordance with the
Specifications (Section 02720, Storm Drainage Structures, Pipe and Fittings)
as specified and shown on the Drawings (Sheet 9).
Item No. 28.1 28.2 ROADWAY
dependant on width
Measurement for the roadway payment will be in addition to measurement for
site fill, and will be based on the square yardage of roadway satisfactorily
installed and accepted.
Payment for the roadway will be made at the
yard, which price and payment shall be full
roadway, complete in place, in accordance
shown on the Drawings (Sheets 10 and 15).
Item No. 29, RELOCATE DIESEL PUMP
Contract unit price per square
compensation for completing the
with the Specifications and as
Measurement for the relocation of the diesel pump will not be made for
Payment and all items shall be included in the lump sum price.
Payment for the relocation of the diesel pump will be made at the Contract
lump sum price for the item, which price and payment shall be full
compensation for the relocation of the existing diesel pump to the location
shown on the Drawings (Sheet 3) and to furnish and install all electrical
and piping connections to the pump so that the pump operates as it did prior
to the relocation.
tm:SPEC 47A:22 01025-8 22-056.00
r
1 Item No. 30, MONITOR WELL
'
Measurement of
payment and all
various items for the
items shall be included
monitor well will not be
in the lump
made for
sum price.
Payment for the
monitor well will be made at the Contract lump sum
price for
'
the item, which
price and payment shall
be full compensation for
furnishing
materials, furnishing
all equipment, obtaining permits, and incidentials to
install the monitor well, complete
in place, in accordance
with the
Specifications
(Section 02814, Monitor
Well) and as shown on the Drawings
'
(Sheet 5).
r
C
I
Item No. 31, ELECTRICAL
Measurement of various items for electrical work will not be made for
payment and all items shall be included in the lump sum price.
Payment for the electrical work will be made at the Contract lump sum price
for the item, which price and payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all materials and equipment and all incidentals to complete the
electrical work in accordance with the Specifications (Division 16,
Electrical) and as shown on the Drawings (Sheets 18 and 19).
I
tm:SPEC 47A:22 01025-9 22-056.00
L
7
U
r
SECTION 01380
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall employ a competent Photographer to take
construction record photographs periodically during the course of the
work.
1.02 PHOTOGRAPHY
A. Photographs taken in conformance with this Section shall be furnished to
the Engineer with each Application for Payment.
B. Photographs shall be taken at the stages of construction listed below.
1. Prior to commencing work at the project site.
2. Completion of site clearing, grubbing and stripping.
3. Completion of excavation.
4. Installation of the geonet, geotextile and liner.
5. Seaming of the geonet, geotextile and liner.
6. Damaged areas of the geonet, geotextile and liner.
7. Repaired areas of the geonet, geotextile and liner.
8. Completion of foundations of each structure.
9. Completion of framing of each structure.
10. Completion of enclosures of each structure.
11. Completion of pipe laying prior to backfilling.
12. Completion of site grading and restoration.
13. Installation of equipment and facilities as directed by Engineer.
C. Views and Quantities
1. Two (2) views of each item listed in Article 1.02(B).
2. Five (5) views of overall project site monthly and of which at least
three (3) shall be aerial as directed by the Engineer.
3. Provide five prints of each view.
D. Negatives
1. The Photographer shall maintain negatives for a period of two (2)
years from date of Substantial Completion of entire project and then
shall convey the negatives to the Owner.
2. Photographer shall agree to furnish additional prints to Owner and
the Engineer at commercial rates applicable at time of purchase.
1 tm:SPEC 47:27
01380-1
22-056.00
I
1.03 ADDITIONAL PHOTOGRAPHY OR PRINTS
A. Parties requiring additional photography or prints will pay Photographer
directly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRINTS
A. Color Print Quality:
1. Paper: Single weight, color print paper.
2. Finish: Smooth surface, glossy.
3. Size: 8 inch x 10 inch.
B. Identify each print on back, listing:
1. Name of project.
2. Orientation of view.
3. Data and time of exposure.
4. Name and address of photographer.
5. Photographer's numbered identification of exposure.
C. All photographs shall be color.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TECHNIQUE
A. Factual presentation.
B. Exposure and focus shall be of high resolution and sharpness using a
maximum depth -of -field with minimum distortion.
3.02 VIEWS REQUIRED
A. Photograph from locations to adequately illustrate condition of
construction and state of progress.
1. At successive periods of photography, take at least one photograph
from the same overall view as previously taken.
2. Consult with the Engineer at each period of photography for
instructions concerning views required.
3.03 DELIVERY OF PRINTS
A. Deliver prints to the Engineer to accompany each Application for
Payment.
tm:SPEC 47:27 01380-2 22-056.00
C
E
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B. Distribution of prints as soon as processed is anticipated to be as
follows:
1. Owner -(one set).
2. Engineer (two sets).
3. Project record file (one set to be stored by Contractor and
furnished to Engineer at project completion).
4. Contractor (one set).
tm:SPEC 47:27
END OF SECTION
01380-3
22-056.00
J
II
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
u
fi
C'
ii
L
k
� DIVISION 2
i SITE WORK
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
SECTION 02110
CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing all necessary
labor, equipment, material and transportation necessary to clear, grub,
strip and prepare the project site for construction operations.
1.02 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING
A. Clearing: Clearing will be completed by the Owner prior to construction
operations and will consist of the removal and disposal of shrubs,
brush, limbs, sticks, vegetative growth, trash and rubbish. Clearing
operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to protect trees,
shrubs, vegetative growth, fencing, structures and installations which
are not designated for removal, and to provide for the safety of
employees and others.
B. Grubbing: Grubbing shall consist of the complete removal of all stumps,
roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter, matted roots, brush, timber,
logs, and any other organic or metallic debris remaining after clearing
not suitable for geotextile, liner installation or foundation purposes,
resting on, under, or protruding through the surface of the ground to a
depth of 18 inches below the subgrade. All depressions excavated below
the original ground surface for or by the removal of such objects, shall
be refilled with suitable materials and compacted to a density
conforming to the surrounding ground surface.
C. Stripping: Stripping shall consist of the removal and disposal of all
organics, sod, topsoil, grass and grass roots, and other objectionable
material remaining after clearing and grubbing from the areas designated
to be stripped. Grass and grass roots in areas to be excavated or
filled upon shall be stripped to a depth of 4 inches. In areas so
designated, topsoil shall be stockpiled and protected until it is placed
as specified. Any topsoil remaining after all work is in place, shall
be disposed of by the Contractor unless directed otherwise by the
Engineer.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Trees and Shrubbery: Existing trees, shrubbery, and other vegetative
material may not be shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall inspect
the site as to the nature, location, size, and extent of vegetative
tm:SPEC 47:23 02110-1 22-056.00
A
material to be removed or
Contractor shall preserve,
designated to be preserved as
the Engineer.
preserved, as specified herein. The ,w,
in place, trees that are specifically
shown on the Drawings and/or directed by rr
B. Preservation of Trees, Shrubs, and Other Plant Material:
1. All plant materials (trees, shrubbery, and plants) beyond the limits
of clearing and grubbing shall be saved and protected from damage
resulting from the work. No filling, excavating, trenching, or
stockpiling of materials will be permitted within the drip line of
these plant materials. The drip line is defined as a circle drawn
by extending a line vertically to the ground from the outermost
branches of a plant or group of plants. To prevent soil compaction
within the drip line area, no equipment will be permitted within
this area.
2. When trees are close together, entry into the area within the drip
line shall be restricted by fencing. In areas where no fence is
erected, the trunks of all trees 2 inches in diameter or greater
shall be protected by entirely encircling the trunk with boards
extending from ground level to a height of 6 feet, and held securely
in place by 12-gauge wire and staples. Tree branches which affect
construction operations shall be cut and removed and treated with a
tree sealant.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
"A. Clearing and Grubbing Limits: All excavation and embankment areas
associated with the geotextile, liner, structures, slabs, landfill
berms, ditches and roadway shall be cleared and grubbed the following
depths:
1. Roadway and paved areas: to caprock or 2 feet, whichever is less.
2. Liner: 2 feet below surface.
3. Structure Areas: 2 feet below existing grade and replaced with
compacted backfill.
4. All other areas: 1 foot below completed surface."
B. Disposal of Clearing and Grubbing Debris: Dispose and/or remove all
cleared and grubbed material from the worksite in accordance with all
federal, state, and local laws, codes, and ordinances. An air curtain
destructor, operated by the Owner, is available at the site for
disposing of materials.
C. Areas to be Stripped: All excavation and embankment areas associated
with the geotextile, liner, structures, slabs, and ponds shall be
stripped. Stockpile areas shall be stripped.
D. Disposal of Strippings: Remove all stripped material and stockpile as
directed by the Engineer.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47:28 02110-2 22-056.00
n
SECTION 02140
DEWATERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
' A. The work to be performed under this Section shall include furnishing all
equipment and labor necessary to remove storm or subsurface waters from
excavation areas in accordance with the requirements set forth and as
shown on the Drawings.
' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The dewatering of any excavation areas and the disposal of the water
shall be in strict accordance with the latest revision of all federal,
state, and local and rules and regulations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (,Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3.01 DEWATERING
A. The Contractor shall provide adequate equipment for the removal of storm
or subsurface waters which may accumulate in the excavation.
B. If subsurface water is encountered, the Contractor shall utilize
suitable equipment to adequately dewater the excavation so that it will
' be dry for the installation of the geonet, geotextile, liner, pipes, and
structures. A wellpoint system or dewatering method approved by the
Engineer shall be utilized, if necessary, to maintain the excavation in
' a dry condition.
C. Dewatering by trench pumping will not be permitted if migration of fine
grained natural material from bottom, side walls, or bedding material
will occur.
D. In the event that satisfactory dewatering cannot be accomplished due to
subsurface conditions or where dewatering could damage existing
structures, the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of wet
trench construction or procedure before commencing construction.
1 tm:SPEC 47:30 02140-1 22-056.00
3.02 DISPOSAL
A. Water pumped from the trench or other excavation shall be disposed of in
canals, or suitable disposal pits.
B. The Contractor is responsible for acquiring all permits required to
discharge the water and shall protect waterways from turbidity during
the operation.
C. In areas where adequate disposal sites are not available, partially
backfilled trenches may be used for water disposal only when the
Contractor's plan for trench disposal is approved, in writing, by the
Engineer. The Contractor's plan shall include temporary culverts,
barricades and other protective measures to prevent damage to property
or injury to any person or persons.
D. No flooding of streets, roadways, driveways or private property will be
permitted. Dewatering pump engines shall be equipped with residential -
type mufflers. Where practical and feasible, electrical "drops" should
be used in lieu of portable generators.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47:30 02140-2 22-056.00
SECTION 02210
SITE GRADING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included under this Section consists of furnishing all
necessary labor, equipment, material and transportation to bring the
roads, structure sites, berms, landfill cells, ditches, ponds, borrow
pits and open areas to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings.
B. Definitions:
1. Open Areas: Open areas shall be those areas that do not include
roadways, structures, landfill cells, berms, ditches and ponds.
2. Maximum Density: Maximum weight in pounds per cubic foot of a
specific material.
3. Optimum Moisture: Percentage of water in a specific material at
maximum density.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 02240, Stabilized Subgrade
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Suitable: Suitable materials for fill shall be classified as A-1, A-3
or A-2-4 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M 145 and shall be free
from vegetation and organic material. The Contractor shall use
excavated material in order to meet fill requirements provided the
material is suitable. The Contractor will be responsible for gradation
requirements when using this material. Thereafter, the Contractor shall
provide all necessary materials. No material may be removed from the
site without the Engineer's approval."
B. Suitable Material To Be Placed In Water: Suitable material for fills to
be placed in water shall be classified as A-1 or A-3 in accordance with
AASHTO Designation A-145.
C. Unsuitable: Unsuitable materials are classified as A-2-5, A-2-6, A-2-7,
A-4, A-5, A-6, A-7 and A-8 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M 145.
D. Crushed Limerock Fill: (Drawings refer to this as "Limestone Type I")
Crushed limerock fill shall meet the requirements of suitable material
and suitable material to be placed in water except that at least 97
percent (by weight) of the material shall pass a 3-1/2-inch sieve and
the material shall be graded, uniformily, down to dust.
tm:SPEC 47:29 02210-1 22-056.00
J
E. Ash: (Drawings refer to this as "Incinerator Residue") Ash shall be
collected from designated areas on site, and screened to a 1/4-inch
size.
"The County will provide ash on site to be screened and used by the
Contractor. Rejects from screening shall be disposed of by the
Contractor in the landfill as directed by the landfill operator. No
tipping fees will be charged for the disposal of ash screening rejects."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PERFORMANCE
A. Use of Explosives:
1. If the use of explosives is necessary for the excavation of the
borrow pits, the Contractor shall furnish, transport, place and
detonate, or otherwise use the explosives with the utmost care so as
not to endanger life or property and in full compliance with all
applicable codes, laws and ordinances. The Contractor shall be
fully responsible for all damages and claims resulting from blasting
operations.
2. All explosives stored within the site shall be stored in a secure
manner and shall be marked in large, legible signs indicating
"DANGER - EXPLOSIVES" or other precautionary language acceptable to
the Engineer. The Contractor shall secure all permits and licenses,
pay all charges and fees and shall be responsible for giving all
notices required or necessary in advance of blasting operations.
3. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in advance of blasting
operations and shall submit a schedule of blasting and the proposed
drilling pattern prior to proceeding with the work. If conditions
external to the site warrant, the Engineer may modify the schedule
of blasting during the course of the work.
4. Test Blasting: Prior to excavation of the borrow pits the
Contractor shall conduct a blasting test program at the proposed
site to confirm the relationship between the magnitude of delay and
particle velocity together with the charge size and firing criteria
and submit the test results to the Engineer for approval by him and
by the DER and Monroe County.
B. Excavation:
1. Excavation shall conf
specified herein. Th
other work necessary
alignment and cross
removed in the area
commenced.
2. All suitable materials
far as practicable in
o
rm to the limits indicated on the Drawings or
is work shall include shaping, sloping and all
in bringing the site to the required grade.
section. All unsuitable material shall be
to be filled before the filling operation is
removed from the
the formation of
shoulders, and other places as directed
tm:SPEC 47:29
02210-2
excavation shall be used as
the embankments, subgrades,
by the Engineer or shown on
22-056.00
Fi
E
E
the Drawings. No excavated material shall be wasted without
permission, and where necessary to waste such material it shall be
at the direction of the Engineer. Unsuitable material shall be
'
removed to the required depth. Unsuitable material existing in open
areas may remain, and these open areas may be used for disposal
areas for the unsuitable material as directed by the Engineer.
C. Fills:
1. Fills shall be formed of suitable material placed in layers of not
more than 8 inches in depth measured loose and rolled and/or
'
vibrated with suitable equipment until compacted. Thickness of
layers may be increased provided the equipment and methods used are
proven by field density testing to be capable of compacting thicker
'
layers to specified densities. Layer thickness shall be decreased
if equipment and methods used are proven to be incapable of
compacting layers to specified densities.
2. Rock that will not pass through a 6-inch-diameter ring shall not be
placed within the top 12 inches of the surface of the completed
fill. Rock that will not pass through a 3-inch-diameter ring shall
not be placed within the top 4 inches of the completed fill. Broken
'
concrete or asphaltic pavement shall not be used in fills.
3. Fill within the roadways, landfill cell, ditches, ponds, and
'
structure sites shall be compacted to a density of not less than 98
percent of its maximum density as determined by AASHTO Method T 180.
4. Muck or other unsuitable material may be used in areas as directed
by the Engineer. Muck material used as fill shall be placed in
'
layers of not more than 12 inches in depth measured loose. When dry
or as directed by the Engineer, this layer shall be disced and
harrowed to break up large pieces of the material. The above
density requirements shall not apply to unsuitable material placed.
'
5. Final elevations shall be within 0.1 foot of the required elevation
and surfaces shall be sloped to drain as shown on the Drawings.
1
D . Roadway and La nd fi l l Subgra des :
1. The construction of roadway and landfill subgrades shall conform to
the requirements set forth hereinafter and shall consist of bringing
the top of the subgrade between the outer limits indicated, to a
surface, of uniform density, conforming to the grades, lines and
cross sections shown on the Drawings.
2. All material of the subgrade, within the indicated limits shown on
the Drawings, which provide a Limerock Bearing Ratio of less than 40
shall be stabilized as specified under Section 02240, Stabilized
Subgrade.
'
3. After the subgrade has been properly shaped and stabilized, if
required, it shall be brought to a firm, unyielding surface by
rolling the entire area with an approved 3-wheel power roller
'
weighing not less than 10 tons. All areas inaccessible to the
roller shall be thoroughly compacted with hand tampers weighing not
0
1 tm:SPEC 47:29 02210-3 22-056.00
E
less than 50 pounds, the face of which shall not exceed 100 square
inches in area. Unless the subgrade material at the time of the
rolling contains sufficient moisture to insure proper compaction, it
shall be watered as directed and then compacted. Subgrade material
containing excess moisture, as determined by the Engineer, shall be
permitted to dry to the proper consistency before being compacted.
4. The top 12 inches of the subgrade, including cut and fill sections,
shall be compacted to a density of not less than 98 percent of the
maximum density as determined by the AASHTO Method T 180.
5. After the roadway or landfill subgrade has been prepared, the
Contractor shall maintain it free of ruts, depressions and damage
resulting from the hauling and handling of any material, equipment,
tools, etc. Ditches or drains shall be constructed and maintained
along the completed subgrade section. The subgrade shall be checked
for crown and elevation and the final elevation shall be within 0.1
foot of the required elevation.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47:29 02210-4 22-056.00
1
SECTION 02220
' STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included under this Section consists of excavating,
backfilling, and grading required for the construction of the structures
as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Definitions:
1. Maximum Density: Maximum weight in pounds per cubic foot of a
specific material.
2. Optimum Moisture: Percentage of water in a specific material at
maximum density.
3. Rock Excavation: Excavation of any hard natural substance which
requires the use of special impact tools such as jack hammers,
sledges, chisels or similar devices specifically designed for use in
cutting or breaking rock, but exclusive of trench excavating
machinery.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. A testing laboratory retained by the Owner will make such additional
tests as deemed necessary. The Contractor shall schedule his work so as
to permit a reasonable time for testing before placing succeeding lifts
and shall keep the Engineer informed of his progress.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS
'
A.
Suitable: Suitable materials for backfill shall be classified
as A-1,
A-3 or A-2-4 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M 145 and
shall be
free from vegetation, organic material, marl, silt or muck.
Not more
than 12 percent by weight of backfill material shall pass the
No. 200
sieve.
B.
Suitable Material To Be Placed In Water: Suitable material for
be placed in water shall be classified as A-1 or A-3 in
fills to
accordance
AASHTO Designation A 145.
with
C.
Unsuitable: Unsuitable materials are classified as A-2-5, A-2-6,
A-2-7,
A-4, A-5, A-6, A-7 and A-8 in accordance with AASHTO Designation
M 145.
D.
Graded Limerock: Material for backfill below precast structures
shall be
t
3/4-inch graded limerock equal to FDOT Section 901, Grade 6.
tm:SPEC 47:13 02220-1 22-056.00
E. Select Material: Select material shall be suitable material that does
not contain any rock larger than will pass a 3-inch-diameter ring.
F. Pearock: Gradation of the rock known locally as "pearock" shall conform
to the requirements for Grade 6 (3/4 to 3/3 inch) of FOOT Standard
Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PERFORMANCE
A. Excavation:
1. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and
of whatever substances encountered, to the dimensions required for
construction and as specified herein. All excavations shall be made
by open cut.
2. Walls of the excavation shall be kept vertical- and, if required to
protect the safety of workmen, the general public, this or other
work or structures, or excavation walls, the excavation shall be
properly sheeted and braced. Excavation for the structures shall be
sufficient to provide a clearance between their outer surfaces and
the face of the excavation, .sheeting, or bracing, of not less than 2
feet. Materials encountered in the excavation which have a tendency
to slough or flow into the excavation, undermine the banks, weaken
the overlying strata, or otherwise be rendered unstable by the
excavation operation shall be retained in place by sheeting,
stabilization, grouting or other approved methods. Excavation for
precast or prefabricated structures will not be required to be
dewatered.
3. Excavation for the precast or prefabricated structures shall be
carried to an elevation 1 foot lower than the proposed outside
bottom of the structure to provide space for the select backfill
material. Prior to placing the select backfill, the excavation
shall be sounded, if not dewatered, using a rigid pole to indicate
to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the excavation has been
carried to the proper depth and is reasonably uniform over the area
to be occupied by the structure.
4. Excavation for structures constructed or cast in place in dewatered
excavations shall be carried down to the bottom of the structure
where dewatering methods are such that a dry excavation bottom is
exposed and the naturally occurring material at this elevation
leveled and left ready to receive construction. Material disturbed
below the founding elevation in dewatered excavations shall be
replaced with Class B concrete.
5. Footings: Cast -in -place concrete footing sides shall be formed
immediately after excavation.
B. Dewatering: Any water which accumulates in the excavations for
cast -in -place concrete structures shall be removed promptly as specified
in Section 02140, Dewatering.
tm:SPEC 47:13 02220-2 22-056.00
C. Excavated Materials: Materials removed from the excavation shall be
stored and/or disposed of in a manner which will not interfere with
traffic or construction operations at the project site or adjacent
property. Excavated material suitable for backfill shall be stockpiled
until moved and used elsewhere.
D. Backfill:
1. Below Precast or Prefabricated Structures: The space between the
proposed outside bottom of the structure, and the bottom of the
excavation shall be backfilled with graded limerock and screeded
level to receive the structure. If the excavation is not dewatered
after placing and screeding, the backfill will be sounded with a
rigid pole and attached 6-inch-diameter foot piece to indicate, to
the satisfaction of the Engineer, that the backfill has been placed
to the proper elevation, is level throughout and is ready to receive
the structure. This final sounding of the material shall
immediately precede setting of the structure.
2. Around the Structure: Selected material from the excavation shall
be used for backfilling around the structure. Trash shall not be
allowed to accumulate in spaces to be backfilled. Backfill around
the structure shall be placed in uniform layers to the level of the
water table. Backfill material shall be placed in 8-inch layers and
compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of maximum density as
determined by AASHTO Designation T 180. Backfilling shall be
carried to the finished grades shown on the Drawings.
3. Backfill for Structures Constructed or Cast -In -Place: Backfill
shall not be placed until exterior form work has been removed and
any necessary patching and grouting has been completed. Backfilling
shall not commence until concrete to be covered has been inspected
and approved.
E. Foundation Preparation:
1. The existing ground beneath foundations and equipment base slabs
shall be compacted to a density of not less than 98 percent of its
maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 180 for a depth of not
less than 2 feet below the bottom of the concrete slabs. Any
unsuitable foundation material shall be removed and replaced with
suitable material.
2. Slabs on Grade: Subgrades for concrete slabs shall be cut, filled
and compacted to the required grade. The top 8 inches of concrete
slab subgrade in cut sections and all fill material shall be
compacted to a density of not less than 98 percent of its maximum
density as determined by AASHTO Designation T 180.
I
tm:SPEC 47:13
END OF SECTION
02220-3
22-056.00
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
C
E
SECTION 02230
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR PIPING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included under this Section consists of excavating, grading and
backfilling, as required, for the construction of the piping systems
including the pipe fittings, structures and appurtenances as shown on
the Drawings and specified herein.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 BEDDING MATERIAL
A. Bedding material for use below the water table or in wet trenches shall
be pearock, drainfield limerock or similar material as approved by the
Engineer. Pipe bedding material for use in dry trenches shall be
limerock screenings, sand or other fine inorganic material as approved
by the Engineer.
B. Ballast
Rock
(river rock surrounding perforated
collection piping):
Ballast
rock shall be quartz- or granite -based
rounded river rock,
obtained
from
freshwater sources washed and free of
deleterious matter
and in
accordance with the latest revision of
the "FDOT Standard
Specifications
for Road and Bridge Construction."
The ballast rock
shall not have
more than a 45 percent loss for the
Los Angeles Abrasion
Test and
shall
meet the gradation requirements for course aggregate,
size 24,
1-1/2
to 3/4 inch.
C. Bedding material for the air collection piping shall be a clean, well-
rounded sand having a uniformity coefficient less than or equal to 2.5
comprised of hard durable particles washed and screened with a particle
size at least four times the D-15 size (15 percent of the soil is finer
than the D-15) of the formation and no more than 4 times the D-85 size
of the formation soil. Sand having a gradation of 20-30 shall be
satisfactory.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION
A. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of
whatever substances encountered, to the dimensions and depth shown on
the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer. Excavations shall be made
by open cut. All existing utilities such as pipes, poles and structures
shall be carefully supported and protected from injury, and in case of
damage, they shall be restored at no cost to the Owner.
I
tm:SPEC 47:14
02230-1
22-056.00
B. Trench walls shall be kept vertical and, if required to protect the
safety of workmen, the general public, this or other work, structures,
or to maintain trench widths within the limits hereinafter specified,
shall be properly sheeted and braced. Where wood sheeting or certain
designs of steel sheeting are used, the sheeting shall be cut off at a
level 2 feet above the top of the installed pipe and the portion below
that level shall be left in place. If interlocking steel sheeting is
used, it may be removed providing removal can be accomplished without
disturbing the bedding, pipe or alignment of the pipe. Any damage to
the pipe bedding, pipe or alignment of the constructed utility caused by
removal of sheeting shall be cause for rejection of the affected portion
of the work. Not more than 100 feet of trench shall be opened ahead of
pipe laying operations at one time unless a greater length of open
trench is approved by the Engineer.
C. In areas where trench widths are not limited by right-of-way, easement
widths, property line restrictions, existing adjacent improvements,
including pavements, structures and other utilities, and maintenance of
traffic, the trench sides may be sloped to a stable angle of repose for
the excavated material. A substantially and safely constructed movable
shield, "box" or "mole" may be used in place of sheeting when the trench
is opened immediately ahead of the shield and closed immediately behind
the shield as pipe laying proceeds inside the shield.
D. Ladders or steps shall be provided for and used by workmen to enter and
leave trenches.
E. Pipe trenches shall be excavated to a width within the limits of the top
of the pipe and the trench bottom so as to provide a clearance on each
side of the pipe barrel, measured to the face of the excavation or
sheeting, if used, of 8 to 12 inches for collection or transmission
piping less than 12 inches in diameter and 4 to 8 inches for irrigation
piping less than 12 inches in diameter. Where the pipe size exceeds 12
inches, the clearance shall be from 12 to 18 inches. All pipe trenches
shall be excavated to a level 8 inches below the outside bottom of the
pipe barrel, 4 inches for irrigation piping, and 3 inches for perforated
collection piping.
F. Excavation for appurtenances shall be sufficient to provide a clearance
between their outer surfaces and the face of the excavation or sheeting,
if used, of not less than 12 inches. Structure excavations shall be
carried to sufficient depth to permit their construction on the
undisturbed bottom of the excavation.
G. Materials removed from the trenches shall be stored and disposed of in
such a manner that they will not interfere with the traffic,
construction operations, and shall not be placed on private property.
In congested areas, materials which cannot be stored adjacent to the
trench or used immediately as backfill shall be removed to convenient
places of storage.
tm:SPEC 47:14 02230-2 22-056.00
I
0
u
L
7
L
H. Materials removed from the trenches which are suitable for use as
backfill shall be hauled to and used in areas where not enough suitable
backfill material is available from the excavation.
I. Excess suitable material shall remain the property of the Owner and
shall be disposed of within the limits of the construction site as
directed by the Engineer. The disposal area shall be finish graded upon
completion of the work.
3.02 DEWATERING
A. Excavations shall be free from water before pipe or structures are
installed.
B. The Contractor shall provide all necessary pumps, underdrains, well -
point systems, and other means for removing water from trenches
excavations as specified in Section 02140, Dewatering. The Contractor
shall continue dewatering operations until the backfill has progressed
to a sufficient depth over the pipe to prevent flotation or movement of
the pipe in the trench and so that it is above the natural water table.
3.03 PIPE BEDDING
A. All pipe trenches shall be excavated to a level below the outside bottom
of the pipe barrel as described in Article 3.01E. The resulting
excavation shall be backfilled with approved pipe bedding material, up
to the level of the lower one-third of the pipe barrel. This backfill
shall be tamped and compacted to provide a proper bedding for the pipe
and shall then be shaped to receive the pipe. Bedding shall be provided
under the branch of all fittings to furnish adequate support and bearing
under the fitting. Bedding material for piping shall be pearock,
drainfield limerock, or similar materials as shown on the Drawings and
approved by the Engineer. Limerock screenings, sand or other fine
inorganic material from the excavation may be used for bedding material
when pipe is installed above the natural water table.
B. Any excavation below the levels required for installation of the pipe
bedding, shall be backfilled with approved bedding material, tamped,
compacted and shaped to provide proper support for the pipe, at no
additional cost to the Owner.
3.04 BACKFILL UNDER STRUCTURES
A. Any excavation below the levels required for the proper construction of
structures shall be filled with Class C concrete. The use of earth,
rock, sand or other materials for this purpose will not be permitted.
3.05 TRENCH STABILIZATION
A. No claim for extras, or additional payment will be considered for cost
incurred in the stabilization of trench bottoms which are rendered soft
or unstable as a result of construction methods, such as improper or
tm:SPEC 47:14 02230-3 22-056.00
7
I1
e
inadequate sheeting, dewatering or other causes. In no event shall pipe
be installed when such conditions exist and the Contractor shall correct
such conditions so as to provide proper bedding or foundations for the
proposed installation at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.06 BACKFILL
A. Backfilling of utility trenches will not be allowed until the Work has
been approved by the Engineer, pressure tested if required, and the
Engineer indicates that backfilling may proceed. Work which is covered
or concealed without the knowledge and consent of the Engineer shall be
uncovered or exposed for inspection at no cost to the Owner. Partial
backfill may be made to restrain the pipe during pressure testing.
B. Backfill material shall be noncohesive, nonplastic material free of all
debris, organic material, lumps, clods and broken paving. Back fill
material placed within 1 foot of piping and appurtenances shall not
contain any stones or rocks larger than 2 inches in diameter (1 inch for
PVC) and no stones or rocks larger than 3 inches in diameter will be
permitted in any backfill.
C. If a sufficient quantity of suitable backfill material is not available
from the trench or other excavations within the site of the Work, the
Contractor shall provide additional material suitable for this purpose.
The additional material shall be installed as specified herein.
D. Selected backfill material containing no stone or rocks larger than 2
inches shall be placed in 6-inch layers and thoroughly tamped to a depth
of 12 inches over the top of the pipe. The alignment and gradient of
the installed pipe shall be preserved.
E. After the backfill has been placed to a level 12 inches over the pipe,
the remainder of the backfill shall be placed in layers, not to exceed 9
inches, and compacted with mechanical vibrators or other suitable
equipment to obtain a density of the backfilled material of not less
than 98 percent of its maximum density as defined in Article 3.08.
F. No more than 800 feet of trench with pipe in place shall be partially
backfilled at any time.
3.08 COMPACTION AND DENSITIES
A. Methods of control and testing of
are:
1. Maximum density of the material
AASHTO Designation T 180-86.
backfill construction to be employed
in trenches shall be determined by
2. Field density of the backfill material in place shall be determined
by AASHTO Designation T 238-86.
tm:SPEC 47:14 02230-4 22-056.00
B. Laboratory and field density tests which, in the opinion of the
Engineer, are necessary to establish compliance with the compaction
requirements of these Specifications, will be conducted. Tests will be
made at depths and locations selected by the Engineer.
C. Trench backfill which does not comply with the specified densities, as
indicated by such tests, shall be reworked and recompacted until the
required compaction is secured, at no additional cost to the Owner. The
costs for retesting such work shall be paid for by the Contractor.
3.09 RESTORATION OF EXISTING SURFACES
A. Paved and grassed areas disturbed by the operations required under this
Section shall be restored as indicated on the Drawings and/or specified
herein.
I
tm:SPEC 47:14
END OF SECTION
02230-5
22-056.00
r--
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
SECTION 02232
LIMEROCK BASE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work specified in this Section consists of the construction of a
base course composed of limerock. It shall be constructed upon the
prepared subgrade in accordance with these specifications and in
conformity with the lines, grades, notes and typical cross sections
shown on the Drawings.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Laboratory analysis shall be complete, and the material accepted by the
Engineer prior to placement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Source: The material used in limerock base courses shall be material
' classified as either Miami Oolite Formation or Coraline Formation at the
Contractor's option; however, only one formation may be used on any
contract.
B. Composition:
1. The limerock material shall contain not more than 0.5 percent of
t organic material or objectionable matter and shall show no
significant tendency to air slake or undergo any chemical change
under exposure to weather.
2. Limerock material shall contain not less than 70 percent of
' carbonates of calcium and magnesium. The maximum percentage of
water sensitive clay material shall be 3.
' C. Gradation: At least 97 percent (by weight) of the material shall pass a
3-1/2-inch sieve and the material shall be graded uniformly down to
dust. The fine material shall consist entirely of dust of fracture.
' All crushing or breaking up which might be necessary in order to meet
such size requirements shall be done before the material is placed on
the road.
D. Quality:
1. The limerock material shall be uniform in quality and shall not
contain cherty or other extremely hard pieces or lumps, balls or
pockets of sand or clay size material in sufficient quantity as to
tm:SPEC 47A:21 02232 - 1 22-056.00
I
be detrimental to prevent proper bonding, finishing or strength of
the limerock base. Limerock material shall be nonplastic, and the
liquid limit shall not exceed 35.
2. Limerock material shall have an average Limerock Bearing Ratio of
not less than 100.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Equipment: All equipment necessary for the proper construction of the
work shall be on the project site and shall have been approved by the
Engineer prior to its use.
B. Limits of Construction: The Contractor shall construct the base to the
full width shown on the Drawings.
3.02 PERFORMANCE
A. Transporting Limerock: The limerock shall be transported to the point
where it is to be used, over rock previously placed if practicable, and
dumped on the end of the preceding spread. No hauling over the subgrade
or dumping on the subgrade shall be done.
B. Spreading Limerock:
1. The limerock shall be spread uniformly, and all segregated areas of
fine or coarse rock shall be removed and replaced with well -graded
rock.
2. When the specified compacted thickness of the base is greater than 6
inches, the base shall be constructed in two courses. The thickness
of the first course shall be approximately one-half the total
thickness of the finished base, or enough additional to bear the
weight of the construction equipment without disturbing the
subgrade.
C. Compacting and Finishing Base:
1. General:
a. For single course base, after spreading is completed, the entire
surface shall be scarified and then shaped so as to produce the
required grade and cross section after compaction.
b. For double course base, the first course shall be cleaned of
foreign material, bladed and brought to a surface cross section
approximately parallel to that of the finished base. Prior to
the spreading of any material for the upper course, the density
tests for the lower course shall be made and the Engineer shall
have determined that the required compaction has been obtained.
"After the spreading of material for the second course is
completed, its surface shall be finished, primed, and shaped so
as to produce the required grade and cross-section after
compaction and shall be free of scabs and laminations."
tm:SPEC 47:15
02232-2
22-056.00
f
2. Moisture Content: When the does
material not have the proper
moisture content to insure the required density, wetting or drying
'
will be required. If the material is deficient in moisture, water
shall be added and uniformly mixed in by discing the base course to
its full depth. If the material contains an excess of moisture,
such excess shall be reduced or removed until the required moisture
e
content is attained before being compacted. Wetting or drying
operations shall involve manipulation of the entire width and depth
of the base as a unit.
3. Density Requirements: As soon as proper conditions of moisture are
attained, the material shall be compacted to a density of not less
than 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO
'
Designation T 180.
4. Density Tests:
a. During final compacting operations, if blading of any areas is
'
necessary to obtain the true grade and cross section, the
compacting operations for such areas shall be completed prior to
making the density determinations on the finished base.
O
b. At least three density determinations shall be made on each
day's final operations on each course, and the density
determinations shall be made at more frequent intervals if
deemed necessary by the Engineer.
5. Correction Of Defects:
a. If at any time the subgrade material should become mixed with
the base course material, the Contractor shall dig out and
remove the mixture, reshape and compact the subgrade and replace
the materials removed with clean base material, which shall be
shaped and compacted as specified above.
b. If cracks or checks appear in the base, either before or after
priming, which in the opinion of the Engineer would impair the
t structural efficiency of the base course, the Contractor shall
remove such cracks or checks by rescarifying, reshaping, adding
base material where necessary and recompacting.
' D. Testing Surface: The finished surface of the base course shall be
checked with a templet cut to required crown and cross section and with
' a 10-foot straightedge laid parallel to the centerline of the road. All
irregularities greater than 1/4 inch shall be corrected by scarifying
and removing or adding limerock as may be required, after which the
entire area shall be recompacted as specified hereinbefore.
E. Thickness Determinations:
1. The thickness of the compacted limerock base shall be measured at
intervals of not more than 200 feet. Measurements shall be taken at
various points on the cross sections prior to the application of the
prime coat.
tm:SPEC 47A:21 02232 - 3 22-056.00
7
2. The measurements
shall be taken in holes through the base of
not
less than 3 inches in diameter. Where the compacted base
is
deficient by more than 1/2 inch from the thickness called for on
Drawings, the Contractor shall correct such areas by scarifying
the
and
adding limerock.
The base shall be scarified and rock added for a
distance of 100
feet in each direction from the edge of
the
deficient area.
The affected areas shall then be brought to
the
required state of
compaction and to the required thickness and cross
section.
F. Priming And Maintaining:
1. The prime coat shall be applied only when the base meets the
specified density requirements and the moisture content in the top
half of the base does not exceed 90 percent of the optimum moisture
content of the base material. At the time of priming, the base
shall be firm and unyielding.
2. The Contractor will be responsible for assuring that the true crown
and grade are maintained with no rutting or other distortion and
that the base meets all the requirements at the time the surface
course is applied.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47A:21 02232 - 4 22-056.00
v
SECTION 02240
STABILIZED SUBGRADE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
O A. The work specified in this Section consists of stabilizing roadway and
landfill subgrades where the constructed subgrade fails to meet the
minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio of 40. Construction shall be to the
uniformity, density and bearing ratio specified hereinafter. Roadways,
and landfill subgrades shall be stabilized to the depths and dimensions
indicated on the Drawings.
B. Definitions: Stabilization shall be FDOT Type B as described
hereinafter. The required bearing ratio value shall be obtained either
by constructing the subgrade of selected materials from borrow area(s),
or by stabililizing the subgrade material by the addition and mixing in
tof suitable stabilizing material.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: The particular type of stabilizing material to be used shall
be in accordance with Article 2.01.D and shall meet the following
requirements:
B. Commercial Materials:
1. General: Materials which are designated as Commercial Materials
which are to be used for stabilizing may be either commercial
limerock, limerock overburden or crushed shell.
2. Limerock: For limerock and limerock overburden, the percentage of
' carbonates of calcium and magnesium shall be at least 70, and the
plasticity index shall not exceed 10. The gradation of both
commercial limerock and limerock overburden shall be such that 97
percent of these materials will pass a 1-1/2-inch sieve.
' 3. Crushed Shell: Crushed shell shall be mollusk shell (i.e., oysters,
mussels, clams, cemented coquina, etc.). Steamed shell will not be
permitted. Crushed shell shall meet the following requirements:
' a. At least 97 percent by weight of the total material shall pass a
1-inch screen and at least 50 percent by weight of the total
material shall be retained on the No. 4 sieve.
b. Not more than 7.5 percent by weight of the total material shall
pass the No. 200 sieve. The determination of the percentage
passing the No. 200 sieve shall be made by washing the material
over the sieve.
Itm:SPEC 47:16
02240-1
22-056.00
7
l
c. In the event that the shell meets the above requirements without
crushing, crushing will not be required.
C. Local Material:
1. General: Local materials used for stabilizing may be high -bearing -
value soils or sand -clay material. The material passing the 40-mesh
sieve shall have a liquid limit not greater than 30 and a plasticity
index not greater than 10.
2. Blending: No blending of materials will be permitted unless
authorized by the Engineer. When blending is permitted, the blended
material shall be tested and approved before being spread as a
subbase.
D. Type B Stabilization:
1. The type of materials, commercial or local, shall be at the
Contractor's option.
2. Bearing value determinations will be made by the Limerock Bearing
Ratio Method.
3. Under this method, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to
insure that the finished subgrade section meets the bearing value
requirements, regardless of the quantity of stabilizing materials
necessary to be added. Where the constructed subgrade meets the
design bearing value requirements without the addition of
stabilizing additives, no stabilization will be required.
4. After the grading operations have been substantially completed, the
Contractor shall make his own determination as to the quantity (if
any) of stabilizing material, of the type selected by him, necessary
for compliance with the bearing value requirements. The Contractor
shall notify the Engineer of the approximate quantity to be added,
and the spreading and mixing in of such quantity of materials shall
meet the approval of the Engineer as to uniformity and
effectiveness.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. General:
1. Prior to the beginning of stabilizing operations, the area to be
stabilized shall have been constructed to an elevation such that
upon completion of stabilizing operations the completed stabilized
subgrade will conform to the depths and dimensions indicated on the
Drawings. Prior to the spreading of any additive stabilizing
material, the surface shall be brought to a plane approximately
parallel to the plane of the proposed finished surface.
2. The subgrade to be stabilized may be processed in one course, unless
the equipment and methods being used do not provide the required
uniformity, particle size limitation, compaction and other desired
results, in which case, the Engineer will direct that the processing
be done in more than one course.
tm:SPEC 47:16 02240-2 22-056.00
3.02 APPLICATION
A. Stabilizing Material:
1. When additive stabilizing materials are required, the designated
quantity shall be spread uniformly over the area to be stabilized.
2. Commercial stabilizing material shall be spread by the use of
mechanical material spreaders except that where use of such
equipment is not practicable other means of spreading may be used,
but only upon written approval, by the Engineer, of the proposed
alternate method.
'
B. Mixing:
1. The mixing shall be done with rotary
meeting the approval of the Engineer.
tillers, or other
The area to be
equipment
stabilized
shall be thoroughly mixed throughout the
entire depth and width of
the stabilizing limits.
2. As an exception to the above mixing requirements, where the subgrade
is of rock, the Engineer may direct
that the mixing
operations
stabilizing work be waived.
C. Maximum Particle Size Of Mixed Materials:
At the completion
of mixing,
all particles of material within the limits
of the area to be
stabilized
shall pass a 3-1/2-inch ring. Particles
not meeting this requirement
shall be removed from the stabilized area
or broken down to
pass a 3-
1/2-inch ring.
D. Compaction: After the mixing operations have been completed and
requirements for bearing value, uniformity, and particle size have been
satisfied, the stabilized area shall be compacted, in accordance with
Article 3.03.B. If the moisture content of the material is improper for
attaining the specified density, either water shall be added or the
material shall be permitted to dry until the proper moisture content for
the specified compaction is reached.
E. Finish Grading: The completed stabilized subgrade shall be shaped to
conform with the finished lines, grades and cross sections indicated on
the Drawings. The subgrade shall be checked by the use of elevation
stakes, or other means approved by the Engineer.
F. Requirements For Condition Of Completed Subgrade:
1. After the stabilizing and compacting operations have been completed,
the subgrade shall be firm and substantially unyielding, to the
extent that it will support construction equipment and will have the
bearing value required by the Drawings.
2. Subgrade materials which are soft, yielding, or which will not
compact readily, shall be removed and replaced with suitable
material and the whole subgrade brought to line and grade, with
proper allowance for subsequent compaction.
1 tm:SPEC 47:16
02240-3
22-056.00
7
E
G. Maintenance Of Completed Subgrade: After the subgrade has been
completed as specified, the Contractor shall maintain it free from ruts,
depressions and any damage resulting from the hauling or handling of
materials, equipment, tools, etc. It shall be the Contractor's
responsibility to maintain the required density until the subsequent
base or pavement is in place. Such responsibility shall include the
construction and maintenance of ditches and drains along the completed
subgrade section, repairs or replacement which might become necessary in
order to recompact the subgrade in the event of underwash or other
damage occurring to the previously compacted subgrade. Work required
for recompaction shall be at the Contractor's expense.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Bearing Value Requirements:
1. General: Bearing value samples will be obtained and tested by the
Owner's laboratory at completion of satisfactory mixing of the
stabilized area. For any area where the bearing value obtained is
deficient from the value indicated in the Drawings, in excess of the
tolerances established herein, additional stabilizing material shall
be spread and mixed in accordance with Articles 3.02.B.1 and 2.
This reprocessing shall be done for the full width of the roadway
being stabilized and longitudinally for a distance of 50 feet beyond
the limits of the area in which the bearing value is deficient.
2. Tolerances In Bearing Value Requirements: Based on tests performed
on samples obtained after mixing operations have been completed, an
undertolerance of 5.0 will be allowed from the specified Limerock
Bearing Ratio of 40.
B. Density Requirements:
1. General: Within the entire limits of the width and depth of the
areas to be stabilized, the minimum density acceptable at any
location will be 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by
AASHTO T 180, Test Method D.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47:16 02240-4 22-056.00
SECTION 02507M
PRIME COAT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work specified in this section consists of an application of
bituminous material on previously prepared base in accordance with these
specifications and in conformity with the line, grades, dimensions and
notes shown on the Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Prime Coat: Unless otherwise indicated, the material used for the prime
coat shall be cutback asphalt, Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall conform
with the requirements specified in AASHTO Designation M 81-75(1982).
Unless otherwise indicated, the use of either RC-70 or RC-250 shall be
at the Contractor's option.
2.02 EQUIPMENT
A. The pressure distributor used for placing the prime coat shall be
equipped with pneumatic tires having sufficient width of rubber in
contact with the road surface to avoid breaking the bond of or forming a
rut in the surface. The distance between the centers of openings of the
outside nozzles of the spray bar shall be equal to the width of the
application required, within an allowable variation of 2 inches. The
outside nozzle at each end of the spray bar shall have an area of
opening of not less than 25 percent, nor more than 75 percent in excess
of the other nozzles which shall have uniform openings. When the
application covers less than the full width, the normal opening of the
end nozzle at the junction line may remain the same as those of the
interior nozzle.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Before applying any bituminous material, all loose material, dust, dirt,
and foreign material, which might prevent proper bond with the existing
surface, shall be removed. Particular care shall be taken to clean the
outer edges of the strip to be treated in order to insure that the prime
or tack coat will adhere.
tm:SPEC 47A:20 02507 - 1 22-056.00
B. When the prime coat is applied adjacent to curb and gutter, or any other
concrete surface. (except where they are to be covered with a bituminous
wearing course) such concrete surfaces shall be protected by heavy paper
or other protective material while the prime coat is being applied. Any
bituminous material deposited on such concrete surfaces shall be removed
immediately.
3.02 WEATHER LIMITATIONS
A. No bituminous material shall be applied when the air temperature is less
than 50OF in the shade, or when the weather conditions or the condition
of the existing surface is unsuitable. In no case shall bituminous
material be applied while rain is falling or when there is water on the
surface to be covered.
3.03 APPLICATION OF PRIME COAT
A. After the base has been finished, the full width of surface shall be
swept with a power broom supplemented with hand brooms and mechanical
blowers prior to the application of the prime coat. Care shall be taken
to remove all loose dust, dirt and objectionable matter. If deemed
necessary, the base shall be lightly sprinkled with water immediately in
advance of the prime coat. The prime coat shall be applied to the full
width of the base.
B. The temperature of the prime material shall be such as to insure uniform
distribution. The material shall be applied with a pressure distributor
as specified above. The amount to be applied shall be sufficient to
coat the surface thoroughly and uniformly without any excess to form
pools or to flow off the base. For limerock base, the rate of
application shall not be less than 0.10 gallons per square yard; for
shell base, the rate of application shall not be less than 0.15 gallons
per square yard.
C. If the roadway is to be opened for use following the application of the
prime material, a light uniform application of clean sand shall be
applied and rolled. The sand shall be nonplastic, shall be free from
silt and rock particles and shall not contain any sticks, vegetation,
grass, roots or organic matter. After the sand covering has been
applied, the surface may be opened to traffic.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47A:20 02507 - 2 22-056.00
E
I
i
J
SECTION 02720
STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work covered and described in this Section includes the furnishing
and construction of culverts, inlets, drainage structures and systems as
shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 02210, Site Grading
B. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork
C. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcing
D. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories
E. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings for the following items shall be submitted
for approval:
1. Grates and castings.
2. Precast structures.
B. Pipe certification of quality by producer shall be delivered to Engineer
ten days prior to installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Concrete Pipe: Concrete pipe shall be reinforced concrete culvert pipe
conforming to ASTM Designation C 76, Table III, except when otherwise
indicated. Pipe joints shall be rubber gasket joints and the pipe joint
shall be manufactured to meet the requirements of the approval type of
gasket to be used. Pipe joints and rubber gaskets shall conform to the
requirements of Sections 941 and 942 of the FDOT Standard Specification.
B. Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Culvert Pipe and Perforated Pipe:
1. Corrugated aluminum alloy culvert pipe and perforated pipe shall
conform to the requirements of AASHTO Designation M 196.
Perforations shall be Class 1 and shall provide an opening area of
I
tm:SPEC 47:19
02720-1
22-056.00
not less than 3.3 square inches
for the various sizes of pipe
Specifications, Section 945.
2. Corrugated Pipe Coupling Bands:
a. Corrugated pipe field joints
conform to the requirements
aluminum pipe.
per square foot. Metal thickness
shall be as required by FDOT
shall be coupled with bands that
of AASHTO Designation M 196 for
b. Cellular rubber gaskets shall conform to ASTM Designation D
1056, sponge and expanded cellular rubber products, Grade No.
SCE 41 and shall be 1-inch thick for 1/2-inch depth corrugations
and 1-1/2-inches thick for 1-inch depth corrugations and shall
be 5 inches wide. The gasket shall be stretched not more than
20 percent of its original circumference when seated on the pipe
prior to placing the band.
B. Cement Mortar: Cement mortar for drainage structure construction shall
be one part cement and two parts clean sharp sand .to which lime may be
added in the amount, not to exceed, 25 percent volume of cement. It
shall be mixed dry and then wetted to proper consistency for use. No
mortars that have stood for more than one hour shall be used.
C. Concrete: Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 03300,
Cast -in -Place Concrete, and unless otherwise specified all concrete
shall be Class B.
D. Precast Concrete Units: Precast concrete inlets shall conform to
applicable requirements of Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete, of
these Specifications and FDOT standard drawings No. 280, 201 and 261.
Concrete for use in precast units shall be Class A.
E. Castings: Castings for inlets and other items shall conform to the ASTM
Designation A 48, Class 25 and FDOT standard drawings No. 201. Castings
shall be true to pattern in form and dimensions and free of pouring
faults and other defects in positions which would impair their strength
or otherwise make them unfit for the service intended. No plugging or
filling will be allowed. Casting patterns shall conform to those shown
or indicated on the Drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Pipe Trenches:
1. Pipe trenches shall be of necessary widths for the proper laying of
the pipe and the banks shall be as nearly vertical as practicable.
The clearance between the pipe and trench wall shall not exceed 18
inches. The bottom of the trenches shall be excavated to a depth of
the outside bottom of the pipe barrel. Excavation for inlets and
other appurtenances shall be sufficient to provide a clearance
between their outer vertical surfaces and the face of the excavation
tm:SPEC 47:19 02720-2 22-056.00
J
d
'I
I
0
or sheeting, if used, of not less than 12 inches. Over excavation
shall be replaced with suitable compacted material.
2. Soft, spongy, or otherwise unstable material encountered below the
established grade of the excavation which will not provide a firm
foundation for subsequent work shall be removed and replaced as
directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise directed, all such
unstable materials shall be removed for the full width of the
excavation and replaced with approved fill material.
3. Where sheeting and bracing are necessary to prevent caving -in of the
trench sidewalls or the sidewalls for structure excavation, the
trench or excavation shall be dug to such width that the proper
allowance is made for the space occupied by the sheeting and bracing
to provide clearance as specified in Article 3.01.A.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Laying Concrete Pipe:
1. All pipe shall be carefully laid true to the line and grade shown on
the Drawings. Any deviation from true alignment or grade which
would result in a displacement from the normal position of the
gasket of as much as 1/4 inch, or which would produce a gap
exceeding 1/2-inch between sections of pipe for more than 1/3 of the
circumference of the inside of the pipe, will not be acceptable and
where such occurs, the pipe shall be relaid without additional
compensation. No mortar, joint compound, or other filler which
would tend to restrict the flexibility of the gasket joint shall be
applied to the gap. Pipes having defects that have not caused their
rejected are to be so laid that these defects will be in the upper
half of the sewer.
2. Before installation of the pipe gasket, the gasket and the surface
of the pipe joint, including the gasket recess shall be clean and
free from grit, dirt, or other foreign matter at the time the joints
are made. In order to facilitate closure of the joint, application
of an approved vegetable soap lubricant immediately prior to closing
of the joint will be permitted.
3. All pipes shall be laid with bells or grooves uphill. As the pipes
are laid throughout the work, they must be thoroughly cleaned and
protected from dirt and water. No length of pipe shall be laid
until the two preceding lengths have been thoroughly embedded in
place so as to prevent any movement or disturbance of the finished
joint. No walking on or working over the pipes after they are laid,
except as may be necessary in tamping earth and refilling, will be
permitted until they are covered to a depth of 1 foot. No pipe
shall be laid except in the presence of the authorized inspector.
Fill placed around the pipe shall be deposited on both sides
simultaneously to approximately the same elevation and uniformly
compacted. Whenever the pipe laying is discontinued, as at night,
the unfinished end is to be securely protected from displacement due
to caving of the banks or from other injury and a
Itm:SPEC 47:19
02720-3
22-056.00
suitable stopper is to be inserted therein.
B. Laying Corrugated Pipe:
1. All corrugated pipe shall be laid, true to the line and grade shown
on the Drawings. The pipe gasket and coupling band shall be
centered over the joint with the coupling band bolts securely
tightened without cutting the gasket.
2. Fill placed around the pipe shall be deposited on both sides
simultaneously to approximately the same elevation and uniformly
compacted. Whenever pipe laying is discontinued, as at night, the
unfinished end is to be securely protected from displacement ion of
the Engineer, and deficiencies shall be corrected by the Contractor
without additional cost to the Owner.
C. Drainage Structures:
1. Concrete inlets or other structures shall be constructed in
conformity with the Drawings. Forms shall be designed and
constructed so that they may be removed without injury to the
concrete and shall be left in place for at least 24 hours after
concrete is poured. Concrete shall be thoroughly tamped and shall
be cured for at least 5 days after removal of forms. Honeycomb
places shall be thoroughly cleaned, saturated with water and pointed
up with mortar.
2. Precast inlets or other structures may be used in lieu of cast -in -
place structures. Grates are to be set in place in mortar to the
proper line and grade.
D. Backfilling for Pipe Culverts and Drainage Structures:
1. After the pipe has been installed, approved selected material from
excavation at a moisture content which will facilitate compaction
shall be placed along side the pipe in layers not exceeding 6 inches
loose measure in depth. Care shall be taken to insure thorough
compaction of the fill under the haunches of the pipe. Each layer
shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling or tamping with mechanical
rammers. This method of filling and compacting shall be continued
until the fill is 12 inches above the pipe, then the remainder of
the backfill shall be placed in lifts not exceeding 9 inches. The
operation of heavy equipment shall be conducted so that no damage to
the pipe will result. Backfill material 12 inches and above the top
of the pipe shall be compacted to not less than 98 percent of
maximum density as determined by AASHTO Designation T 180. Selected
material for backfill shall not contain any stones or rock larger
than 3 inches. Tests for density of compaction may be made at the
option of the Engineer, and deficiencies shall be corrected by the
Contractor without additional cost to the Owner.
2. Backfill for drainage structures shall be placed and compacted in
the same manner as specified above for pipe, except the concrete
shall be permitted to cure for not less than five days before the
backfill is placed.
tm:SPEC 47:19 02720-4 22-056.00
i
E. Backfilling in Wet Trenches: After the installation of the pipe and
drainage structures, backfill material shall carefully and uniformly be
' simultaneously placed on both sides of the pipe or structure by
carefully lowering the material into the trenches down to the water
surface and then releasing it to settle through the water. Under no
circumstances shall backfill material be dumped, pushed or shoved into
' the wet trench. Backfill material shall be carefully and uniformly
rammed around both sides of the pipe to properly bed and support the
pipe. No specified density requirement shall apply to backfill
' carefully placed in wet trenches until the fill has reached a level 1
foot above the water, at which elevation and above the backfill
densities specified in Article 3.02.C.2.
END OF SECTION
D
0
F
I
tm:SPEC 47:19 02720-5 22-056.00
Fl
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
E
J
i
ISECTION 02776
' LINER, GEOTEXTILE AND GEONET
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED
'
A.
Furnish all labor, materials, tools, supervision, transportation, and
installation equipment for
necessary the manufacturing, storage,
delivery, installation and testing of the geosynthetic portions of the
lining system, including installation as herein specified and as shown
'
on the Drawings.
B.
The installation of the liner, geotextile and geonet shall be performed
'
in conjunction with work by others, including the site preparation,
placement of soil cover materials and installation of collection pipes.
'
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
All materials, procedures, operations, and methods shall be in strict
conformance with the Drawings and Specifications and shall be subjected
'
to strict quality assurance monitoring as detailed herein, and in the
"Quality Assurance Plan for the Production and Installation of a
Geosynthetic Lining System" prepared for this project. The installed
'
system shall conform exactly to the Drawings and Specifications, except
as otherwise authorized in writing by the Owner.
' 1.03 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, prior to final payment, a
20-year written warranty obtained from the manufacturer/fabricator/
' installer against defects in materials and workmanship. Warranty
conditions proposed by the manufacturer/fabricator/installer concerning
limits of liability will be evaluated upon receipt and must be approved
by the Owner.
1.04 DEFINITIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shall provide the services of a liner manufacturer,
fabricator and installer, who shall meet the following qualifications.
The Contractor shall, however, accept and retain full responsiblity for
all materials and installation and shall be held responsible for any
defects in the completed liner system.
t B. Liner Manufacturer:
1. The liner manufacturer shall be responsible for the production of
liner rolls from resin and shall have sufficient production capacity
and qualified personnel to meet the demands of the project.
2. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval the following
qualification information on the liner manufacturer as part of the
bid submittal:
' tm:SP47:1 02776-1 22-056.00
J
a. Corporate background and information.
b. Manufacturing capabilities including:
(1) Information on plant size, equipment, personnel, number of
shifts per day, and capacity per shift.
(2) Daily production quantity available for this contract.
(3) Quality control procedures for manufacturing.
(4) List of material properties including certified test
results, to which are attached liner samples.
c. A list of at least ten completed facilities totalling a minimum
of 6,000,000 ft.2, for which the manufacturer has manufactured
liners which are in accordance with the specified liner
requirements. For each facility, the following information
shall be provided:
(1) Name and purpose of facility, its location and date of
installation.
(2) Name of Owner, project manager, designer, fabricator (if
any), and installer.
(3) Thickness of liner, surface area of liner manufactured.
(4) Available information on the performance of the lining
system and the facility.
d. Origin (resin supplier's name, resin production plant) and
identification (brand name, number) of the polyethylene resin.
3. In addition, the following information shall be submitted to the
Engineer two weeks prior to the manufacture of any material:
a. Documentation on Raw Materials:
(1) Copy of quality control certificates issued by the resin
supplier.
(2) Production date(s) of the resin.
(3) Reports on the tests conducted to verify the quality of the
resin used to manufacture the liner rolls assigned to the
project.
b. Documentation on Liner Roll Production shall be submitted to the
Engineer two weeks prior to shipment of the liner rolls:
(1) Copy of quality control certificates.
(2) Certification that the liner produced for this project has
the chemical compatibility with the leachate from a typical
sanitary landfill.
(3) Statement that no reclaimed polymer is added to the resin
during the manufacture of the liner. The use of polymer
recycled during the manufacturing process may be permitted
if done with appropriate cleanliness and if recycled polymer
does not exceed 2 percent by weight.
C. Manufacturer of Geotextiles and Geonets: The manufacturer of
geotextiles and geonets shall be responsible for the production and
delivery of rolls of the products and shall be a well -established firm
with more than two years experience in the manufacturing of geotextiles
and geonets. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, as part of the
bid submittal, a statement listing:
1. Geotextile and geonet testing and the minimum material properties
certified by the manufactured.
2. The manufacturer's production capacity and projected delivery dates.
tm:SP47:1 02776-2 22-056.00
'
D. Liner Fabricator (if required):
1. The Contractor shall provide to the Owner for approval, as part of
the bid submittal, the following written information on the liner
fabricator:
'
a. Copy of liner manufacturer's letter of approval or license.
b. Corporate background and information.
c. Fabrication capabilities:
'
(1) Information of factory size, equipment, personnel, number of
shifts per day and capacity per shift.
(2) Daily fabrication quantity available for this contract.
(3) Quality control procedure.
'
(4) Samples of fabricated seams and a certified list of seam
properties, minimum values and employed test methods.
'
d. A list of at least ten completed facilities for which the
fabricator has fabricated liner factory panels which are in
accordance with the specified liner requirements, totalling a
minimum of 6,000,000 ft.2; the following information shall be
'
provided for each fabrication:
(1) Name and purpose of facility, its location, and date of
installation.
(2) Name of owner, project manager, designer, manufacturer,
installer, and the name of the contact at the site who can
discuss the project.
(3) Thickness of liner and surface area of liner fabricated.
'
(4) Type of seaming and type of seaming apparatus used.
(5) Available information on the performance of the lining
system and the facility.
'
e. Resume of the "master seamer."
2. All personnel performing seaming operations shall be qualified by
experience or by successfully passing seaming tests. At least one
seamer shall have experience seaming a minimum of 100,000 linear
'
feet of liner seams using the same type of apparatus as used for
this project. No seaming shall be carried out without this "master
seamer" being present.
3. After award of the Contract, but two weeks prior to any delivery of
liner panels, the following documentation shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval:
a. Complete liner fabricator pre -delivery information.
'
b. Copies of quality control certificates.
D
u
E. Fabricators of Geotextiles and Geonets: Two weeks prior to delivery of
materials to the site, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for
approval:
1. The fabricator's results of quality control tests on seams.
2. The fabricator's certification that the minimum average roll values
of seams comply with the specified requirements.
F. Installer:
1. The installer shall be responsible for transportation, field
handling, storing, deploying, seaming, temporary restraining
(against wind), anchoring and other site aspects of the liner,
geotextiles and geonet. The installer shall be trained and
tm:SP47:1
02776-3
22-056.00
fl
0
4.
tm:SP47:1
qualified to install geosynthetics and shall be approved and/or
licensed by the liner manufacturer and/or fabricator. The
Contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval, as part of the
bid submittal, the installer's qualifications.
2. Prior to confirmation of any contractual agreements with the
installer, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with the
following written information for approval:
a. Copy of installer's letter of approval or license by the
manufacturer and/or fabricator.
b. Corporate background and information.
c. Description of installation capabilities, including:
(1) Information on equipment and personnel.
(2) Average daily production anticipated.
(3) Quality control procedures.
(4) Samples of field seams and list of certified seam
properties, minimum values and employed test methods.
d. A list of at least ten completed facilities, totalling a minimum
of 6,000,000 ft.2 for which the installer has installed liner
similar to that specified for this project. For each
installation, the following information shall be provided:
(1) Name and purpose of facility, its location, and date of
installation.
(2) Name of Owner, project manager, designer, manufacturer,
fabricator (if any), and name of contact at the facility who
can discuss the project.
(3) Name and qualifications of the supervisor(s) of the
installer's crew(s).
(4) Thickness of liner, surface area of the installed liner.
(5) Type of seaming and type of seaming apparatus used.
(6) Duration of installation.
(7) Available information on the performance of the lining
system and the facility.
e. Resume of the "master seamer," including dates and duration of
employment.
f. Resume of the field engineer or installation supervisor,
including dates and duration of employment.
All personnel performing seaming operations shall be qualified by
experience or by successfully passing seaming tests. At least one
seamer shall have experience seaming a minimum of 100,000 feet of
liner seams using the same type of seaming apparatus in use at the
site. The most experienced seamer, the "master seamer," shall
provide direct supervision, as required, over less experienced
seamers. No field seaming shall take place without the master
seamer being present.
Two weeks prior to commencement of the installation, the Contractor
shall submit to the Engineer for approval:
a. Complete pre -installation information provided by the installer.
b. A drawing showing the installation layout identifying both
fabricated (if applicable) and field seams as well as any
variance or additional details which deviate from the
02776-4 22-056.00
11
r
engineering drawings. The layout shall be adequate for use as a
construction plan and shall include dimensions, details, etc.
c. Installation schedule.
d. A list of personnel performing field seaming operations along
with pertinent experience information.
e. Initial subgrade acceptance certificates, signed by the
installer as defined in the Quality Assurance Plan.
5. The Contractor shall be responsible for the timely submission of:
a. The installer's quality control documentation to the Engineer
for approval two weeks prior to installation.
b. The installer's subgrade acceptance certificates for each area
to be covered by the lining system, signed by the installer, to
the RPR for approval daily during inspection.
6. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor shall submit:
a. Liner installation certification to the Engineer for approval.
b. The warranty obtained from the manufacturer/fabricator and the
installation warranty to the Owner, for approval prior to final
acceptance and payment.
' PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 LINER
I
I
P
I
A. Liner Resin:
1. The liner shall be manufactured from new, first -quality polyethylene
resin, and shall be designed and manufactured specifically for use
in liners. The polyethylene resin shall meet the following
Specifications:
Specific Gravity
Melt Index
(ASTM D792
Method A, or
ASTM D1505)
(ASTM D1238
Condition E
1900C, 2.16Kg)
> 0.935 g/cm3
0.1 to 0.3 g/10 min.
2. Reclaimed polymer shall not be added to the resin. The use of
polymer recycled during the manufacturing process shall be permitted
if done with appropriate cleanliness and if recycled polymer does
not exceed 2 percent by weight.
' B. Liner Rolls:
1. The liner shall consist of a 60-mil polyethylene.
2. The liner shall meet the Specifications shown in Table 1. In
k
addition, the liner shall:
a. Contain approximately 1 percent by weight of additives, fillers,
or extenders (not including carbon black).
b. Contain 2 percent to 3 percent carbon black for ultraviolet
light resistance.
c. Not have striations, roughness, pinholes, or bubbles on the
surface.
tm:SP47:1 02776-5 22-056.00
L
d. Be produced so as to be free of holes, blisters, undispersed raw
materials, or any sign of contamination by foreign matter.
e. Be manufactured using a minimum 15.0-foot seamless width and be
extruded in a single layer. That is, thinner layers shll not be
welded together to produce the final required thickness.
f. Be manufactured by Gundle Corp. Houston, Texas; National Seal
Co., Galesburg, Illinois; Poly America, Plaiview, Illinois; or
equal.
3. The liner shall be supplied to the site as factory panels or in
rolls. A factory panel comprises one or more rolls which have been
seamed together in a factory. A field panel is the unit area of
liner which is to be seamed in the field. Two cases can be
considered:
a. If the liner is not fabricated into factory panels, a field
panel is a roll or a portion of roll cut in the field.
b. If the liner is fabricated into factory panels, a field panel is
a factory panel or a portion of a factory panel cut in the
field.
4. Field panel sizes shall be determined by approved plans showing the
layout and dimensions of field panels in the structure. All seams
shall conform to the requirements of Table 2.
5. During shipment and storage, the liner shall be protected from
excessive heat or cold, puncture, cutting, or other damaging or
deleterious conditions.
C. Labeling: Labels on each roll or factory panel shall identify:
1. The thickness of the material.
2. The length, width and weight of the roll or factory panel.
3. The manufacturer.
4. Directions to unroll the material.
5. Product identification.
6. Lot number.
7. Roll or field panel number.
tm:SP47:1
02776-6
22-056.00
I
Table 1
REQUIRED PROPERTIES OF 1.5 MM (60 MIL) HDPE GEOMEMBRANE
Properties
Physical Properties
Thickness
Specific Gravity
Specified
Qualifiers Units Values Test Methods
Nominal
( ±10%)
Minimum
Melt Flow Index Range
Mechanical Properties
Tensile Properties
(each direction)
1. Force per unit
width at yieldl
Minimum
2. Tensile strength2
(force per unit
width at break)
Minimum
3. Elongation at yield
Minimum
4. Elongation at break
Minimum
Tear -Resistance
Minimum
Puncture Resistance Minimum
mm (mils)
Dimensionless
g/10 min.
1.5 (60) ASTM D1593
(Para. 8.1.3)
0.935 ASTM D792
Method A or
ASTM D1505
0.1-1.1 ASTM D1238
Condition E
(1900C, 2.16 kg)
kN/m (lb/in) 21 (120)
N (lb)
N (lb)
40 (180)
10
500
178 (40)
Die C
266 (60)
Notes:
1 The values given correspond to a stress of 14 MPa (2000 psi).
2 The values given correspond to a stress of 26 MPa (3750 psi).
ASTM D638
ASTM D638
ASTM D638
ASTM D638
ASTM D1004
FTMS 101B/2065
tm:SP47:1 02776-7 22-056.00
Table
1 (Continued)
REQUIRED
PROPERTIES OF
1.5 MM (60 MIL)
HDPE GEOMEMBRANE
Specified
Properties
Qualifiers
Units
Values
Test Methods
Environmental Properties
Low Temperature
Maximum
oC (OF)
-40 (-40)
ASTM D746
Procedure B
Carbon Black Content
Range
%
2-3
ASTM D1603
Carbon Black Dispersion
N/A
A-1
ASTM D3015
Dimensional Stability
Max. change
%
+3
ASTM 01204
(each direction)
2120 F, 15 min.
Water Absorption
Maximum
%
0.1
ASTM D-570
(% Weight Change)
Resistance to Soil Burial
Maximum
%
10
ASTM D3083
(as modified
NSF Appendix
in
A)
Tensile strength at
Max. change
%
10
ASTM D3083
yield
(as modified
in
NSF Appendix
A)
Tensile strength
Max. change
%
10
ASTM D3083
at break
(as modified
in
NSF Appendix
A)
Elongation at yield
Max. change
%
10
ASTM D3083
at break
(as modified
in
NSF Appendix
A)
Elongation at break
Max. change
%
10
ASTM D3083
(as modified
in
NSF Appendix
A)
Modulus of elasticity
Max. change
%
10
ASTM D3083
at break
(as modified
in
NSF Appendix
A)
Environmental Stress
Minimum
Hrs.
1,500
ASTM D1693
Crack
(as modified
in
NSF Appendix
A)
tm:SP47:1
02776-8
22-056.00
Table 2
REQUIRED SEAM PROPERTIES OF 1.5 MM (60 MIL) HDPE GEOMEMBRANE
Specified
Properties Qualifiers Units Values Test Methods
Shear Strengthl Minimum kN/m (lb/in 21 (120) ASTM D3083
(at yield point) width width) (as modified
Peel Adhesion
Dead Load
Room temperature
230 C (730F)
50% bonded seam load
Elevated temperature
700 C (1580F)
25% bonded seam load
Resistance to Soil Burial
Peel adhesion
Bonded seam strength
Minimum
Maximum
change
Notes:
1 Also called "Bonded Seam Strength"
2 FTB - Film Tear Bond
kN/m (lb/in 17 (96)
width width)
FTB2
q
Pass
Pass
in NSF Appendix
A)
ASTM D413 or
ASTM D638
(as modified in
NSF Appendix A)
NSF Appendix A
NSF Appendix A
FTB2 ASTM D3083
(as modified in
NSF Appendix A)
-10 ASTM D3083
(as modified in
NSF Appendix A)
tm:SP47:1 02776-9 22-056.00
2.02 GEOTEXTILES
A. General Requirements:
1. Geotextile Type I shall be a filter geotextile; Geotextile Type II
shall be a cushion geotextile.
2. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, geotextile suppliers shall
furnish materials whose "Minimum Average Roll Values" for geotextile
materials, as defined by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA),
shall meet or exceed the criteria listed in Table 3 under Geotextile
Properties. The geotextiles provided by the supplier shall meet or
exceed the property values specified and shall be stock products.
The supplier shall not furnish products specifically manufactured to
meet the geotextile requirements except, when directed by the
Engineer.
3. The geotextile materials shall comprise polymeric yarns, or fibers,
or welded or drawn strands oriented into a stable network which
retains its structure during handling, placement, and long-term
service. Geotextiles shall be capable of withstanding direct
exposure to sunlight for 30 days with no measurable deterioration.
Products shall be chemically compatible with the leachate from a
typical sanitary landfill.
4. During shipment and storage, the geotextiles shall be protected from
ultraviolet light exposure, precipitation or other inundation, mud,
dirt, dust, puncture, cutting or any other damaging or deleterious
conditions.
B. Labeling:
1. Geotextiles shall be supplied in rolls wrapped in relatively
impermeable and opaque protective covers. Geotextile and rolls
shall be marked or tagged with the following information:
a. Manufacturer's name.
b. Product identification.
c. Lot number.
d. Roll number.
e. Roll dimensions.
2. Additionally, if any special handling is required, it shall be so
marked on the geotextile itself, e.g., "This Side Up" or "This Side
Against Liner."
C. Geotextile fabric shall be manufactured by Polyfelt Inc., Mirafi Inc.,
Travera Corp., or equal.
2.03 GEONETS
A. General Requirements:
1. Geonets shall mee
tm:SP47:1
t
02776-10
22-056.00 3
E
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Property
Type
Table 3
REQUIRED PROPERTY VALUES FOR GEOTEXTILES
Units
Mass per unit area oz/yd2
Porosity (non-wovens) %
Coefficient of permeability cm/s
Apparent opening size (AOS) Sieve
mm
Grab strength2 lb
Valuel
Geotextile Type _
Filter Cushion
Needle- Needle -
punched punched
Non -woven Non -woven
540
30 -
8.8x10-4 -
40 -
0.8
180 270
Trapezoidal tear2
lb
50
75
Puncture strength2
lb
80
110
Burst strength2
psi
290
430
Test
Calculated
ASTM draft
ASTM D4491
D35.03.81-08
ASTM D1682,
Method 16
using CRE and
1 in.
ASTM D1117
Method 14
ASTM D3787,
with flat tip
5/16-in. probe
ASTM D3786
Method 4
l All values specified are minimums, except for AOS which is the maximum specified
value.
2 Values represent minimum average roll values as defined by the Federal Highway
Administration.
3 Geotextile used in non -filtering applications to conform to values in cushion column.
tm:SP47:1
02776-11
22-056.00
�I
B. Geonet Properties:
1. Geonets shall meet the requirements specified Table
Contractor shall provide test results for these procedures
as the manufacturer's certification that the material!
accordance with the specified material requirements,
Engineer, for approval two weeks prior to installation
completion prior to acceptance/payment, respectively.
2. The geonets shall:
a. Retain their structure during handling, placement, and
service.
b. Be capable of withstanding outdoor exposure for at
year.
c. Be chemically compatible with the leachate from e
sanitary landfill.
4. The
as well
are in
to the
and upon
long-term
least one
typical
C. Labeling:
1. Geonets shall be supplied in rolls wrapped in protective covers and
marked or tagged with the following information.
a. Manufacturer's name.
b. Product identification.
c. Lot number.
d. Roll number.
e. Roll dimensions.
D. Geonets shall be manufactured by Tensar Corp., Polynet, Gundle or equal.
2.04 TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Transportation, handling, storage, and care of the geosynthetic
materials prior to and following installation at the site, is the
responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be liable for
all damages to the materials incurred prior to final acceptance of the
lining system by the Owner.
2.05 MANUFACTURING QUALITY CONTROL
A. Liner:
1. Raw Material: Testing shall be carried out by the Contractor to
demonstrate that the resin is in accordance with the specified
requirements. The Contractor shall submit, to the Engineer for
approval, upon completion and prior to final payment, the
manufacturer's written certification that the liner is in accordance
with the specified requirements, and shall be held liable for any
non-compliance. Any liner manufactured from non -complying resin
shall be rejected. At the Owner's discretion, additional
conformance testing may be carried out by the Engineer. If the
results of the Contractor's and the Engineer's testing differ, the
testing shall be repeated by the Engineer and the Contractor shall
be allowed to monitor this testing. The results of this latter
series of tests will prevail, provided that the applicable test
methods have been followed. The additional test shall be at the
Contractor's expense if non-compliance to Specifications is
determined.
tm:SP47:1
02776-12
22-056.00
17
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
Table 4
REQUIRED PROPERTY VALUES FOR GEONETS
Material: Property Qualifiers Units Value Test
Polymer composition - % minimum 95%
polyethylene
by weight
Polymer specific gravity - - 0.935 ASTM D15051
Polymer melt flow index Range g/10 min. 0.1 - 0.5 ASTM D1238
Carbon black content Range % 2 - 3 ASTM D4213
Physical:
Nominal thickness minimum mm 5.5 ASTM D35 Draft
Hydraulic:
Nominal transmissivity minimum m2/s 2.3x10-3 ASTM D35 Draft2,3
Mechanical:
Tensile strength minimum lb/in 70 3
1 The specific gravity of the net polymer must not exceed that of the liner.
2 The nominal transmissivity is the transmissivity of a geonet measured using
water at 68oF (200C) with a gradient of 0.25, under a compressive stress of
200 psf between a 60 mil HOPE liner and Geotextile Type I, see Table 3.
3 Use tentative draft methods being prepared by ASTM Committee D35 on
Geotextiles, Liners and Related Products.
4 The design transmissivity is the transmissivity of the net measured using
water at 68oF (200C) with a gradient of 0.02, under a compressive stress of
90 psi between geotextile type 1 and a high -density polyethylene liner.
tm:SP47:1 02776-13 22-056.00
2. Rolls:
a. The carbon black for ultraviolet protection shall be added to
the otherwise pure polyethylene resin as part of the roll manu-
facturing process.
b. The liner shall be continuously monitored during the manufac-
turing process for inclusions, bubbles, or other defects, and no
liner shall be accepted which exhibits any defects. Liner
thickness shall also be monitored continuously during the manu-
facturing process and no liner shall be accepted which fails to
meet the specified minimum thickness.
c. The liner shall be tested, at a minimum, once every 50,000 ft.2
to evaluate its stress -deformation characteristics. This
testing shall be performed by the manufacturer. Samples which
are not in accordance with the specified requirements shall
result in the rejection of Lthe applicable rolls. In the case of
a failure, subsequent testing shall be performed on liner
produced from the same resin batch to determine if rolls
produced from the entire batch shall be regarded as
unsatisfactory. At the Contractor's discretion and expense,
additional testing of individual rolls may be performed to more
closely identify the non -complying rolls and/or to qualify
individual rolls.
d. The following tests shall be performed:
Test
density
thickness
yield strength
yield elongation
tensile strength
tensile elongation
carbon black content
carbon black dispersion
Procedure
ASTM D792 Method A or ASTM D1505
ASTM D1593 or ASTM D374 Method C
ASTM D638
ASTM D638
ASTM D638
ASTM D638
ASTM D1603
ASTM D3105
e. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, two
weeks prior to delivery, written certification that the
following tests have been performed on liner made from resin
which is in accordance with the specified requirements and shall
provide the results of these tests:
Test (as required)
soil burial
tm:SP47:1
02776-14
Procedure
ASTM D3083
22-056.00
F
n
0
11
0
11
I
L
3.
4.
tm:SP47:1
environmental stress crack ASTM D1693
(1500. hrs.)
low temperature brittleness ASTM D746
f. Samples shall be taken across the entire width of the roll and
shall not include the first three linear feet. Unless otherwise
specified, samples shall be 3 feet long by the roll width. The
machine direction shall be marked on the samples with an arrow.
The liner test sample shall meet or exceed the specified values.
The Contractor shall provide certification of the test values
obtained to the Engineer for approval two weeks prior to
delivery.
g. In addition, the Contractor shall provide, to the Engineer for
approval- two weeks prior to delivery, the manufacturer's
certification on the quality of the rolls. The notarized
certifications shall include quality control certificates for
each batch of resin and each shift's production of liner and
shall be signed by responsible parties employed by the
manufacturer such as the production manager. The notarized
quality control certificate shall include:
(1) Roll numbers and identification.
(2) Sampling procedures.
(3) Results of quality control tests, including description of
test methods used.
Manufacturing Plant Visit:
a. The manufacturer shall agree to allow the Owner and the
Engineer, at their option, to visit the manufacturing plant
prior to or during the manufacturing of the liner rolls for the
project. The Engineer will review the manufacturing process,
quality control, laboratory facilities, and testing procedures.
b. During the plant visit, the Engineer will also:
(1) Verify that properties for which guarantees have been
provided by the manufacturer are in accordance with the
specified requirements.
(2) Verify that the measurements of properties are properly
documented and test methods used are acceptable.
(3) Spot inspect the rolls and verify that they are free of
holes, blisters, or any sign of contamination by foreign
matter.
(4) Review packaging and transportation procedures to verify
that these procedures are not damaging the liner.
(5) Verify that roll packages have a label indicating the name
of the manufacturer, type of liner, sheet thickness, and
roll number.
Liner Fabrication:
a. This Article shall be deleted if the manufactured liner rolls
are not fabricated into factory panels. Factory panels are
defined as combinations of rolls seamed together in a factory.
b. If the Engineer approves a field panel layout which requires
specific factory panel layouts, and if this field panel layout
has been accepted by the Owner, then the required factory panel
layout shall be considered part of the specified requirements.
02776-15 22-056.00
c. The approved seaming processes are extrustion welding and fusion
welding. Proposed alternate processes shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval.
d. The factory seam Specifications are listed in Table 2. No
factory panels shall be accepted which do not meet all of the
seam Specifications. The Contractor shall be required to submit
the fabricator's written certification that the factory panels
do meet the seam Specifications and the Contractor shall be held
liable for any non-compliance.
e. Fabrication Factory Quality Assurance: The Contractor shall
submit to the Engineer for approval, two weeks prior to
fabrication, a quality control plan prepared by the fabricator.
The plan shall meet the requirements for Field Seaming in
Article 3.01D. The fabricator shall agree to allow the Owner or
the Engineer to carry out fabrication factory quality assurance.
Such quality assurance shall be during the fabrication of the
liner panels for the specific project. Those conducting the
quality assurance shall:
(1) Review the fabrication process.
(2) Verify all quality control procedures, such as non-
destructive and destructive seam testing procedures, repair
procedures, and documentation procedures for testing and
repair.
(3) Review testing facilities of the fabricator.
(4) Examine the factory panels and verify that they are free of
holes, blisters, any sign of contamination by foreign
matter, or improper patches or re -welds.
(5) Monitor and document all seaming and testing activities.
(6) Review packaging and transportation procedures to verify
that these procedures are not damaging the liner.
(7) Verify that the panel packages have a label indicating name
of fabricator, type of liner, dimension and panel number.
(8) Verify that extrusion rods and/or beads are derived from the
same base resin type as the liner.
(9) A report describing the quality assurance shall be retained
by the Owner.
f. Panel Certification: Two weeks prior to shipment of the factory
panels to the site, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer
for approval with the fabricator's written quality control
certification for each shift's production of factory panels.
The quality control certification shall be signed by a
responsible party employed by the fabricator such as the
production manager, and shall be notarized. The quality control
certification shall include:
(1) Factory panel numbers and identification.
(2) Results of quality control tests including sampling
procedures.
(3) Documentation of repairs and non-destructive testing of
repairs.
(4) In the event of seaming below 40OF (50C), an addendum
specifically stating that the low temperature seaming
procedure does not cause any physical or chemical
modification to the geomembrane that will generate any
tm:SP47:1 02776-16 22-056.00
Oshort- or long-term damage to the geomembrane.
B. Geotextiles and Geonets:
1. The geotextiles and geonets shall be manufactured with a high degree
of quality control. In most cases, sampling shall be performed on
sacrificial portions of the material. Repair of sampled locations
shall not be required for sacrifical portions of the material.
2. Rolls:
a. All materials shall be tested, at a minimum, once every 50,000
ft.2 to evaluate the pertinent characteristics for quality
control. This testing shall be performed by the manufacturer.
Samples which are not in accordance with the specified
requirements shall result in the rejection of the applicable
rolls. At the manufacturer's discretion and expense, additional
testing of individual rolls may be performed to more closely
identify the non -complying rolls and/or to qualify individual
rolls.
b. The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer for approval, two
weeks prior to delivery, notarized manufacturer certification on
the quality of the rolls of geotextiles and geonets. The
certifications shall include quality control certificates for
each batch of resin and each shift's production and shall be
signed by responsible parties employed by the manufacturer such
as the production manager.
c. The notarized quality control certificate shall include:
(1) Roll numbers and identification.
(2) Sampling procedures.
(3) Results of quality control tests, including a description of
test methods used.
C. Conformance Testing: Upon delivery to the site, samples of all geo-
' synthetic materials shall be removed and sent to the Owner's specified
laboratory for testing. Samples shall be selected by the Engineer in
accordance with the specified requirements in the Quality Assurance Plan
and, at his discretion, may increase the frequency of sampling.
Materials whose sample "minimum average roll values" which are not in
accordance with the specified requirements shall be rejected and
replaced, at the cost of the manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF LINERS
0
1
A. Earthwork:
1. Surface Preparation: The Contractor shall be responsible for
preparing and inspecting the supporting soil, and shall certify in
writing that the surface on which the liner will be installed is
acceptable. This certification of acceptance shall be given to the
Engineer for approval prior to commencement of liner installation in
the area under consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the
prepared soil surface. No liner shall be placed onto an area which
has
tm:SP47:1
02776-17
22-056.00
become softened by precipitation. The soil surface shall be
observed daily to evaluate softening. The daily observations shall
ascertain the effects of surface softening upon the integrity of the
liner subgrade. Any damage to the subgrade caused by installation
activities shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense.
2. Crest Anchorage System: The anchor trench shall be excavated prior
to liner placement to the lines and grades shown on the drawings.
The trench shall have a configuration as shown on the drawings. No
loose soil shall be allowed beneath the liner. The anchor trench
shall be backfilled and compacted. Care shall be taken when back -
filling the trenches to prevent any damage to the liner. Slightly
rounded corners shall be provided in the trench where the liner
adjoins the trench so as to avoid sharp bends in the liner.
B. Conformance Testing: The Engineer shall collect samples of liner for
conformance testing, as previously specified, from the materials
delivered to the site.
C. Liner Deployment:
1. Layout Drawings: The Contractor shall provide layout drawings two
weeks prior to shipping. These drawings shall indicate the panel
configuration and location of seams. Field seams shall be
differentiated from factory seams (if any). The layout drawings
must be approved by the Engineer prior to the installation of any
liners. The layout drawings shall include dimensions, details, etc.
2. Panel Identification: A field panel is the unit area of liner which
is to be seamed in the field, i.e., a field panel is a roll or a
factory panel or a portion of roll or factory panel cut in the
field. Two cases can be considered:
a. If the liner is fabricated into panels in a factory, a field
panel is a factory panel or a portion of factory panel cut in
the field.
b. If the liner is not fabricated into factory panels, a field
panel is a roll or a portion of roll cut in the field.
Each field panel must be given an "identification code" (number or
letter -number) consistent with the layout plan. Two weeks prior to
shipping, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval
this identification code. The field panel identification code shall
be related, through a table or chart, to the original resin, and the
constituent rolls and factory panels.
3. Field Panel Placement:
a. Location: Field panels shall be installed as approved or mod-
ified at the location and positions indicated in the layout
drawings. Instructions on the boxes or wrapping containing the
liner materials shall be followed to assure that the rolls
and/or factory panels are unrolled and/or unfolded in the proper
direction for seaming.
b. Installation Schedule: Field panels may be installed using any
one of the following schedules:
(1) All field panels shall be placed prior to field seaming (in
order to protect the subgrade from erosion by rain).
tm:SP47:1 02776-13 22-056.00
I
1
C
0
n
n
r
(2) Field panels shall be placed one at a time and each field
panel shall be seamed immediately after its placement (in
order to minimize the number of unseamed field panels
exposed to wind).
(3) Any combination of the above.
The schedule of field panel installation and seaming shall be
approved by the Engineer.
c. Weather Conditions: Liner placement shall not proceed at an
ambient temperature below 40OF (50C), unless otherwise
authorized. Liner placement shall not be done during any
precipitation, in the presence of excessive moisture (e.g., fog,
dew), in an area of ponded water, or in the presence of
excessive winds.
d. Method of Placement:
(1) Equipment shall not damage the liner by handling,
trafficking, leakage of hydrocarbons or other means.
(2) Personnel working on the liner shall not smoke, wear
damaging shoes, or engage in other activities which could
damage the liner.
(3) The method used to unroll the panels shall not cause
scratches or crimps in the liner and shall not damage the
supporting soil.
(4) The prepared surface underlying the liner shall not be
allowed to deteriorate after acceptance, and shall remain
acceptable up to the time of liner placement.
(5) All geosynthetic elements immediately underlying the liner
shall be kept clean and free of debris.
(6) The method used to place the panels shall minimize wrinkles
(especially differential wrinkles between adjacent panels).
(7) Adequate temporary loading and/or anchoring (e.g., sand
bags, tires), not likely to damage the liner, shall be
placed to prevent uplift by wind (in case of high winds,
continuous loading is recommended along edges of panels to
minimize risk of wind flow under the panels).
(8) Direct contact with the liner shall be minimized. The liner
in excessively high traffic areas shall be protected by
geotextiles, extra liner, or other suitable materials. At
no time during the placement of the liner shall any vehicle
be allowed directly on the exposed liner.
e. Damage: Any field panel or portion thereof which becomes
seriously damaged (torn, twisted or crimped) shall be replaced
at no cost to the Owner. The Engineer has the option to direct
the Contractor to repair or remove and replace a damaged panel
or portion thereof. Damaged panels or portions of damaged
panels which have been rejected shall be removed from the work
area.
D. Field Seaming:
1. Seam Layout: In general, seams shall be oriented parallel to the
line of maximum slope, i.e., oriented along, not across, the slope.
In corners and odd -shaped geometric locations, the number of field
tm:SP47:1
02776-19
22-056.00
iJ
seams shall be minimized. If possible, no horizontal seam shall be
less than 5 feet from the toe of the slope. No seams shall be
located in the areas of potential stress concentrations.
2. Requirements of Personnel: All personnel performing seaming
operations shall be qualified as previously specified.
3. Overlapping and Temporary Bonding:
a. The panels of HDPE liner shall be overlapped by a minimum of 3
inches for extrusion welding and 5 inches for fusion welding,
but in any event, sufficient overlap shall be provided to allow
peel tests to be performed on the seam.
b. The procedure used to temporarily bond adjacent panels together
shall not damage the liner; in particular, the temperature of
the air at the nozzle of any spot welding apparatus shall be
controlled such that the liner is not damaged.
c. No solvent or adhesive shall be used unless the product is
approved, in writing, by the Engineer. Samples of the proposed
solvent or adhesive shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval two weeks prior to use by the Contractor.
4. Seam Preparation.
a. Prior to seaming, the seam area shall be clean and free of
moisture, dust, dirt, debris of any kind, and foreign material.
b. If seam overlap grinding is required, the process shall be
completed according to the manufacturer's instructions within
one hour of the seaming operation and in a way that does not
damage the liner.
c. Seams shall be aligned with the fewest possible number of
wrinkles and "fishmouths."
5. Seaming Equipment and Products: Approved processes for field
seaming are extrusion welding and fusion welding. Only apparatus
which have been specifically approved by make and model shall be
used. Proposed alternate processes shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval two weeks prior to seaming by the Contractor.
a. Extrusion Process: The extrusion -welding apparatus shall be
equipped with gauges giving the temperature in the apparatus and
at the nozzle. Two weeks prior to use, the Contractor shall
provide documentation regarding the extrudate, to the Engineer
for approval, and shall certify that the extrudate is in
accordance with the specified requirements and is comprised of
the same resins as the liner sheeting. The Contractor shall
maintain at least one spare operable seaming apparatus on site.
Equipment used for seaming shall not damage the liner, and the
liner shall be especially protected from damage in heavily
trafficked areas. The extruder shall be purged prior to
beginning a seam until all heat -degraded extrudate has been
removed from the barrel. Whenever the extruder is stopped, the
barrel shall be purged of all heat degraded extrudate. The
electric generator shall be placed on a smooth base such that no
damage occurs to the liner. Similarly, a smooth insulation
plate or fabric shall be placed beneath the hot welding
apparatus after usage.
b. Fusion Process: The fusion -welding apparatus must be automated
vehicular -mounted devices. The fusion -welding apparatus shall
be equipped with gauges giving the applicable temperatures and
tm:SP47:1 02776-20 22-056.00
F.
1
1
1 6
1
1
1
1
17.
1
1
1
i
1
1
pressures. The Contractor shall maintain at least one spare
operable seaming apparatus on site. Equipment used for seaming
shall not damage the liner, and the liner shall be protected
from damage in heavily trafficked areas. For cross seams
associated with fusion welding, the edge of the cross seams
shall be ground to a smooth incline (top and bottom) prior to
welding. The electric generator shall be placed on a smooth
base such that no damage occurs to the liner. Similarly, a
smooth insulating plate or fabric shall be placed beneath the
hot welding apparatus after usage. A movable protective layer
may be used directly below each overlap of liner that is to be
seamed to prevent buildup of moisture between the sheets.
Weather Conditions for Seaming:
a. Unless authorized in writing by the Engineer, no seaming shall
be attempted at ambient temperatures below 40OF or above 1040F
(400C). At ambient temperatures between 40OF and 500F, seaming
shall be allowed if the liner is preheated by either the sun or
a hot air device, and if there is no excessive cooling resulting
from wind. At ambient temperatures above 500F, no preheating
shall be required. In all cases, the liner shall be dry and
protected from wind damage.
b. If the Contractor wishes to use methods which may allow seaming
at ambient temperatures below 400 or above 1040F, he shall
submit to the Engineer for approval two weeks prior to seaming
documentation that the seam so produced is equivalent to those
produced under normally approved conditions, and that the
overall quality of the liner is not adversely affected. In
addition, an Addendum to the Contract between the Owner and the
Contractor is required which specifically states that the
seaming procedure does not cause any physical or chemical
modification to the liner that will generate any short- or long-
term damage to the liner.
Trial Seams:
a. Trial seams shall be made on fragmented pieces of liner to
verify that seaming conditions are adequate. Such trial seams
shall be made at the beginning of each seaming period, and at
least once every four hours, for each seaming apparatus used
that day. Also, each seamer shall make at least one trial seam
each day. Trial seams shall be made under the same conditions
as actual seams. The trial seam sample shall be at least 3 feet
long by 1 foot wide (after seaming) with the seam centered
lengthwise. Seam overlap shall be as previously indicated.
b. Two adjoining specimens each 1.0-inch wide shall be cut from the
trial seam sample by the Contractor. The specimens shall be
tested respectively in shear and peel using a field tensometer,
and shall not fail in the seam. If a specimen fails, the entire
operation shall be repeated. If the additional specimen fails,
the seaming apparatus or seamer shall not be accepted and shall
not be used for seaming until the deficiencies are corrected and
two consecutive successful trial welds are achieved.
02776-21
22-056.00
8.
9.
tm:SP47:1
c.
After completion of the above described tests, the remaining
portion of the trial seam sample can be discarded.
Alternatively, the remaining portion of the trial seam can be
subjected to destructive testing. If a trial seam sample fails
a test, then a destructive test seam sample shall be taken from
the seams completed by the seamer during the shift related to
the considered trial seam. These samples shall be forwarded to
the Engineer and, if they fail the tests, the procedure
indicated in Article 3.01 D.11 shall apply. The conditions of
this article shall be considered as met for a given seam if a
destructive seam test sample has already been taken from the
considered seam(s).
General Seaming Procedures: The general seaming procedure used by
the
Contractor shall be as follows:
a.
For fusion welding, a movable protective layer of plastic may be
placed directly below each overlap of liner that is to be
seamed. This is to prevent any moisture build-up between the
sheets to be welded.
b.
Seaming shall extend to the outside edge of panels to be placed
in the anchor trench for a minimum distance of 6 inches in the
anchor trench.
c.
If required, a firm substrate shall be provided by using a flat
board, a conveyor belt, or similar hard surface directly under
the seam overlap to achieve proper support.
d.
If seaming operations are carried out at night, adequate
illumination shall be provided.
e.
Fishmouths or wrinkles at the seam overlaps shall be cut along
the ridge of the wrinkle in order to achieve a flat overlap.
The cut fishmouths or wrinkles shall be seamed and any portion
where the overlap is inadequate shall then be patched with an
oval or round patch of the same liner extending a minimum of 6
inches beyond the cut in all directions.
Nondestructive Seam Continuity Testing:
a.
Concept: The Contractor shall nondestructively test all field
seams over their full length using a vacuum test unit, air
pressure (for double fusion seams only), or other approved
method. Continuity testing shall be carried out as the seaming
work progresses, not at the completion of all field seaming.
Any required repairs shall be completed by the installer in
accordance with Article 3.01.D.11. The following procedures
shall apply to locations where seams cannot be nondestructively
tested:
(1) All such seams shall be cap -stripped with the same liner.
(2) If the seam is accessible to testing equipment prior to
final installation, the seam shall be nondestructively
tested prior to final installation.
(3) If the seam cannot be tested prior to final installation,
the seaming and cap -stripping operations shall be observed
by the Engineer for uniformity and completeness.
b.
Vacuum Testing:
(1) The equipment shall comprise the following:
+�
02776-22 22-056.00
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 `
1
1
1
1
1
1
(a)
A vacuum -box assembly consisting of a rigid housing, a
transparent viewing window, a soft neoprene gasket
attached to the bottom, port hole or valve assembly, and
a vacuum gauge.
(b)
A steel vacuum tank and pump assembly equipped with a
pressure controller and pipe connections.
(c)
A rubber pressure/vacuum hose with fittings and con-
nections.
(d)
A bucket and wide paint brush.
(e)
A soapy solution.
(2)
The
following procedures shall be followed:
(a)
Energize the vacuum pump and reduce the tank pressure to
approximately 10 in. of mercury, i.e., 5 psi gauge.
(b)
Wet a strip of liner approximately 12 inches by 24
inches with the soapy solution.
(c)
Place the box over the wetted area.
(d)
Close the bleed valve and open the vacuum valve.
(e)
Ensure that a leak tight seal is created.
(f)
For a period of not less than 15 seconds, examine the
liner through the viewing window for the presence of
soap bubbles.
(g)
If no bubble appears after 15 seconds, close the vacuum
valve and open the bleed valve, move the box over the
next adjoining area with a minimum 3 in. overlap, and
repeat the process.
(h)
All areas where soap bubbles appear shall be marked and
repaired in accordance with Paragraph 3.01.D.11.
Air
Pressure Testing (For Double Fusion Seam Only): The fol-
lowing
procedures are applicable to those processes which pro-
duce a
double seam with an enclosed space.
(1)
The
equipment shall be comprised of the following:
(a)
An air pump (manual or motor driven) equipped with a
pressure gauge capable of generating and sustaining a
pressure between 25 and 30 psi and mounted on a cushion
to protect the liner.
(b)
A rubber hose with fittings and connections.
(c)
A sharp hollow needle, or other approved pressure feed
device.
(2)
The
following procedures shall be followed:
(a)
Seal both ends of the seam to be tested.
(b)
Insert needle or other approved pressure feed device
into the tunnel created by the fusion weld.
(c)
Insert a protective cushion between the air pump and the
liner.
(d)
Energize the air pump to a pressure between 25 and 30
psi, close valve, and sustain pressure for approximately
5 minutes.
(e)
If loss of pressure exceeds 2 psi or 10 in mercury or
does not stabilize, locate faulty area and repair in
accordance with Paragraph 3.01.D.11.
(f)
Remove needle or other approved pressure feed device and
02776-23 22-056.00
seal.
10. Destructive
Testing:
a.
Concept: Destructive seam tests shall be performed at selected
locations by the Engineer. The purpose of these tests is to
evaluate seam strength. Seam strength testing shall be done as
the seaming work progresses, not at the completion of all field
seaming.
b.
Location and Frequency: Destructive test samples shall be col-.
lected at a minimum average frequency of one test location per
500 feet of seam length or one sample per each seam length
whichever provides the greatest number of samples. Samples, in
addition to the minimum average frequency, shall be taken by the
Contractor as required by the Engineer. Test locations shall be
determined during seaming, and may be prompted by suspicion of
excess crystallinity, contamination, offset welds, or any other
potential cause of imperfect welding. The Engineer shall choose
the locations. The Contractor will not be informed in advance
of the locations where the seam samples will be taken. The
Owner reserves the right to increase the frequency in accordance
with actual performance results of samples taken.
c.
Sampling Procedure: Samples shall be cut by the Contractor at
locations designated by the Engineer as the seaming progresses
in order to obtain laboratory test results before the liner is
covered by another material. Each sample shall be numbered and
the sample number and location identified on the panel layout
drawing. All holes in the liner resulting from the destructive
seam sampling shall be immediately repaired in accordance with
the repair procedures described in Article 3.01.D.11. The con-
tinuity of the new seams in the repaired area shall be tested
according to Article 3.01.D.9.
d.
Size of Samples: The samples shall be 12 inches wide by 43
inches long with the seam centered lengthwise. One 1-inch-wide
strip shall be cut from each end of the sample and these shall
be tested in the field. The remaining sample shall be cut into
three equal parts and distributed as follows:
(1) One portion to the Contractor for laboratory testing, 12
inches x 12 inches.
(2) One portion for the Engineer for testing by the Owner's
laboratory, 12 inches x 18 inches.
(3) One portion to the Engineer for archive storage, 12
inches x 16 inches.
e.
Field Testing: The two 1-inch-wide strips shall be tested in
the field, by hand or tensometer, for peel and shear
respectively and shall not fail in the seam. If any field test
sample fails to pass, then the procedures outlined in Article
3.O1D.10.g shall be followed.
f.
Laboratory Testing: Testing by the Engineer will include "Seam
Strength" and "Peel Adhesion" (ASTM D638 with type M-1 specimen
0.5-inch wide, tested at 2 inches per minute). The minimum
acceptable values to be obtained in these tests are those indi-
cated in Table 1. At least 2 specimens will be tested for each
tm:SP47:1 02776-24 22-056.00
test method. Specimens will be selected alternately by test
from the samples (i.e., peel, shear, peel, shear...). The
Engineer will provide test results no more than 24 hours after
the samples are received at the laboratory.
g. Procedures for Destructive Test Failure: The following proce-
dures shall apply whenever a sample fails the destructive test,
whether the test is conducted by the Engineer's specified
laboratory, the Contractor's laboratory, or by field tensometer.
The Contractor shall have two options, the cost of which shall
be at his expense:
(1) The Contractor can reconstruct the seam between any two
passed test locations.
(2) The Contractor can trace the welding path to an intermediate
location (at 10 feet minimum from the location of the failed
test in each direction) and take a small sample for an
additional field test at each location. If these additional
samples pass the tests, then full laboratory samples shall
be taken. If these laboratory samples pass the tests, then
the seam shall be reconstructed between these locations. If
either sample fails, then the process shall be repeated to
establish the zone in which the seam should be
reconstructed. In any case, all acceptable seams must be
bounded by two locations from which samples passing
laboratory destructive tests have been taken. In cases
exceeding 150 feet of reconstructed seam, a sample taken
from within the reconstructed zone must pass destructive
testing. Whenever a sample fails, additional testing may be
required for seams that were welded by the same welder
and/or welding apparatus or welded during the same time
shift. Such additional testing shall be at the Contractor's
expense.
11. Defects and Repairs:
a. Identification: All seams and non -seam areas of the liner will
be examined for identification of defects, holes, blisters,
undispersed raw materials and any sign of contamination by
foreign matter. The surface of the liner shall be clean at the
time of examination. The liner surface shall be broomed or
washed by the Contractor if the amount of dust or mud inhibits
examination. The Contractor shall ensure that this examination
of the liner precedes any seaming of that section.
b. Evaluation: Each suspect location both in seam and non -seam
areas shall be nondestructively tested using the methods
described in Article 3.01.D.9 as appropriate. Each location
which fails the nondestructive testing shall be marked by the
Engineer and repaired by the Contractor. Work shall not proceed
with any materials which will cover locations which have been
repaired until laboratory test results with passing values are
available.
c. Repair Procedures:
(1) Any portion of the liner exhibiting a flaw, or failing a
destructive or nondestructive test, shall be repaired by the
Itm:SP47:1
02776-25
22-056.00
bl
Contractor. Several procedures exist for the repair of
these areas. The final decision as to the appropriate
repair procedure shall be agreed upon between the Engineer
and
the Contractor. The procedures available include:
(a)
Patching, used to repair large holes, tears, undispersed
raw materials, and contamination by foreign matter made
of the same material as the liner.
(b)
Grinding and rewelding, used to repair small sections of
extruded seams.
(c)
Spot welding or seaming, used to repair small tears,
pinholes, or other minor, localized flaws.
(d)
Capping, used to repair large lengths of failed seams.
(e)
Topping, used to repair areas of inadequate seams, which
have an exposed edge.
(f)
Removing bad seam and replacing with a strip of new
material welded into place (used with large lengths of
fusion seams).
(2) In
addition, the following provisions shall be satisfied:
(a)
Surfaces of the liner which are to be repaired shall be
abraded no more than one hour prior to the repair.
(b)
All surfaces must be clean and dry at the time of
repair.
(c)
All seaming equipment used in repairing procedures must
be approved.
(d)
The repair procedures, materials, and techniques shall
be approved in advance of the specific repair by the
Engineer and Contractor.
(e)
Batches or caps shall extend at least 6 inches beyond
the edge of the defect, and all corners of patches shall
be rounded with a radius of at least 3 inches.
(f)
The liner below large caps should be appropriately cut
to avoid water or gas collection between the two sheets.
d. Verification
of Repairs: Each repair shall be numbered and
logged.
Each repair shall be nondestructively tested using the
methods
described in Article 3.01.D.9 as appropriate. Repairs
which pass the nondestructive test shall be taken as an indica-
tion of an adequate repair. Large caps may be of sufficient
extent
to require destructive test sampling, at the discretion
of the
Engineer. Failed tests indicate that the repair shall be
redone
and retested until a passing test results.
e. Large Wrinkles:
When seaming of the liner is completed (or when
seaming
of a large area of the secondary liner is completed) and
prior
to placing overlying materials, the Engineer shall
identify all excessive liner wrinkles. The Contractor shall cut
and reseam all wrinkles so identified. The seam thus produced
shall be
tested like any other seam.
E. Materials in Contact with the Liner:
1. General: The following provisions require the Contractor to take
all necessary precautions so that the installation of these
materials shall not damage the liner. Installation on rough
tm:SP47:1
02776-26
22-056.00
surfaces such as concrete shall be carefully performed to minimize
damage. If approved, additional loosely placed geotextile sections
shall be used by the Contractor as protection for the liner.
2. Granular Materials: Placement of granular materials on the liner
shall not proceed at an ambient temperature below 40OF (50C) or
above 1040F (400C), unless otherwise specified. A geotextile or
'
other cushion approved by the Engineer may be installed between
angular aggregate and the liner. Equipment for
used placing gran-
ular material and geotextiles shall not be driven directly on the
liner. A minimum thickness of 1 foot of granular material is
specified between a light dozer (such as a wide -pad Caterpillar D-3
or lighter) and the liner. A minimum thickness of 3 feet of
granular material is specified between rubber -tired vehicles and the
liner. In heavily trafficked areas such as access ramps, granular
material thickness should be at least 3 feet. In any case, the
following table shall be complied with:
'
Equipment Ground Pressure Minimum Lift Thickness
(psi) (inches)
4 12
4-8 18
8-16 24
? 16 36
3. Concrete: Geotextile layers shall be used between concrete and the
liner as required. Construction methods used shall not damage the
liner.
4. Sumps and Appurtenances:
a. Installation of the liner in sump and appurtenant areas, and
connection of liner to sumps and appurtenances shall be made
according to Specifications. Extreme care shall be taken while
welding around appurtenances since neither non-destructive nor
destructive testing may be feasible in these areas. The
Contractor shall ensure that the liner has not been visibly
damaged while making connections to sumps and appurtenances.
b. All clamps, slips, bolts, nuts or other fasteners used to secure
the liner to each appurtenance shall have a life -span equal to
or exceeding that of the liner.
F. Lining System Acceptance:
I. The Contractor shall retain all ownership and responsibility for the
geosynthetics in the lining system until acceptance by the Owner.
2. The geosynthetic lining system shall be accepted by the Owner when:
a. The installation is finished.
b. All documentation of installation is completed including the
Engineer's final report.
c. Verification of the adequacy of all field seams and repairs,
including associated testing, is complete.
d. Written certification documents, including record drawings,
sealed by a registered professional engineer have been received
by the Owner.
tm:SP47:1
02776-27 22-056.00
k]
3.02 INSTALLATION OF GEOTEXTILES
A. Handling -and Placement: The Contractor shall handle all geotextiles in
such a manner as to ensure they are not damaged in any way, and the
following shall be complied with:
1. On slopes, the geotextiles shall be securely anchored in the anchor
trench and then rolled down the the slope in such a manner as to
continually keep the geotextile sheet in sufficient tension to
preclude folds and wrinkles.
2. In the presence of wind, all geotextiles shall be weighted with
sandbags or the equivalent. Such sandbags shall be installed during
placement and shall remain until replaced with earth cover material.
3. Geotextiles shall be cut using an approved geotextile cutter only.
If in place, special care must be taken to protect other
geosynthetic materials from damage which could be caused by the
cutting of the geotextiles.
4. During placement, the Contractor shall not entrap in the geotextile
stones, excessive dust, or moisture that could damage the liner,
generate clogging of drains or filters, or hamper subsequent
seaming.
5. An examination of the geotextile over the entire surface, after
installation, shall be conducted to ensure that no potentially
harmful foreign objects, such as needles, are present. Any foreign
objects so encountered shall be removed by the Contractor or the
geotextile shall be replaced.
6. If white -colored geotextile is used, precautions shall be taken
against "snowblindness" of personnel.
B. Conformance Testing: The Engineer shall collect samples of geotextile
from the materials delivered to the site for conformance testing.
C. Seams and Overlaps:
1. On slopes steeper than 10 horizontal/1 vertical, all geotextiles
shall be continously sewn (i.e., spot sewing is not allowed).
Geotextiles shall be overlapped 6 inches prior to seaming. No
horizontal seams shall be allowed on side slopes (i.e., seams shall
be along, not across, the slope).
2. On bottoms and slopes flatter that 10 horizontal/1 vertical,
geotextiles can be either sewn as indicated above, or overlapped a
minimum of 18 inches. If during placement of cover soil, the
Contractor cannot maintain an overlap for the geotextiles, sewing
will be required.
3. The Contractor shall pay particular attention at seams to ensure
that no earth cover material could be inadvertently inserted between
the overlaps of the geotextile.
4. Any sewing shall be done using polymeric thread with chemical
resistance properties equal to or exceeding those of the geotextile.
D. Repair:
1. Any holes or
a. On slopes
tm:SP47:1
tears in the geotextile shall be repaired as follows:
a patch made from the same geotextile shall be double
02776-28
E
22-056.00 1
F
seamed into place (with each seam 1/4 inch to 3/4 inch apart and
no closer that 1 inch from any edge). Should any tear exceed 10
percent of the width of the roll, that roll shall be removed
from the slope and replaced.
b. On non -slopes a patch made from the same geotextile shall be
spot -seamed in place with a minimum of 24 inches overlap in all
directions.
2. Care shall be taken to remove any soil or other material which may
have penetrated the torn geotextile.
E. Placement of Soil Materials: The Contractor shall place all soil
materials located on top of a geotextile, in such a manner as to ensure:
1. No damage of the geotextile.
2. Minimal slippage of the geotextile on underlying layers.
3. No excess tensile stresses in the geotextile.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF GEONETS
A. Handling and Placement: The Contractor shall handle all geonets in such
a manner that the geonets are not damaged in any way, and the following
shall be complied with:
1. On slopes, the geonets shall be secure in the anchor trench then
rolled down the slope in such a manner as to continually keep the
geonet sheet in tension. If necessary, the geonet shall be
positioned by hand after being unrolled to minimize wrinkles.
Geonets can be placed in the horizontal direction (i.e., across the
slope) in some special locations (e.g., at the toe of the slope, if
an extra layer of geonet is required, this extra layer of geonet can
be placed in the horizontal direction). Such locations shall be
identified by the Contractor in design drawings.
2. In the presence of wind, all geonets shall be weighted with sandbags
or the equivalent. Such sandbags shall be installed during
placement and shall remain until replaced with cover material.
3. Unless otherwise specified, geonets shall not be welded to liners.
4. Geonets shall only be cut using scissors.
5. The Contractor shall take any necessary precautions to prevent
damage to underlying layers during placement of the geonet.
6. During placement of geonets, the Contractor shall not entrap dirt or
excessive dust in the geonet that could cause clogging of the
drainage system, and/or stones that could damage the adjacent liner.
If dirt or excessive dust is entrapped in the geonet, it should be
hosed clean prior to placement of the next material on top of it.
Sandbags shall be handled in a manner to prevent rupture or damage
of the sandbag.
7. The Contractor shall not leave tools in the geonet.
B. Conformance Testing: The Engineer will collect samples of geonet, as
specified, from the materials delivered to the site for conformance
testing.
C. Stacking and Joining:
Itm:SP47:1
02776-29
22-056.00
1. When several layers of geonets are stacked strands from one layer
shall not penetrate the channels of the next layer. Stacked geonets
shall not be laid perpendicular to the underlying geonet unless,
otherwise directed by the Engineer. In the corners of side slopes
of rectangular landfills, adjacent overlapping geonets are usually
perpendicular and the following special precautions shall be taken.
2. Adjacent geonets shall be joined according to the following
requirements and as specified or shown on the Drawings
a. Adjacent rolls shall be overlapped by at least 4 inches.
b. Overlaps shall be secured by spot welding or tying.
c. Tying can be achieved by strings, plastic fasteners, or polymer
braid. Tying devices shall be white or yellow for easy
inspection. Metallic devices shall not be used.
d. Spot welding or tying shall be every 5 feet along the slope,
every 2 feet across the slope, and every 6 inches in the anchor
trench.
e. In the corners of the side slopes of rectangular landfills and
where overlaps between perpendicular geonet strips are required,
an extra layer of geonet shall be unrolled along the slope, on
top of the previously installed geonets, from top to bottom of
the slope.
f. Joints shall be staggered when more than one layer of geonet is
installed.
D. Repair: Holes or tears in the geonet shall be repaired by placing a
patch extending 2 feet beyond edges of the hole or tear. The patch
shall be secured to the original geonet by spot welding or tying every 6
inches with approved tying devices. If the hole or tear width across
the roll is more than 50 percent the width of the roll, the damaged area
shall be removed and the two portions of the geonet shall be joined as
specified.
E. Placement of Soil Materials:
1. Soil shall not be placed in direct contact with geonets. Geonets
shall be separated from soil materials by a liner or a geotextile.
The Contractor shall place soil materials in such a manner that:
a. The geonet and underlying lining materials are not damaged.
b. Minimal slippage of the geonet on underlying layers occurs.
c. No excess tensile stresses occur in the geonet.
2. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, all lifts of soil
material placed over geonets shall be in conformance with the
following guidelines:
Equipment Ground Pressure Minimum Lift Thickness
(psi)
(inches)
<4
12
4-8
18
8-16
24
>16
36
END OF SECTION
tm:SP47:1 02776-30 22-056.00
E
k]
In,
u
SECTION 02814
' MONITOR WELL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of drilling, casing, gravel
packing, cementing, developing, testing to complete one monitor well as
indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 15050, Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories
B. Section 03300, Cast -In -Place Concrete
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship, and practices
shall conform to the following standards:
1. American Water Works Association (AWWA) A-350-76 for water wells.
2. Southern Standard Building Code, Monroe County Edition.
3. Florida Administratve Code Chapters 17-4, 17-21 and 17-22.
4. Monroe County, Pollution Control Ordinance.
5. South Florida Water Management District, Permit Information Manual,
Vol. III -A.
6. Monroe County Water Resources Management Division.
B. The Contractor shall be qualified and licensed to install or upgrade
monitor wells.
1.04 PERMITS AND SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall obtain all permits required to install a
replacement monitor well as specified and shown on the Drawings. Six
copies of the executed permit(s) shall be furnished to the Engineer
before construction is started. The Contractor shall be responsible for
payment of the required application fees for both wells. No work shall
begin until all permits are obtained by the Contractor.
B. The Contractor shall prepare and promptly submit drilling logs,
completion reports, drill cutting or any other items required by the
monitor well permit(s) or applicable federal, state or local regulations
or guidelines.
1 tm:SPEC 47A:13
02814-1
22-056.00
1.05 NOTIFICATION
A. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, 10 days prior to
the commencement of drilling activities as follows:
1. The starting date of the well construction.
2. The date and well that is to be drilled.
3. The completion date of the well drilling.
B. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 24 hours prior to start of any
well construction and testing activities.
C. No work shall be performed by the Contractor without completing the
notification requirements specified above.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All materials used in construction shall be free of chemicals, paint,
coatings, etc., that could leach. All materials shall be decontaminated
in accordance with Part 3 in accordance with Article 3.01.
B. Well Screen: Continuously slotted PVC, Schedule 40, plastic well screen
shall be utilized. The diameter of the well screen shall be as shown on
the Drawing. Well screen shall be furnished in 5-foot long sections or
longer. The bottom plug shall be threaded and shall withstand all
installation and well development pressures without becoming dislodged
or damaged. Screen slots size is 0.01 inch on all well screens. Well
screens shall meet National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) standards.
C. Riser Pipe: The riser pipe shall consist of PVC pipe meeting ASTM D
1785 with flush joint threads. Schedule 40 or 80 pipe, as designated on
the Drawing, shall be utilized. The interval between joints shall be 5
feet to 20 feet. "Triloc" Monitoring Well Pipe with Teflon taped joints
without "0" rings shall be permitted in lieu of Schedule 40 PVC pipe.
Riser pipe shall meet NSF standards.
1. Threads to be in accordance with DCDMA standards or by independent
tests the manufacturer shall demonstrate equivalency of.the threaded
joint to crushing.
2. All joints shall be Teflon taped.
3. Glued joints of any type shall not be permitted.
4. Rivet joints shall not be permitted.
5. The slot (screen) size shall be determined relative to the formation
and gravel pack, in which the screen is to be set.
6. The length of the screen shall be as shown on the Drawings. A
minimum length of 5 feet shall be provided.
tm:SPEC 47A:13
02814-2
22-056.00 1
Fli
D. Grout Mix:
1. Cement: Cement shall be Portland Cement Type I in accordance with
ASTM C 150. The cement shall be delivered to the job site in 94-
pound sacks. The use of Hi Early Type III Cement and other quick
setting cements is prohibited.
2. Water: Water shall be obtained from the source designated by the
Engineer.
3. Hydrated Lime: Hydrated lime shall be ASTM C 207, Type S, furnished
in sacks. Hydrated lime shall not contain air entrainment
additives.
4. Bentonite: Bentonite shall be powdered Sodium Bentonite furnished
in sacks without additives.
5. Proportions: Cement shall be mixed with water in the proportions of
6.5 gallons of water per sack of cement. Hydrated lime may be
substituted for cement up to ten percent by volume. Between three
and five pounds of bentonite powder shall be added to the mix for
each sack of cement used.
6. Mixing: The grout shall be throughly mixed with a paddle type
mechanical mixer or by circulating the mix through a pump until all
lumps are removed. Grout which is lumpy shall be rejected.
7. Grouting Lines: All hoses, tubes, pipes, water swivels, drill rods
or other passageways through which the grout will be pumped shall
have an inside diameter of at least 0.50 inches.
8. Grouting Procedures: Grout shall be injected under pressure to
displace water and cuttings from the level immediately above the
seal placed above the screened zone up to the top of the well hole.
Grout injection shall be deflected to the sides and continued until
clean grout flows out the top of the well hole.
9. Grouting Set Time: The well shall not be disturbed for at least 48
hours after grouting to allow the grout to set up and gain
sufficient strength.
E. Gravel Pack: Gravel pack is the material placed in the annular space
around the well screen.
1. Gradation: Gravel pack shall be a clean, well-rounded silica sand
or gravel having a uniformity coefficient less than or equal to 2.5
comprised of hard durable particles washed and screened with a
particle size at least four times the D-15 size (15 percent of the
soil is finer than the D-15) of the formation and no more than four
times the D-85 size of the formation soil. Gravel packs having a
gradation of 20-30 shall be satisfactory.
2. Purity and Decontamination: If necessary, the gravel pack shall be
decontaminated.
F. Concrete Pad: Refer to Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete. After all
development is complete, the Contractor shall place a 6 foot x 6 foot x
6 inch -thick concrete pad around the completed monitor well.
Itm:SPEC 47A:13
02814-3
22-056.00
G. Galvanized Steel Guard Posts: After the well development is complete,
the Contractor shall place four (4) galvanized steel guard posts, as
shown on the Drawings, around the completed monitor well.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DECONTAMINATION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. The equipment and materials used to install the monitor well shall be in
proper repair and in such condition that contamination of the monitor
well is not created. Leaking seals, hoses, pumps, or tanks with fluids
other than water shall not be permitted.
B. The Contractor shall use proper cleaning methods and procedures for the
equipment and materials used to install and develop the monitor well.
The Contractor shall perform all cleaning on -site prior to the
installation and development of the monitor well.
C. The Contractor shall provide only new materials that have been certified
by the manufacturer. Only bagged cement, powered bentonite in bags, or
bentonite pellets in sealed containers shall be used. The PVC pipe for
the riser and well screen shall be cured and free of plasticizers; oil
shall not be used during the factory threading operations. The PVC pipe
shall be factory -cleaned. The protective well casing and any casing
pipe which was not cleaned and properly sealed by the manufacturer shall
be cleaned by the Contractor. The water used for drilling and grouting
operations shall be obtained from a source approved by the Engineer.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
A. General:
1. The Contractor shall provide a stable, open, vertical well hole for
installation of the well screen and riser.
2. A description of methods and materials proposed for use in the well
construction shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted for
approval after award of the Contract.
3. Well casing shall be a constant diameter, continuous, non -
telescoping pipe extending from above ground surface down to its
final depth. Joints shall be watertight with threaded couplings.
4. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions as to prevent
contaminated water, gasoline, oil or other materials from entering,
through the openings made by the Contractor in drilling the well.
5. The addition of drilling fluids containing chemical additives or
organic matter during the drilling of the well hole shall not be
allowed.
6. In the event that the well becomes contaminated because of neglect,
the Contractor shall, at his own expense, perform such work or
supply such casings, seals, sterilizating agents or material as may
be necessary to eliminate the contamination or, if so directed by
the Engineer, the well shall be abandoned and a new well installed.
tm:SPEC 47A:13
02814-4
22-056.00 1
7. The Contractor shall provide samples of soil, bedrock, water,
groundwater and any other items required by the permit(s), or
federal, state or local regulations. The Contractor shall provide
the information necessary to develop a log of the well hole.
B. Well Screen and Riser: The Contractor shall provide a plumb and stable
bore -hole for the installation of the well screen. The well screen and
riser shall be assembled and placed using methods which will not
contaminate the well. Jetting or driving the well screen shall not be
permitted.
C. Gravel Pack: The volume of gravel pack required to fill the annular
space between the well screen and bore -hole shall, typically, extend 2
to 5 feet above the uppermost row of slots in the well screen. The well
screen shall be centered in the bore -hole by pouring in approximately
ten (10) percent of the gravel pack. The remaining gravel pack shall be
packed in increments with centering disks, as required, to assure that
the well screen is centered. Once the gravel pack is in place, the
temporary casing/augers shall be withdrawn such that the lower point of
the casing is at the top of the gravel pack. Additional gravel shall be
added, if required, to extend the gravel pack 2 to 5 feet above the
uppermost row of slots in the well screen.
D. Grout: The cement grout shall be placed from the top of the gravel pack
to the ground surface in such a manner as to completely seal the annular
space. The cement grout shall be pumped through a tremie pipe and shall
not disturb the gravel pack. The discharge end of the tremie pipe shall
remain submerged in the grout at all times during injection. The
temporary casing/auger shall be removed immediately and in advance of
the time when the grouth begins to set. Casing removal and grout
injection may proceed concurrently provided the grout column is
maintained above the bottom of the casing and that the injection is not
interrupted. Additional grout shall be poured into the annular space,
if casing removal does not commence until the injection is complete, to
maintain a continuous column of grout to the ground surface.
The grout shall cure for at least 48 hours after grouting is complete.
Trimming of the riser pipe may be completed at least 48 hours after the
grout is placed or while the grout is plastic.
E. Well Protector: A steel well protector, as shown on the Drawings, shall
be set in neat cement. The well protector shall be positioned and
maintained in a plumb position. A 6-inch clearance between the top of
the riser and the well protector shall be maintained for installation of
the well sampler. A 1/4 - inch diameter hole shall be drilled in the
well protector 6 - inches above the ground surface. Dry bentonite
pellets shall be placed in the annular space below ground level. Coarse
sand and pearock shall be placed in the annular space above the
bentonite pellets.
1 tm:SPEC 47A:13
02814-5
22-056.00
I
F. Well Development: The Contractor shall install temporary, above -grade
piping, so that.all well pump discharge during flushing, developing and
testing operations is directed into the surrounding area. The
Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of the point of
discharge prior to commencing the work. The Contractor shall develop
well by such methods that effectively extract from the aquifer the
maximum practical amount of sand, drilling mud or other fine materials
in order to maximize yield per foot of drawdown and a sand -free
condition for the life of the wells. Development of the well shall not
cause undue settlement and disturbance of the strata above the aquifer,
nor disturb the seal around the well casings. Development of the well
shall be continued until water pumped from the wells at the maximum test
pumping rate is clear and contains less than 2 ppm sand by weight.
Development will not commence until 24 hours after the placement of the
cement-bentonite peal.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. System Testing and Examination:
1. Tests for plumbness and alignment must be made after the complete
construction of each well and before its acceptance. Additional
tests, however, may be made by the Contractor during the performance
of the work.
2. Plumbness and alignment for the monitor well shall be tested by
lowering into each well, to a depth of two-thirds of the well
depth, a section of pipe. The outer diameter of the plumb shall not
be more than 1/2-inch smaller than the diameter of that part of the
casing or hole being tested.
3. Should the plumb fail to move freely throughout the length of the
casing or hole, or should the well vary from the vertical in excess
of two-thirds the smallest inside diameter of that part of the well
being tested per 100 feet of depth, or beyond limitations of this
test, the plumbness and alignment of the well shall be corrected by
the Contractor at his own expense.
B. Test Pump: The Contractor shall provide necessary pumping equipment
capable of pumping to the required point of discharge. The Contractor
shall operate the well pumping equipment at a continuous rate of 20 GPM
until a sand -free condition is observed in the discharge.
C. Well Acceptance Criteria: The monitor well will be accepted by the
Engineer when development has been completed in accordance with these
Specifications and in the opinion of the Engineer:
1. The well is completely free of drilling fluids.
2. The water no longer is turbid during development.
3. The well is substantially free of sand.
4. The well is in conformance with AWWA Standards.
5. The well is structurally sound.
1
L
tm:SPEC 47A:13 02814-6 22-056.00
D. Well Abandonment: If the Contractor fails to meet the Well Acceptance
Criteria or should abandon the well because of loss of tools, cementing
well screens, gravel packs, casing collapse, or for any other reason
within his control, he shall abandon the well in accordance with the
standards and procedures specified in the Rules of the FDER, Chapter 17-
21.09. The Contractor shall receive no payment for time and material
for well abandonment and shall receive no compensation for any abandoned
well and shall provide that a replacement well be located a minimum of
10 feet away from any abandoned hole. Any recovered pipe or screen
shall become the property of the Contractor and may not be used in the
replacement well.
E. Protection and Site Clean -Up: At all times during the progress of the
work, the Contractor shall use all reasonable precautions to prevent
either tampering with the well or the entrance of foreign material into
the well. Immediately upon completion of a well, the Contractor shall
remove all of his equipment, materials, and supplies from the site of
the work, remove all surplus materials and debris, fill in all holes or
excavations, and grade the site to elevations of the surface levels
which existed before work started. Not more than 2 weeks will be
allowed for this work, and the Contractor shall complete all cleaning up
within that time.
1 tm:SPEC 47A:13
END OF SECTION
02814-7
22-056.00
7
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
E
1�
is
I
r1j,
1
L
p
DIVISION 3
CONCRETE
p
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
u
f
l
I
I
L
k
P
H
u
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of providing all labor,
materials and equipment necessary for providing and installing formwork
for Cast -in -Place Concrete.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcing
B. Section 03300, Cast -In -Place Concrete
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and
practices shall conform to the following standards:
1. Southern Standard Building Code, Monroe County Edition.
2. ACI 347-78 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.
3. Local Codes and Regulations.
B. Responsibility: The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of
the formwork and for safety in its construction, use and removal.
C. Tolerances: Formwork shall be constructed to insure that finished
concrete surfaces will be in accordance with the tolerances listed in
ACI 347. Camber shall be provided as necessary to compensate for
anticipated deflection in formwork and concrete due to weight and
pressure of fresh concrete and other construction loads.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Plywood: Unless otherwise indicated, forms shall be PLYFORM, Class 1,
BB -Exterior type, mill oiled and edge sealed. Thickness shall be as
required to support concrete at the rate placed, but not less than 3/4
inch.
B. Fiber Forms: Column forms for round columns shall be seamless fiber
forms intended for this purpose. The three plies nearest to the
interior surface of the form shall be deckled or scarfed and overlapped
to minimize the spiral gaps or seams on the column surface.
tm:SPEC 47:23
03100-1
22-056.00
C, Form
Accessories:
Form accessories shall
be of a
commercially
manufactured
type.
Form ties shall be so constructed that
the ends, or
end
fasteners, can
be removed without causing
appreciable spalling at
the
faces of the concrete.
After ends, or end
fasteners
of form ties
have
been removed,
the embedded portion of the
ties shall
terminate not
less
rods
than 2 inches
with integral
from the formed face of the
waterstops and cones. Wire
concrete.
ties and
Use embedded
wood spreader
will
not be permitted.
D. Chamfer Strips: Chamfer strips shall be polyvinyl strips designed to be
nailed in the forms to provide a 3/4-inch chamfer at exposed edges of
concrete members.
E. Form Release Agent: Form release agent shall be a paraffin base oil or
mineral oil coating that will effectively prevent absorption of moisture
and prevent bond with concrete, will not stain the concrete surfaces and
leaves the concrete with a paintable surface.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION/ERECTION
A. Construction Of Formwork: Forms shall be sufficiently strong to
withstand the pressure resulting from the placement and vibration of
concrete and shall be sufficiently rigid to maintain specified
tolerances. Forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of
mortar. Forms shall be adequately braced against lateral, upward or
downward movement.
B. Adjustment: Positive means of adjustment of shores and struts shall be
provided and all settlement shall be taken up during concrete placing.
C. Temporary Openings: Temporary openings shall be provided in wall forms
to limit the free fall of concrete to a maximum of 6 feet unless an
elephant trunk is used. Such openings shall be located to facilitate
placing and consolidation and shall be spaced no more than 8 feet apart.
Temporary openings shall also be provided in the bottom of wall and
column forms and elsewhere as necessary to facilitate cleaning and
observation immediately prior to placing.
D. Construction Joints: At construction joints, the contact surfaces of
the form sheathing shall overlap the hardened concrete by not more than
1 inch. Forms shall be held against the hardened concrete to prevent
offsets or loss of mortar.
E. Chamfers: Chamfers shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings.
F. Form Facing Materials: The facing material shall produce a hard uniform
texture on the concrete. Facing materials with raised grain, torn
surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects shall not be used.
tm:SPEC 47:23 03100-2 22-056.00
I
L
0
I
H
The maximum deflection of facing materials as reflected in concrete
surfaces shall not exceed 1/240 of the span between structural members.
G. Preparation of Form Surfaces: After each use and prior to placing
reinforcing, forms shall be cleaned of mortar, grout and other foreign
material and the form release agent shall be applied. Form releasing
agent shall not be allowed to stand in puddles in the forms or allowed
to come in contact with hardened concrete against which fresh concrete
is to be placed.
H. Runways: Smooth and rigid runways shall be provided (if needed) for
moving equipment and concrete. Runways shall be supported directly on
formwork or on grade and in no case on reinforcing steel or bar
supports.
I. Form Removal: Formwork for columns, walls, sides of beams and other
parts not supporting the weight of the concrete may be removed as soon
as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal
operations. Forms and shoring supporting the weight of concrete in
beams, slabs and other members shall remain in place until the concrete
has attained its specified 28-day compressive strength.
J. Footings, Grade Beams and Slab Edges: Exterior faces of footings, grade
beams, walls and slab edges shall be formed with plywood.
K. Embedded Items: Set anchor bolts and other embedded items accurately
and hold securely in position in the forms until the concrete is placed
and set. Check all special castings, channels or other metal parts that
are to be embedded in the concrete prior to and again after concreting.
Check all nailing blocks, plugs and strips necessary for the attachment
of trim, finish and similar work prior to concreting.
L. Pipes and Wall Spools:
1. Install wall spools, wall flanges and wall anchors before placing
concrete. Do not weld, tie or otherwise connect the wall spools to
the reinforcing steel.
2. Support pipe and fabricated fittings to be encased in concrete on
concrete piers or pedestals. Carry concrete supports to firm
foundation so that no settlement will be possible during
construction.
tm:SPEC 47:23
END OF SECTION
03100-3
22-056.00
Fi
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
1
1
I
I
I
I
P
L
I
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of providing all labor,
materials, equipment and incidentals required to install steel bars,
steel wire and wire fabric required for the reinforcement of
Cast -in -Place Concrete as shown on the Drawings, and as specified
herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork
B. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories
C. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and
practices shall meet all requirements of the following standards:
1. Southern Standard Building Code, Monroe County Edition.
2. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
3. ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement.
4. CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, MSP-2.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Complete Shop Drawings shall be submitted for approval, including bar
lists and placing drawings. Drawings shall show the type, spacing and
location of metal bar supports, the grade of the reinforcing and the
name of the manufacturer. The type of coupler splice devices shall be
designated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed bars of a USA
manufacture. Number 2 bars for ties may be plain, Grade 40.
B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, galvanized.
1 tm:SPEC 47:24
03200-1
22-056.00
E
C. Metal Bar Supports: CRSI MSP-2, Chapter 3, Class 2, Type B, Stainless
Steel Protected Bar Supports.
D. Coupler Splice Devices: Cadweld, tension couplers capable of developing
the ultimate strength of the bar, as manufactured by Erico Products,
Incorporated, Solon, Ohio, and where approved by the Engineer.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Fabrication shall not begin until the approval of the shop drawings by
the Engineer has been received. Fabrication shall meet all requirements
of the specified standards. Unless otherless indicated the following
shall apply:
1. Hooks shall be standard hooks.
2. Bottom bars shall extend a minimum of 5 inches into supporting
members.
3. Cover is to the outermost stirrup, tie or bar.
4. Splices are permitted only where indicated on th-e Drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Supporting Reinforcing: Bar supports shall be provided as required by
CRSI MSP-2. Top and bottom bars in slabs formed on earth shall be
supported on precast concrete block supports except where such bars are
properly supported from formwork. Precast concrete block supports are
not required in slabs formed on tremie concrete but may be used at the
Contractor's option.
B. Placing Reinforcing: Placing of reinforcing and welded wire fabric
shall be as indicated on the Drawings and as recommended by CRSI MSP-2
and ACI 315. Reinforcing shall be securely tied and supported to
prevent displacement during concrete placement.
C. Welded Wire Fabric: Splices in welded wire fabric shall be such that
the overlap between outermost cross wires of each fabric sheet is not
less than the spacing of the cross wires, plus 2-inches. Fabric shall
not be extended through expansion joints or construction joints in slabs
on grade except as otherwise indicated.
D. Coupler Splice: Unless indicated on the Drawings, full positive tension
connections shall be provided. Such devices shall be installed in
accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.
E. Dowels: Dowels shall be wired in position prior to placing concrete.
F. Field Bending: Heat shall not be used to bend bars. Bars shall not be
bent after being embedded in concrete.
I'
J
tm:SPEC 47:24 03200-2 22-056.00 1
F
L
1
u
L
n
n
G. Welding: Welding of reinforcing will not be permitted.
H. Place reinforcement a minimum of 2 inches clear of metal pipe and
fittings.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47:24 03200-3 22-056.00
LI
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
C
I
SECTION 03250
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
PART
1 - GENERAL
1.01
WORK INCLUDED
A.
The work included in this Section consists of providing all labor,
materials and equipment necessary to install expansion joints,
construction joints, waterstops and accessories for Cast -in -Place
Concrete.
1.02
RELATED WORK
A.
Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement
B.
Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete
1.03
SUBMITTALS
A.
Manufacturer's literature shall be submitted for approval on the
following items:
1. Water Stops.
2. Tongue and Groove Joint Forms.
B.
Samples:
1. Samples shall be submitted on the following items:
a. Water Stops.
'
b. Precast Concrete Block Supports for Reinforcing Bars.
1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS
A.
Precast Concrete Block Supports For Reinforcing Bars:
Bar supports
shall comply with ACI 315.
B.
Membrane: Membrane shall be a 6-mil polyethylene film.
C.
Water Stops: Water stops shall be flat dumbell type and
type, 6 inches by 3/8 inch for wall thickness less than 12
center bulb
inches 9
inches by 3/8 inch for wall thickness 12 inches and
and
greater, of
polyvinyl chloride meeting all requirements of U.S. Army Corps of
Engineer's Specification CRD-C-572. Water stops shall
be used as
indicated on the Drawings.
H
tm:SPEC 47:25 03250-1 22-056.00
ll
D. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler:
1. Preformed expansion joint filler shall be 3/4-inch thick or as shown
on the Drawings, shall be non -extruding, self expanding cork, as per
ASTM D1742, Type II.
2. Joint sealant for continuous immersion shall be a multipart, gray,
polyurethane sealant meeting U.S. Federal Specifications TT-S-00221E
(3) Type I, Class A for horizontal joints and Type II, Class A for
vertical joints. The sealant shall be recommended by its
manufacturer for continuous immersion in water.
E. Tongue And Groove Joint Forms: Tongue and groove joint forms shall be
24-gauge steel forms complete with steel stakes and splice plates.
Forms shall be designed for joints not to receive a poured seal.
F. Inserts: Inserts for pipe hangers and other utility supports shall be
of 304 or 316 stainless steel and fit the proposed hanger or support.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Precast Concrete Block Supports for Reinforcing Bars: Bar supports
shall be provided in sufficient quantity to support reinforcing bars in
slabs formed on earth at a spacing not to exceed 4 feet on centers in
both directions. Blocks required to support top bars shall be provided
with dowels. Block supports are not required in slabs formed on tremie
concrete, but may be used at the Contractor's option. Blocks are not
required for reinforcing bars properly supported from formwork.
B. Membrane: Polyethylene film shall be provided under all slabs formed on
earth, except for liquid retaining structures. Membrane sheets shall be
overlapped 6 inches in the direction of spreading concrete. Care shall
be exercised not to puncture film.
C. Water Stops:
1. Installation: Water stops shall be protected from dirt, oil and
concrete spatter. They shall be rigidly secured in position by
means of split bulkheads and by fastening to reinforcing bars in two
directions at not more than 12 inches on centers. Install water
stops in construction joints in hydraulic structures which will
contain liquid or resist the entry of groundwater.
2. Splices: Water stops shall be butt spliced using a
thermostatically -controlled electric splicing iron as recommended by
the manufacturer.
D. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints of sizes and at locations as
indicated on the Drawings. Place expansion joint fillers every 30-feet
in straight runs of walkways, at right angle turns and wherever concrete
butts into vertical surfaces, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
tm:SPEC 47:25 03250-2 22-056.00
H
E. Joint Sealants: Provide joint sealants where indicated on the Drawings.
Preparation of surfaces, priming and the handling and preparation of
materials shall comply with the manufacturer's instructions.
END OF SECTION
F
C
7
11
L�
tm:SPEC 47:25 03250-3 22-056.00
L
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
I
h
it
1 SECTION 03300
1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A.
The work included in
this Section consists of providing Cast -in -Place
Concrete.
1.02
RELATED WORK
A.
Section 03100, Concrete
Form Work
B.
Section 03200, Concrete
Reinforcing
C.
Section 03250, Concrete
Accessories
1.03
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and
practices shall conform to the requirements of the following standards:
1. Southern Standard Building Code, Monroe County Edition.
2. ACI 318-83, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
B. Plant Qualification: Plant equipment and facilities shall meet all
requirements of the Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Facilities of the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
and ASTM C 94.
C. Testing:
1. A testing laboratory approved by the Engineer will make such tests
as are deemed advisable. The Contractor shall pay for all tests
indicating a failure to comply with the Specifications. The
Contractor shall keep the laboratory and Engineer informed of his
schedule.
2. Standard laboratory compressive test cylinders will be obtained by
the laboratory when concrete is discharged from the mixer at the
point of placing, and cylinders will be made and cured in accordance
with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 31. A set of 6
cylinders will be obtained for each 60 cubic yards or fraction
thereof placed each day, for each type of concrete. The cylinders
will be cured under laboratory conditions and will be tested in two
groups of three at 7 and 28 days of age, respectively in accordance
with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 39.
3. The laboratory will make slump tests of Class A and Class B
concrete as it is discharged from the mixer at the point of placing.
Slump tests will be made for each 25 cubic yards or "pour" of
tm:SPEC 47A:1
03300-1
22-056.00
concrete placed. Slump tests may be made on any batch and failure
to meet specified slump requirements will be sufficient cause for
rejection of that batch.
D. Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete: Evaluation and acceptance of
concrete will be in accordance with ACI-318, Chapter 4.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals: The following information shall be submitted for approval.
No concrete shall be furnished until submittal has been approved.
1. Plant Qualification: Satisfactory evidence shall be submitted
indicating compliance with the qualification requirements specified
in Article 1.03.B.
2. Materials: Satisfactory evidence shall be submitted indicating that
materials to be used, including cement, aggregates and admixtures
meet the requirements specified in Article 2.01.
3. Design Mix: Satisfactory evidence shall be submitted indicating
that the design mix is prepared by qualified persons and that the
mix meets the requirements specified in Article 2.02. Such approval
will in no way alter the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish
concrete meeting the requirements of the Specifications relative to
strength and slump.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cement:
1. Cement for all concrete shall be domestic Portland cement that
conforms to the requirements of ASTM Designation C 150 Type I, Type
II or Type III. All wet wells, pump stations and structures exposed
to leachate or sanitary sewage shall be constructed with Type II
cement. Type III cement for high early strength concrete shall be
used only for special locations and only with the approval of the
Engineer. Type I or Type II cement shall be used for tremie
concrete.
2. Only one brand of cement shall be used in any individual structure
unless approved by the Engineer. Cement which has become damaged,
partially set, lumpy or caked shall not be used and the entire
contents of the sack or container which contains such cement will be
rejected. No salvaged or reclaimed cement shall be used.
B. Aggregates:
1. ASTM C 33: Coarse aggregates shall be Size No. 67, 3/4-inch to No.
4.
2. In addition to requirements of ASTM C 33 for
leachate or sewage, the following shall apply:
a. Soft particles: not more than 2 percent.
b. Chert as a soft impurity (defined in Table
more than 1 percent.
tm:SPEC 47A:1
03300-2
structures exposed to
3 of ASTM C 33): not
22-056.00
C
�I
c. Total of soft particles and chert as a soft impurity: not more
than 2 percent.
d. Flat and elongated particles (long dimension more than 5 times
short dimension): not more than 15 percent.
C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of deleterious materials.
D. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
E. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. Admixture
shall not contain calcium chloride.
F.
Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B. The compound shall
contain no ingredient which will adversely affect the bond of coatings
or toppings.
1. Curing compound for exposed concrete not to receive special
finishes, protective coatings and/or concrete toppings shall be
"Super Rez-Seal," as manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company,
Cleveland, Ohio, or equal.
2. Curing compound for exposed concrete to receive special finishes,
protective coatings and/or concrete toppings shall be "Kurez DR," as
manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co., or equal.
OG.
Epoxy Bonding Agent: Sikastix 370, Sikadur Hi Mod, Concresive 1001-LPL
or approved equal.
H.
Mortar for Repair of Concrete: Mortar shall be made of the same
materials as used for concrete except that the course aggregate shall be
omitted and the mortar shall consist of not more than 1 part cement to
2-1/2 parts sand by damp loose volume. The quantity of mixing water
shall be no more than necessary for handling and placing.
I.
Burlap Mats: Conform to AASHTO M182.
2.02
MIXES
A.
General Requirements:
1. Mix Design: Proportioning shall be on the basis of field experience
and/or trial mixtures as specified in ACI 318, Section 4.3. Data on
consecutive tests and standard deviation shall be submitted.
'
2. Maximum Water -Cement Ratio: .45 (pound/pound) - All concrete,
except tremie.
3. Air Content: 5 percent plus or minus 1 percent (Class A and B)
(Required for leachate,
sewage, salt water and freeze thaw
exposure.)
4. Slump: 4 inches plus or minus 1 inch. 8 inches plus or minus 1
inch for tremie concrete.
5. Minimum Cement Content: 564 pounds per cubic yard.
tm:SPEC 47A:1
03300-3
22-056.00
r
6. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days: Class A, 4,000 psi
structural and precast; Class B, 3,000 psi slabs, pipe supports,
concrete fill, curbs and sidewalks; Class C, 2,500 psi thrust blocks
and pipe encasement.
7. Concrete for reinforced masonry walls shall be small rock concrete
mix having a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days.
Submit mix design for approval.
8. Lightweight Structural Concrete: Lightweight structural concrete
shall conform with all requirements of this Section except shall
have a density of 110 to 120 pounds per cubic foot.
B. Production Of Concrete:
1. General: Concrete shall be ready mixed and shall be batched, mixed
and transported in accordance with ASTM C 94 except as otherwise
indicated.
2. Air Entraining Admixture: Air entraining admixture shall be charged
into the mixture as a solution and shall be measured by means of an
approved mechanical dispensing device. The liquid shall be
considered a part of the mixing water.
3. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: Water reducing and
retarding admixture shall be added and measured as recommended by
the manufacturer. The addition of the admixture shall be separate
from the air entraining admixture. The addition of the admixture
shall be completed within one minute after addition of water to the
cement has been completed, or prior to the beginning of the last
three-quarters of the required mixing, whichever occurs first.
Admixtures shall be stored, handled, and batched in accordance with
the recommendations of ACI 68.
C. Delivery Tickets: Delivery tickets for each batch of ready -mixed
concrete delivered to the site shall contain all information as required
by FDOT Specifications, Section 345-4.3.
D. Temperatures: The temperature of the concrete upon delivery from the
truck shall not exceed 950F; otherwise, ice shall be used to reduce the
temperature of the concrete as recommended by ACI.
E. Modifications to the Mix: No modifications to the mix shall be made in
the plant or on the job which will decrease the cement content or
increase the water -cement ratio beyond that specified. No modifications
of any kind shall be made except by a qualified and responsible
representative of the concrete producer.
tm:SPEC 47A:1 03300-4 22-056.00
1 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Preparations Before Placing: No concrete shall be placed until the
approval of the Engineer has been received. Approval will not be
granted until forms are thoroughly clean and reinforcing and all other
items required to be set in concrete have been placed and thoroughly
secured.
B. Conveying:
1. General: Concrete shall be handled from the truck to the place of
final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods which will
prevent segregation or loss of ingredients to maintain the quality
of the concrete. No concrete shall be placed more than 90 minutes
after mixing has begun for that particular batch.
2. Buckets and Hoppers: Buckets and hoppers shall have discharge gates
with a clear opening equal to no less than one-third of the maximum
interior horizontal area or five times the maximum aggregate size
being used. Side slopes shall be no less than 60 degrees. Controls
on gates shall permit opening and closing during the discharge
cycle.
e 3. Runways: Runways are specified in Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.
Extreme care shall be exercised to avoid displacement.of reinforcing
during the placing of concrete.
4. Elephant Trunks: Hoppers and elephant trunks shall be used to
' prevent the free fall of concrete for more than 4 feet.
5. Chutes: Chutes shall be metal or metal lined and shall have a slope
not exceeding one vertical to two horizontal and not less than one
vertical to three horizontal. Chutes more than 20-feet long and
chutes not meeting the slope requirments may be used only if they
discharge into a hopper before distribution.
' 6. Pumping Equipment: Pumping equipment and procedures, if used, shall
conform to the recommendations contained in the report of ACI
Committee 304 on "Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods," ACI 304.2R.
The specified slump shall be measured at the point of discharge.
' The loss of slump in pumping shall not exceed 1-112 inches.
7. Conveying Equipment Construction: Aluminum or aluminum alloy pipe
for tremies or pump lines and chutes, except for short lengths at
' the truck mixer shall not be permitted.
8. Cleaning: Conveying equipment shall be cleaned at the end of each
concrete operation.
' 3.02 APPLICATION
A. Placing:
1. General: Concrete shall be deposited continuously, or in layers of
such thickness (not exceeding 2 feet in depth) that no concrete will
be deposited on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause the
tm:SPEC 47A:1 03300-5 22-056.00
formation of seams or planes of weakness. If planes of weakness or
seams appear, they shall be repaired with injected epoxy grout and
patched to match.
2. Supported Elements: At least two hours shall elapse after
depositing concrete in columns or walls before depositing in beams,
girders, or slabs supported thereon.
3. Segregation: Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable
in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or
flowing. Concrete shall not be subjected to procedure which will
cause segregation.
4. Concrete Under Water: All concrete except that indicated on the
Drawings as Tremie concrete shall be placed in the dry.
B. Seals And Tremie Concrete:
1. General:
a. Wherever practicable, all foundation excavations shall be
dewatered and the concrete deposited in the dry. Where
conditions are encountered which render it impracticable to
dewater the foundation before placing concrete, a concrete
foundation seal as shown on the Drawings shall be placed. The
foundation shall then be dewatered and the balance of the
concrete placed in the dry.
b. When seal concrete is required to be placed, the satisfactory
performance of the seal in providing a watertight excavation for
placing structural concrete shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor. Seal concrete placed by the Contractor, which
subsequently fails to perform properly, shall be repaired as
necessary to perform its required function, at the expense of
the Contractor.
2. Method of Placing: Concrete deposited under water shall be
carefully placed in the space in which it is to remain, by means of
a tremie, a closed -bottom dump bucket of not less than one cubic
yard capacity, or other approved method, and shall not be disturbed
after it is deposited. All seal concrete shall be deposited in one
continuous pour. No concrete shall be placed in running water. All
form work designed to retain concrete under water shall be
watertight, and the design of the form work and excavation sheeting
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be sealed
and signed by a professional engineer, registered in the State of
Florida.
3. Use of Tremie: The tremie shall consist of a tube having a minimum
inside diameter of ten inches, and shall be constructed in sections
having tight joints. No aluminum parts which have contact with the
concrete will be permitted. The discharge end shall be entirely
seated at all times and the tremie tube kept full to the bottom of
the hopper. When a batch is dumped into the hopper the tremie shall
be slightly raised (but not out of the concrete at the bottom) until
the batch discharges to the bottom of the hopper, after which the
flow shall be stopped by lowering the tremie. The means of
supporting the tremie shall be such as to permit the free movement
of the discharge end over the entire top surface of the work, and
tm:SPEC 47A:1
03300-6
22-056.00 1
' shall permit it being lowered rapidly when necessary to choke off or
retard the flow. The flow shall preferably be continuous and in no
case shall be interrupted until the work is completed. Special care
1 shall be exercised to maintain still water at the point of deposit.
4. Use of Bottom -dump Bucket: When the concrete is placed by means of
a bottom -Dump bucket, the bucket shall be lowered gradually and
carefully until it rests upon the concrete already placed. The
bucket shall then be raised very slowly during the discharge travel;
the intent being to maintain, as nearly as possible, still water at
the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. Aluminum
buckets will not be permitted.
5. Time of Beginning Pumping: Pumping to dewater a sealed cofferdam
shall not commence until the seal has set sufficiently to withstand
the hydrostatic pressure, and in no case earlier than 72 hours after
placement of the concrete.
C. Consolidating Concrete:
'
1.
General: Concrete shall be consolidated by means of internal
vibrators operated by competent workmen.
2.
Vibrators: Vibrators shall have a minimum head diameter of at least
2 inches, a minimum centrifugal force of 700 pounds and a minimum
frequency of 8,000 vibrations per second.
3.
Vibrators for Confined Areas: In confined areas, the specified
vibrators shall be supplemented by others having a minimum head
diameter of 1-112 inches, a minimum centrifugal force of 300 pounds
and a minimum frequency of 9,000 vibrations per second.
'
4.
Spare Vibrator: One spare vibrator for each three in use shall be
kept on the site during all concrete placing operations.
5.
Use of Vibrators: Vibrators shall be inserted and withdrawn at
points approximately 18 inches apart. The duration of each
'
insertion shall be from 5 to 15 seconds. Concrete shall not be
transported in the forms by means of vibrators.
D. Protection: Rainwater shall not be allowed to increase the mixing water
nor to damage the surface finish. Concrete shall
be protected from
construction overloads. Design loads shall not be
applied
until the
specified strength has been attained.
E. Construction Joints: Except as otherwise indicated
on the
Drawings,
horizontal construction joints shall be provided at top of
members and slabs on grade and at the soffit of supported
foundation
slabs and
beams. Other horizontal and vertical construction
joints
shall be
located as indicated on the Drawings. Joints will
not be
permitted
except in the locations shown, unless otherwise recommended by the
Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
F. Bonding: Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete that has
set, the surfaces of the set concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned so as
to expose the coarse aggregate and be free of laitance, coatings,
foreign matter and loose particles. Forms shall be retightened. The
hardened concrete of joints shall be dampened, but not satuated, and
tm:SPEC 47A:1 03300-7 22-056.00
7
then thoroughly
covered with a coat
of cement grout of similar
proportions to the
mortar in the concrete.
The grout shall be as thick
as possible on
vertical surfaces and
at least 1/2-inch thick on
horizontal surfaces. The fresh concrete shall be placed before the
grout has attained
its initial set.
G. Embedded Items: In addition to steel reinforcement, pipes, inserts and
other metal objects as shown, specified or ordered shall be built into,
set in or attached to the concrete. All necessary precautions shall be
taken to prevent these objects from being displaced, broken or deformed.
Before concrete is placed, care shall be taken to determine that all
embedded parts are firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated.
They shall be thoroughly clean and free from paint or other coating,
rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. No wood shall be embedded in
concrete. The concrete shall be packed tightly around pipes and other
metal work to prevent leakage and to secure perfect adhesion. Drains
shall be adequately protected from intrusion of concrete.
H. Bonding to Existing Surfaces: Existing concrete surfaces that are to
have new concrete bonded thereto shall be cleaned of all grease, oil,
dust, dirt and loose particles and coated with a epoxy bonding agent
just prior to placing of the new concrete. Application of the bonding
agent shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and the agent shall be
permitted to become tacky before the new concrete is placed. The
bonding agent shall not be permitted to overlap, or be spilled on the
surfaces to be exposed after the Work is completed.
I. Repair of Surface Defects:
1.
General: Surface defects, including tie holes shall be
repaired
immediately after form removal. The area to be patched and
an area
at least 6 inches wide surrounding it shall be dampened to
prevent
absorption of water from the patching mortar. The Engineer
shall be
notified before commencing operations.
2.
Removal of Defective Concrete: All honeycombed and other defective
concrete shall be removed down to sound concrete. Edges
shall be
cut perpendicular to the surface or slightly under cut. Surfaces
to
receive repairs shall first be sandblasted.
3.
Bonding Grout: Surfaces to be patched shall be thoroughly
dampened
and shall receive a coat of bonding grout brushed into the
surface.
Grout shall consist of one part cement to one part fine sand
passing
a No. 30 sieve. Grout shall be consistency of thick cream.
4.
Placing Patching Mortar: After the bonding grout begins to
lose its
water sheen, a premixed patching mortar shall be applied.
Patching
mortar shall be thoroughly consolidated into place and struck
off so
as to leave the patch slightly higher than the surrounding
surface.
It shall be left undisturbed for one hour to permit
initial
shrinkage and then finally finished.
5.
Tie Holes: After being cleaned and thoroughly dampened,
the tie
holes shall be filled solid with patching mortar.
tm:SPEC 47A:1
03300-8
h
22-056.00 1
L
0
D
j
7
J, Finish Of Formed Surfaces:
1. Concrete Finishes: Complete concrete surfaces in accordance with
the following schedule:
tm:SPEC 47A:1
Fi nish
Designation Area Applied
F-1 Exterior walls below grade not exposed to
water.
Repair defective concrete, fill depressions
deeper than 1/2 inch, and fill tie holes.
F-2 Exterior and interior walls exposed to water.
Repair defective concrete, remove fins, fill
depressions 1/4 inch or deeper, and fill tie
holes.
F-3 Walls of structures of buildings exposed to
view and underside of formed floors or slabs.
In addition to Finish F-2, fill depressions
and airholes with' mortar. Dampen surfaces
and then spread a slurry consisting of one
part cement and one and one-half parts sand
by damp loose volume on the surface with
clean burlap pads or sponge rubber floats.
Remove any surplus by scraping and then
rubbing with clean burlap.
S-1 Slabs and floors not water bearing.
Smooth steel trowel finish.
S-2 Slabs and floors which are water bearing.
Slab surfaces on which mechanical equipment
moves.
Steel trowel finish free from trowel marks
and all irregularities.
S-3 Slabs and floors of structures or building
exposed to view.
Steel trowel finish without local depressions
or high points and apply a light hair -broom
finish. Do not use stiff bristle brooms or
brushes. Leave hair -broom lines parallel to
the direction of slab drainage.
E-1 Exposed edges of slabs, floors and tops of
walls.
Finish with a 1/4-inch radius edge if a
chamfer is not indicated.
03300-9 22-056.00
L
3.
4.
5.
Do
Finish
Designation
Area Applied
E-2 Tops of walls, beams and similar unformed
surfaces occurring adjacent to formed
surfaces shall be struck smooth after
concrete is placed and shall be floated to a
texture reasonably consistent with that of
formed surfaces.
2. As soon as forms can safely be removed, all irregular projections
shall be chipped off flush with the concrete surfaces. All voids
produced by spacers or any honeycombing shall be pointed up with
grout and troweled flush with the concrete surface immediately after
removal of forms and water cured to prevent shrinkage. Honeycombing
shall be cut out to expose a sound concrete surface prior to
pointing. The use of mortar pointing or patching shall be confined
to the repair of small defects in relatively green concrete. Where
in the opinion of the Engineer substantial repairs are required, the
defective concrete shall be cut out to sound concrete and repaired
with gunite or the concrete shall be removed and reconstructed as
directed.
All concrete slabs shall receive a floated finish. After floating,
all concrete slabs except as otherwise indicated and in areas to
receive roofing, insulation, tile or topping shall be troweled and
immediately light broom finished. Stair treads shall receive a
light broomed finish.
Floated Finish: After concrete has been placed, consolidated,
struck off and leveled, it shall not be worked further until water
sheen has disappeared and the surface has hardened sufficiently to
permit floating. During the first floating, the planeness of the
slab shall be checked with a 10-foot straightedge applied at no less
than two angles. All high spots shall be cut down and all low spots
shall be filled to produce a surface having a Class B Tolerance
throughout. The slab shall then be refloated to a uniform sandy
texture.
Light Broomed Finish: After floating, slabs to receive a light
broomed finish shall be power troweled and finished struck with a
soft broom drag. The troweling shall produce a smooth surface,
relatively free of defects and a Class A tolerance. Before the
surface sets, the soft broom drag shall be passed over the surface
to produce a surface uniform in texture and appearance.
Troweled Finish: After floating, slabs to receive a troweled finish
shall be power troweled and finally hand troweled. The first
troweling after power floating shall produce a smooth surface,
relatively free of defects. Surfaces shall be hand troweled after
the surface has hardened sufficiently. The final troweling shall be
done by hand when a ringing sound is produced as the trowel is moved
over the surfaces. Hand troweling shall produce a surface which is
thoroughly consolidated, free from trowel marks, uniform in texture
and appearance and plane to a Class A tolerance.
tm:SPEC 47A:1
03300-10
22-056.00 1
JI
0
71
L
n
d
7. Finishing Tolerance: Surfaces
following limits:
a. Class A: 1/8 inch in 10
straightedge placed anywhere
b. Class B: 1/4 inch in 10
straightedge placed anywhere
3.03 PROTECTING
shall be true planes within the
feet as determined by a 10-foot
on the slab in any direction.
feet as determined by a 10-foot
on the slab in any direction.
A. Curing:
1. Immediately after surface defects have been repaired, all exposed
surfaces, including slabs, walls, beams and columns shall receive a
spray coat of curing compound applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Exposed steel keyways and other
embedded items shall be protected from the curing compound.
Concrete surfaces to be exposed to wastewater and are to be coated
with a coal tar epoxy system, or concrete floors requiring a bond
for special finishes shall be cured by the wet burlap method.
2. Curing compound shall be uniformly applied to the surfaces to be
cured, in a single coat, continuous film, at the rate of one gallon
to not more than 200 square feet, by a mechanical sprayer.
3. Curing compound shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions. Should the film become damaged from any cause within
the required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired
immediately with additional compound. Upon removal of forms, the
newly exposed surfaces shall immediately be coated to provide a
curing treatment equal to that provided for the surface.
B. Wet Burlap Curing Method: All concrete, including gunite, that is to be
cured by the wet burlap method shall be covered with a double thickness
of burlap, cotton mats, or other approved material kept thoroughly
saturated with water. The forms shall be kept wet until removed and
upon removal, the curing specified herein shall be started immediately.
Concrete shall be cured for a period of 7 days for normal Portland
cement or 4 days for high early strength cement. Concrete poured in the
dry shall not be submerged until it has attained sufficient strength to
adequately sustain the stress involved nor shall it be subjected to
flowing water across its surface until it has cured 4 days. Curing of
gunite shall be started as soon as possible without damaging surface and
not later than 2 hours after placing.
tm:SPEC 47A:1
END OF SECTION
03300-11
22-056.00
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
r
r�
E
1
0
0
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consist of providing all materials,
labor and equipment necessary for providing precast concrete structures.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Engineer, as provided in the General Conditions, Shop
Drawings showing details of construction, reinforcing and joints.
1.03 INSPECTION
A. The quality of all materials, the process of manufacture, and the
finished sections shall be subject to inspection and approval by the
Engineer, or other representatives of the Owner. Such inspection may be
made at the place of manufacture, at the site after delivery, or at both
places, and the section shall be subject to rejection at any time on
account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements; even
though sample sections may have been accepted as satisfactory at the
place of manufacture. Sections rejected after delivery to the job shall
be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job at once.
All sections which have been damaged after delivery will be rejected,
and if already installed, shall be acceptably repaired, if permitted, or
removed and replaced, entirely at the Contractor's expense.
B. At the time of inspection, the sections will be carefully examined for
compliance with the ASTM designation specified below and these
Specifications, and with the approved manufacturer's drawings. All
sections shall be inspected for general appearance, dimension, "scratch -
strength," blisters, cracks, roughness, soundness, etc. The surface
shall be dense and close -textured.
C. Imperfections may be repaired, subject to the approval of the Engineer,
after demonstration by the manufacturer that strong and permanent
repairs result. Repairs shall be carefully inspected before final
approval. Cement mortar used for repairs shall have a minimum
compressive strength of 4,000 psi at the end of 7 days and 5,000 psi at
the end of 28 days, when tested in 3-inch by 6-inch cylinders stored in
the standard manner. Epoxy mortar may be utilized for repairs subject
to the approval of the Engineer.
tm:SPEC 47A:3
03410-1
22-056.00
L
E
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
A. Precast concrete manhole barrel and eccentric top sections shall conform
to Specifications for precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections, ASTM
Designation C478, except as otherwise specified below. The method of
construction shall conform to the detailed Drawings appended to these
specifications and the following additional requirements:
1. The minimum wall thickness for the various size barrel sections
shall be 3 inches.
2. Barrel sections shall have tongue and groove joints. Joints shall
have round rubber gaskets set in specially provided indentations.
The round rubber "O"-ring gasket shall conform to ASTM C443 standard
specifications.
3. Type II cement shall be used except as otherwise approved.
4. The date of manufacture and the name or trademark of the
manufacturer shall be clearly marked on the inside of each precast
section. Each section of the manhole must be inspected and stamped
by an accredited testing laboratory.
5. Sections shall be cured by an approved method for at least 28 days
prior to painting and shall not be shipped until at least 2 days
after having been painted.
6. Top sections shall be eccentric except that precast concrete slabs
shall be used where cover over the top of the pipe is less than 4
feet for all manholes.
7. Precast concrete slabs over top section, where required, shall be
capable of supporting the overburden plus a live load equivalent to
AASHTO H-20 loading.
3. The tops of bases shall be suitably shaped to mate with the precast
barrel section.
9. The exterior and interior of the manhole shall be coated in
accordance with Section 09900 for exterior nonsubmerged concrete,
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings (i.e., T-lock plastic -lined
manholes).
B. Precast electrical handholes and covers shall be as specified and as
shown on the Drawings.
C. Precast leveling rings for setting cast iron frames over manholes shall
be 2 inches thick and have on No. 2 continuous reinforcing steel bar.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Manholes and
dimensions as
Specifications.
tm:SPEC 47A:3
other precast structures shall be constructed to the
shown in the Drawings and as specified in these
03410-2
I
r
22-056.00 1
FJ
L
0
u
0
fl
d
U
P
B. The base shall be cast -in -place concrete !as specified in Division 3),
placed on a thoroughly -compacted gravel subbase. The tops of the cast -
in -place bases shall be shaped to mate with the precast barrel section,
and shall be adjusted in grade so that the top of the dome section is
approximately at the correct elevation.
C. Pre -cast bases, conforming to all requirements of ASTM C473 and above
listed requirements for precast sections, may be used.
D. Precast concrete structure sections shall be set so as to be vertical
and with sections in true alignment with a 1/4-inch maximum tolerance to
be allowed. The outside and inside joint shall be filled with a
comparatively dry mortar (one part cement to two parts sand) and
finished flush with the adjoining surfaces. Allow joints to set for 24
hours before backfilling. Backfilling shall be done in a careful
manner, bringing the fill up evenly on all sides. If leaks appear in
the structures, the inside joints shall be caulked with lead wool to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall install the precast
sections in a manner that will result in a watertight joint.
E. Holes in the concrete pipe sections required for handling, or other
purposes, shall be plugged with a non -shrinking grout or by grout in
combination with concrete plugs.
F. Where holes may be cut in the precast sections to accommodate pipes,
cutting shall be done prior to setting them in place to prevent any
subsequent jarring which may loosen the mortar joints.
G. Cast iron frames specified and furnished under Division 5 shall be
placed over precast concrete leveling rings, shimmed and set in Portland
cement mortar to the required grade. No more than three courses of
leveling rings shall be used.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47A:3 03410-3 22-056.00
H
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
L
r
ISECTION 03600
'
GROUT
PART
1 - GENERAL
'
1.01
WORK
INCLUDED
A.
The work included in this Section consists of providing all materials,
'
equipment and labor to grout the various items, as required and/or
indicated on the Drawings.
1
1.02
RELATED WORK
A.
Section 03300, Cast -In -Place Concrete
'
1.03
SUBMITTALS
A.
Manufacturer's literature shall be submitted for approval on the
'
following items:
1. Nonshrink grout data shall include grout properties, mixing, surface
'
preparation and installation instructions.
2. Mix design.
1.04
DELIVERY AND STORAGE
'
A.
Grouting materials shall be delivered and stored in unbroken containers
with seals and labels intact as packaged by the manufacturer.
'
PART
2 - PRODUCTS
'
2.01
MATERIALS
A.
Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Sauereisen F-100 Level Fill, Master
'
Builders Masterflow 713, Burke Non -Ferrous, Non -Shrink Grout or equal
pre -mixed type.
IPART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
' A. All bonding surfaces shall be clean and dust and oil free.
tm:SPEC 41A:4 03600-1 22-056.00
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Nonshrink Grout:
1. Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout shall be used for grouting precast
concrete sections, anchor bolts, reinforcing bars, pipe sleeves,
machinery supports and pump base plates.
2. Nonshrink grout shall be mixed and placed as recommended by the
manufacturer.
3. Grout shall be mixed as close to the work area as possible and
transported quickly to its final position in a manner which will not
permit segregation of materials.
4. Nonshrink grout shall be cured with water saturated burlap for at
least three days.
5. Machinery set on grout pads shall not be operated until the grout
has cured for at least 24 hours.
6. Grout shall be cured with curing compound as specified in Section
03300, Cast -In -Place Concrete.
7. Grout for the pump station shall be placed between the precast
sections of the chamber walls and pipe penetrations.
END OF SECTION
L
tm:SPEC 47A:4 03600-2 22-056.00 1
G
Ci
1
fl
0
D
DIVISION 5
METALS
'J
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
r
L
k
11
I
L
H
F11
L
r
L�
11
SECTION 05500
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. This Section covers the use of miscellaneous metals, shapes and sheets,
fittings, fasteners, wirework, etc., not specified elsewhere in these
Specifications.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 09900, Painting
B. Section 15050, Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall submit shop drawings which shall indicate fabrication,
assembly and erection details, sizes of members, profiles, fastenings,
supports and anchors, patterns, clearances and connection to other work.
Shop Drawings shall be approved by the Engineer before fabrication
begins.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Steel: Miscellaneous steel plates, shapes, bars and connections shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 36 and shall be
galvanized by the hot dip method after fabrication in accordance with
the requirements of ASTM Designation A 123.
B. Steel Pipe: Steel pipe used for miscellaneous members and connections
shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 53, Schedule 40,
galvanized, except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
C. Anchor Bolts and Fasteners: Anchor bolts for securing equipment and for
aluminum structures and assemblies shall be Type 316 stainless steel
wedge anchors as manufactured by Phillips Drill Co., or equal. Adhesive
anchors shall consist of a self contained vinylester adhesive cartridge
and Type 304 stainless steel anchor rods. They shall be HVA adhesive
anchorage system as manufactured by Hilti, or equal. All other
fastenings, bolts, nuts, washers and anchors shall be as shown on the
Drawings. Zinc -coated fastenings will not be approved except at wood
tm:SPEC 47A:5 05500-1 22-056.00
F
nailers, or when other types of corrosion resistant materials are not
available. Zinc coated fasteners shall be hot dipped in accordance with
ASTM Designation A 153. Fasteners shall be of adequate strength for
purpose intended.
D. Expansion -Type Bolts: Expansion -type bolts shall be red -head wedge
anchors or equal.
E. Castings: Castings for manhole frames, covers and other items shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 48, Class 30 and the
details shown on the Drawings. Castings shall be true to pattern in
form and dimensions and free of blow holes, cracks and other pouring
faults and defects. The seating surfaces between frames and covers
shall be machined to fit true as not to rock or rattle. Lifting or
"pick" holes shall be provided, but shall not penetrate through the
cover. No plugging or filling will be allowed. If the area is subject
to flooding, the castings shall be of a waterproof design with rubber
gasket and stainless steel bolts to fasten lid to frame.
F. Steel Bar Grating: Steel bar grating shall conform to the requirements
of Federal Specification RR-G-661c, Type I with right angle cross
members. Bars shall be of carbon steel that conforms to requirements of
ASTM Designation A 569. Gratings shall be zinc coated by the hot dip
method, ASTM Designation A 123, after fabrication.
G. Steel Pipe Guards: Steel pipe guards or bollards shall be as detailed
on the Drawings, including pipe sleeves, concrete fill, crushed fill and
grouting to secure parts. Pipe for guards shall be galvanized steel,
schedule 40 pipe that conforms to ASTM Designation A 53.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Insofar as possible, fabricated material shall be fitted and shop
assembled ready for erection. Welding and equipment shall conform to
American Welding Society's Code for Welding in Building Construction,
latest edition. All Work shall be square, plumb and true, accurately
fitted with tight joints and intersections. Exposed work shall be
finished smooth with welds ground smooth.
B. Painting And Protective Coating:
1. All ferrous metal, except stainless steel and galvanized surfaces,
shall be properly cleaned and given one shop coat of primer
compatible with coating system specified in Section 09900, Painting.
Anchors that are built into masonry shall be coated with asphalt
paint unless specified to be galvanized. Metal work to be encased
in concrete shall be left unpainted unless specified or noted
otherwise. Where hot -dip galvanized or zinc coated metal is
specified or shown, it shall be shop primed unless specifically not
required. Castings that are to be left unpainted shall be cleaned
and coated with a coal -tar -pitch varnish.
tm:SPEC 47A:5 05500-2 22-056.00
I
L
r
0
Ci
F
C
C
I
n
2. Hot -dip galvanizing or zinc coatings applied on products fabricated
from rolled, pressed or forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strips
shall -comply with ASTM Designation A 123. Hot -dip galvanizing or
zinc coatings on assembled steel products shall comply with ASTM
Designation A 386. The weight of coatings shall be as designated in
Table 1 for the class and thickness of material to be coated.
Galvanized surfaces for which a shop coat of paint is specified
shall be chemically treated to provide a bond for the paint. Except
for bolts and nuts, all galvanizing shall be done after fabrication.
3. Aluminum to be placed adjacent to masonry or dissimilar metals shall
be protected with an isolating coating of bitumastic and/or felt.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ERECTION
A. Where the contact of dissimilar metals may cause electrolysis and where
aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface
of the metals shall be separated using not less than one coat of zinc
chromate primer and one heavy coat of aluminum pigmented asphalt paint
on each surface; or where deemed necessary by the Engineer, not less
than one course of asphalt saturated cotton fabric cemented to both
metals with flashing cement, shall be used. Finished work shall be
cleaned and excess cement removed.
B. All work shall be adequately anchored in place at proper elevations,
planes and locations.
tm:SPEC 47A:5
END OF SECTION
05500-3
22-056.00
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
rl
E
7
j
I
II
I
L
7
r
F
C
I
7
7
0
I
DIVISION 9
FINISHES
Hi
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
F
I
F
I
1 SECTION 09900
1 PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A.
The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor equipment, and
incidentals required to provide a protective coating system for the
surfaces listed herein and not otherwise excluded.
B.
The work includes painting and finishing of interior and exterior
exposed items and surfaces such as inside the leachate pump station,
walls, floors, miscellaneous metals, pumps, pipe supports, mechanical
'
equipment, guardrails, posts, pipes, fittings, valves, equipment, and
all other work obviously required to be painted unless otherwise
specified herein or on the Drawings. The omission of minor items in the
Schedule of Work shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to
include such items where they come within the general intent of the
Specifications as stated herein.
1
C.
"Paint" as used herein means all coating systems, materials, including
primers, emulsions, enamels, sealers and fillers, and other applied
materials whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats.
D.
The following items will not be painted:
1. Any code -requiring labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and
Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating,
name or nomenclature plates.
2. Any moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical
parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages,
sensing devices, motor and fan shafts, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Aluminum handrails.
4. Stainless steel angles, tube, pipe, etc.
5. Products with polished chrome, aluminum, nickel or stainless steel
finishes.
6. Flexible couplings, lubricated bearing surfaces, insulation and
metal and plastic pipe interiors.
'
7. Plastic switch plates and receptacle plates.
8. Signs and nameplates.
9. Finish hardware.
10. Any indicated.
packing glands, unless otherwise
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
The
Contractor shall provide the best quality grade of the various types
of coatings as regularly manufactured by approved paint materials
manufacturers. Materials not displaying the manufacturer's
identification as a standard, best -grade product will not be acceptable.
tm:SPEC 47A:7 09900-1 22-056.00
E
B. The Contractor shall provide undercoat paint produced by the same
manufacturer as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by the
paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits.
C. Undercoat and finish coat paints shall be compatible.
D. Coatings shall be applied by experienced applicators specializing in
industrial coatings and familiar with all aspects of surface
preparations and applications required for this project. The applicator
for the urethane coating on the interior concrete surfaces of the
leachate pumping station wet well shall have at least 2 years experience
of successful application of similar materials under comparable
conditions on other projects.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall include manufacturer's data and samples as indicated
below and shall be prepared and submitted in time to provide adequate
review and approval by the Engineer. Data on proposed methods of
flashing pipes and other penetrations, cants at walls and joints shall
be submitted for the wet wall urethane coating.
B. Samples - Painting:
1. Paint colors will be selected by the Engineer. Compliance with all
other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the
Contractor.
2. Samples of each finish and color shall be submitted to the Engineer
for approval before any work is started.
3. Samples shall be prepared so that an area of each sample indicates
the appearance of the various coats. For example, where three -coat
work is specified, the sample shall be divided into three areas --one
showing the application of one coat only, one showing the
application of two coats, and one showing the application of all
three coats.
4. Such samples when approved in writing shall constitute a Standard,
as to color and finish only, for acceptance or rejection of the
finish work.
5. For piping, valves, equipment and miscellaneous metal work, provide
sample chips or color charts of all paint selected showing color,
finish and general characteristics.
6. Rejected samples shall be resubmitted until approved.
1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Deliver all materials to the job site in original, unopened packages and
containers bearing manufacturer's name and label.
1. Provide labels on each container with the following information:
a. Name or title of material.
b. Fed. Spec. number if applicable.
c. Manufacturer's stock number and color.
d. Manufacturer's name.
tm:SPEC 47A:7 09900-2 22-056.00
I!,
' e. Generic type.
f. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents.
g. Application instructions.
2. Containers shall be clearly marked to indicate any hazards connected
with the use of the paint and steps which should be taken to prevent
injury to those handling the product.
B. All containers shall be handled and stored in such a manner as to
prevent damage or loss of labels or containers.
C. The Engineer shall designate areas for storage and mixing of all
painting materials. Comply with the requirements of pertinent codes and
fire regulations. Proper containers outside of the building shall be
provided by the Contractor and used for painting wastes. No plumbing
fixtures shall be used for this purpose.
D. Used rags shall be removed from the buildings every night and every
precaution taken against spontaneous combustion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A.
All paint shall be manufactured by one of the following and shall be
their highest grade of paint: Sherwin-Williams, PPG Industries, Inc.,
Koppers, Tnemec, Carboline, Ameron or Rustoleum. Requests for approval
'
of other paint manufacturers and materials other than specified shall be
submitted to the Engineer for
approval.
B.
The coating systems in Section 2.02 list products by name to establish a
standard of quality; other products of the same generic types may be
submitted to the Engineer for approval. When other than the specified
coating system is proposed, the Contractor shall submit on a typewritten
list giving the proposed coatings, brand, trade name, generic type and
catalog number of the proposed system for the Engineer's approval.
C.
Paint used in successive field coats shall be produced by the same
manufacturer. Paint used in the first field
coat over shop painted or
previously painted surfaces shall cause no wrinkling, lifting, or other
damage to underlying paint.
tD.
Emulsion
and alkyd paints shall contain a mildewcide and both the paint
and mildewcide shall conform to OSHA and Federal requirements, including
Federal Specification TT-P-19.
E.
Finish coats containing lead shall not be allowed. Oil shall be pure
boiled linseed oil.
F.
Rags shall be clean painters' rags, completely sterilized.
tm:SPEC 47A:7 09900-3 22-056.00
L
2.02 COATING SYSTEMS
A. Class 1 Exposures - Not Used.
B. Class 2 Exposures - Concrete (Exposed to Leachate): Class 2 exposures
consist of concrete surfaces that are exposed to leachate, to splashing
and wetting by leachate and the corrosive atmosphere above the leachate
which shall include the following surfaces:
1. Surfaces to be Coated:
a. Pump Station Wet Well - interior sidewalls, floor and ceiling.
2. Class 2 Coating System:
a. Surface Preparation: Remove all laitance, loose material, dust,
grease, oil and other contaminants by sandblasting. Vacuum
clean or clear water wash surfaces and allow to completely dry.
Horizontal surfaces shall pass a 4-hour rubber mat test (no
condensation) prior to application of coating. Provide cant
strips at juncture of vertical surfaces with protrusions as
recommended by coating manufacturer. If necessary, etch
surfaces with diluted muriatic acid (1 part acid to 4 parts
water), rinse with water and dry as above.
b. Prime Coat: Thinned Coal Tar Epoxy (4 mils dry);
Koppers: Bitumastic No. 300M Black.
c. Intermediate Coat: Coal Tar Epoxy (6 mils dry);
Koppers: Bitumastic No. 300M Red.
d. Finish Coat: Coal Tar Epoxy (6 mils dry);
Koppers: Bitumastic No. 300M Black
C. Class 3 Exposures - Metal (Exposed to Leachate): Class 3 exposures
consist of metal surfaces that are submerged, wetted or within 3 feet
above leachate surfaces and other specified surfaces which shall include
the following:
1. Surfaces to be Coated:
a. Piping - Pump station wetwell.
b. Miscellaneous steel plates and shapes.
2. Class 3 Coating System:
a. Surface Preparation: Ferrous metal - sandblast clean to white
metal (SSPC-SP5). Non -Ferrous Metal - degrease by solvent
cleaning in compliance with SSPC-SP1.
b. Prime Coat: Ferrous Metal - Rust Inhibitive Primer,
(2 mils dry)(Koppers: Pug Primer);
Non -Ferrous metal - wash primer (0.2 mils dry),
(Koppers: 40 Passivator).
c. Intermediate Coat: Coal Tar Epoxy (8 mils dry);
(Koppers: Bitumastic 300M Red).
d. Conditioner: When second coat is permitted to cure more than 2
days or exposed to sunlight more than 24 . hours before
application of third coat, apply Koppers Bitumastic 2CB
conditioner as recommended by the manufacturer.
e. Finish Coat: Coat Tar Epoxy (8 mils dry);
(Koppers: Bitumastic 300M Black).
tm:SPEC 47A:7 09900-4 22-056.00
F
U
11
P
H
F
C'
1�
D. Class 4 Exposures - Metal (Exterior) (Al kyd) :
of exterior metal surfaces that do not come
exposed to the weather, and shall include the
1. Surfaces to be Coated:
a. Pumps and motors.
b. Above ground piping and valves.
Class 4 exposures consist
in contact with leachate,
following:
c. Miscellaneous steel shapes, angles, etc.
d. Roof mounted equipment, hatches and ducts.
e. Exposed surfaces of electric panels,
A/C units, duct work, etc.
f. Electrical equipment.
g. Metal doors and doorframes, including
h. Galvanized steel pipe railings.
2. Class 4 Coating System:
conduit, ventilation fans,
aluminum doors.
a. Surface Preparation: Sandblast clean to near white metal
(SSPC-SP10). Hand or power tool clean items not suitable for
sandblast cleaning. All metal surfaces shall be completely
degreased by solvent cleaning in compliance with SSPC-SP1.
b. Prime Coat: Ferrous metals - rust inhibitive primer,
(2.0 mils dry)(Koppers: Pug Primer);
Non -Ferrous Metal - Wash primer (0.2 mils dry),
(Koppers: 40 Passivator).
c. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd (1.5 mils dry)(Koppers:
Rustarmor 500).
d. Finish Coat: Alkyd (1.5 mils dry)(Koppers: Rustarmor 500).
E. Class 5 Exposures - Metal (Interior): Class 5 exposures consist of
interior metal surfaces that do not come in contact with leachate or
corrosive atmosphere, that are not included in other coating systems,
and shall include the following:
1. Surfaces to be Coated:
a. Pumps, motors, machinery, instrumentation etc.
b. Piping and valves.
c. Miscellaneous steel shapes, angles, rails, etc.
d. Exposed surfaces of electric panels, conduit, ventilation fans
duct work, etc.
e.
Metal doors and door frames.
'
2. Class 5 Coating System:
a.
Surface Preparation: Wirebrush, sandblast, or pickle to remove
e
mill scaleand rust. All metal surfaces shall be completely
degreased by solvent cleaning in compliance with SSPC-SP1.
b.
Prime Coat: Ferrous metals - rust inhibitive primer,
(2 mils dry)(Koppers: Pug Primer);
Non -Ferrous Metals - Wash Primer,
(0.2 mils dry)(Koppers: 40 Passivator).
c.
Intermediate Coat: Epoxy Ester (2.0 mils dry)(Koppers:
Ponkote 300 Enamel single package epoxy).
d.
Finish Coat: Epoxy Ester (2.0 mils dry)(Koppers:
Ponkote 300 Enamel single package epoxy).
F. Class 6
Exposure - Not Used
tm:SPEC 47A:7
09900-5 22-056.00
�i
G. Class 7 Exposures - Not Used
H. Class B Exposures - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. In addition to the aforementioned preparations, all dirt, rust, scale,
splinters, loose particles, disintegrated paint, grease, oil and other
deleterious substances shall be removed from all surfaces which are to
be coated.
B. Hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting
fixtures and similar items in contact with painted surfaces and not to
be painted shall be removed, masked, or otherwise protected prior to
surface preparation and painting operations.
C. Before commencing work, the Contractor shall make certain that surfaces
to be covered are in acceptable condition for application of coating.
Should he find such surfaces to be unacceptable, he shall report such
fact to the Engineer and correct the condition prior to applying the
coating. The application of coatings shall be held as an acceptance of
the surfaces and working conditions and the Contractor will be held
responsible for the results reasonably expected from the materials and
processes specified.
D. Schedule the cleaning and coating application so contaminants from the
cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly -coated surfaces.
E. Prepare cementitious surfaces of concrete, concrete block, cement
plaster and cement -asbestos board to be coated by removing all
efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as
required to remove glaze. Concrete surfaces shall have cured at least
10 days, or longer if recommended by the coating manufacturer.
F. Clean ferrous substances, which are not galvanized or shop -coated, of
oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by
solvent or mechanical cleaning. All welds, blisters, etc., shall be
ground and sanded smooth. All pits and dents shall be filled and all
imperfections shall be corrected so as to provide a smooth surface for
coating.
G. Surface profile as -obtained from sandblasting shall be as recommended by
the coating manufacturer.
rj
tm:SPEC 47A:7 09900-6 22-056.00 1
�1
t3.02
MATERIALS PREPARATION
A.
Mix and - prepare coating materials in strict accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations and directions, stirring materials before
and during application to maintain a mixture of uniform density, free of
film, dirt and other foreign materials.
B.
No thinners shall be used except those specifically mentioned and only
in such quantity as directed by the manufacturer in his instructions.
If thinning is used, sufficient additional coats shall be applied to
assure the required dry film thickness is achieved. The manufacturer's
recommended thinner or cleanup solvent shall be used for all clean-up.
Application by brush, spray, airless spray or roller shall be as
recommended by the manufacturer for optimum performance and appearance.
3.03
APPLICATIONS
A.
Coat all exposed surfaces scheduled to receive a coating whether or not
colors are designated in schedules, except where the natural finish of
'
material is obviously intended and specifically noted as a surface not
be painted. Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned,
coat these the same as adjacent similar materials or areas. If color or
finish is not designated, the Engineer will select these from standard
'
colors available for the materials systems as specified.
B.
Color Selection:
1. Color Coding Piping: Pipe identification system shall include color
coding or banding, legends and arrows as directed by the Engineer.
2. Color Coding Conduit: All exposed electrical conduit with
conductors over 120 volts shall be color banded as specified in
Division 16.
C.
All coating shall be applied by skilled and experienced craftsmen and
shall be of highest quality workmanship.
D.
Apply coating in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use
applicators and techniques best suited for the type of material being
applied.
E.
All application shall be at room temperature and the surface to be
coated shall be dry and clean.
F.
Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show
through the final coat, until the film is of uniform finish, color and
appearance.
G. Coatings shall be applied in a neat manner with finished surfaces free
of runs, sags, ridges, laps and brush marks. Each coat shall be applied
in a manner that will produce an even film of uniform and proper
' thickness.
tm:SPEC 47A:7 09900-7 22-056.00
H
�jj
H. Apply coating to back sides of access panels and removable or hinged
covers to match the exposed surfaces. Apply prime coat only on surfaces
behind permanently fixed equipment.
I. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
J. Omit the first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop -
primed and touch-up painted, unless otherwise specified.
K. The prime and intermediate coats as specified for the various coating
systems may be applied in the shop by the manufacturer. The shop coats
shall be of the type specified and shall be compatible with the field
coat or coats. Such items as pumps, motors, equipment, electrical
panels, etc. shall be given at least one touch-up coat with the
intermediate coat material and one complete finish coat in the field.
3.04 APPLICATIONS RESTRICTIONS
A. Application of materials shall be done only on properly prepared
surfaces as herein specified, and all exterior painting shall be done
only in dry weather. Any surface coating damaged by moisture or rain
shall be removed and redone as directed by the Engineer.
B. In no case shall paint be applied to surfaces which show a moisture
content greater than 15 percent.
3.05 MINIMUM COATING THICKNESS
A. Coatings shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Apply a prime coat to material which is required to be painted or
finished, and which has not been prime coated by others.
C. Recoat primed and sealed walls and ceilings where there is evidence of
suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat
with no burn -through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
3.06 FINISHES
A. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque,
smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage.
Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness
or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
B. Complete Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage.
Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specific
requirements.
i
tm:SPEC 47A:7 09900-8 22-056.00
I
LI,
F
LI
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. All completed surfaces will be checked by the Engineer, and the
Contractor shall provide the necessary properly calibrated gauges. All
nonferrous surfaces shall be checked for number of coats and thickness
by use of a Tooke gauge. All ferrous surfaces shall be checked for film
thickness by use of an Elcometer or Micro -Test magnetic dry film gauge
properly calibrated. In addition, metals shall be tested for freedom
from holidays and pinholes by use of a Tinker-Rasor or K-D Bird Dog
Holiday Detector. All defects shall be corrected to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
3.08 PROTECTION
A. All other surfaces shall be protected while painting equipment, piping,
etc.
B. Protection of equipment, fittings, and accessories shall be provided
throughout the painting operation. Remove all electric plates, surface
hardware, etc., before painting, protect and replace when completed.
Mask all machinery nameplates and all machined parts not to receive
paint. Lay drop cloths in all areas where painting is being done to
adequately protect flooring and other work from all damage.
3.09 CLEANING
A. The Contractor shall perform the work under this Section while keeping
the premises free from accumulation of debris and rubbish and shall
remove all scaffolding, paint cloths, paint, and brushes from the area
when completed.
B. Cleaning: All paint brushed, splattered, spilled or splashed on any
surface not specified to be painted shall be removed.
3.10 EXTRA STOCK
A. Paint to be Supplied to Owner: Upon completion of painting work, the
Owner shall be furnished at no additional cost, one gallon of each type
and color of finish paint for touching up. Paint container labels shall
be complete with manufacturer's name, generic type, number, color and
location where used.
tm:SPEC 47A:7
END OF SECTION
09900- 9
22-056.00
h
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
u
0
[1
j
L
DIVISION 11
EQUIPMENT
j
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
L
u
H
n
0
SECTION 11305
LEACHATE PUMP STATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The work included under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing submersible pumps, motors and related equipment for two
leachate pump stations fully tested, complete and in operating
condition.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Unit Responsibility: The pumps, motors, control panel, frame and cover,
and guide wires shall be supplied by the pump supplier to insure unit
responsibility.
B. Factory Tests: The pump manufacturer shall perform the following tests
on each pump before shipment from the factory:
1. Megger the pump for insulation breaks or moisture.
2. Prior to shipment, the pump shall be run dry and be checked for
correct rotation.
C. Guaranteed Parts Stock Program: The pump supplier shall have a
guaranteed parts stock program in the State of Florida. These parts
shall include at least one set of spare parts as detailed below for each
different model of pump supplied on this Contract:
1. Upper Mechanical Seal.
2. Lower Mechanical Seal.
3. Wear Rings.
4. Motor Cable.
5. Cable Entry Washer/Grommet.
6. Inspection Plug Washers.
7. Impeller Bolt.
8. Impeller Key.
9. Upper Bearing.
10. Lower Bearing.
11. Complete set of "0" rings.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall provide six sets of Shop Drawings prepared by the
manufacturer and submitted to the Engineer for review prior to the
manufacture of the equipment. The Shop Drawings shall include outline
dimensions and external connection diagrams. A list of components,
curves showing complete pump performance from shutoff to at least 15
percent below rated head conditions, brake horsepower and NPSH required,
tm:SPEC 47A:18
11305-1
22-056.00
H
E
control panel one -line wiring diagram and specifications, and a copy of
the manufacturer's warranty shall be included with each of submitted
data. In addition the Shop Drawings shall include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Pumps including description and pump curves.
Hatch covers for wetwell and valve box.
Precast units or poured in place units for
tops.
Pipe, fittings and valves.
Control panel including material, drawing
deadfront, and wiring diagram.
Junction box.
Warranties.
wetwell, valve box and
showing components in
Miscellaneous fabricated components including cable
brackets.
9. Coatings to be used on wetwell and valve box.
10. Emergency generator receptacle.
11. Mechanical conduit seals.
B. Operating Instructions: For all pumps furnished under this
Contractor shall submit operation and maintenance manuals.
1. General - equipment function, description, and normal
operating characteristics.
2. Installation instructions - assembly procedures, and
adjustment procedures.
3. Operation instructions - start-up procedures, normal
ditions, emergency and normal shutdown procedure.
4. Lubrication and maintenance instructions.
5. Troubleshooting guide.
hangers and
Section, the
and limiting
alignment and
operating con-
6. Parts list and predicted life of parts subject to wear.
7. Drawings - cross -sectional view, assembly and wiring diagrams.
S. Performance curves.
C. Factory Performance Test Data: A factory representative
who has
complete knowledge of proper operation and maintenance,
shall be
provided for one (1) day to instruct representatives of the
Owner and
the Engineer on proper operation and maintenance. With the
permission
of the Owner, this work may be conducted in conjunction
with the
inspection of the installation and test run as provided under
Part 3.
If there are difficulties in operation of the equipment due to the
manufacturer's design or fabrication, additional services
shall be
provided at no cost to the Owner.
1. After acceptance of pump Shop Drawings, factory performance test
data will be submitted for approval on each pumping unit.
Duplicate
units require only one test.
2. If records exist on test of similar units tested within the last two
(2) years, certified copies may be submitted instead
of actual
tests.
3. Tests shall be in accordance with the standards of the
Hydraulic
Institute including head, capacity, brake horsepower
and pump
efficiency.
tm:SPEC 47A:18
11305-2
22-056.00 1
�r�
D. Certifications: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a written
certification signed by the manufacturer's representative that the
equipment has been properly installed and lubricated, is in accurate
alignment, is free from undue stress imposed by piping or mounting
bolts, and has been operated under full load conditions and that
satisfactory operation has been obtained.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver a complete system ready to install as job progress requires.
B. Store in weathertight building or suitable covering to protect against
damage of any nature.
C. Handle durirg delivery, storage, and installation in a manner to prevent
damage of any nature.
1.05 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEES
A. All equipment shall be guaranteed against defects in material and
workmanship for a period of one year from the date of Owner's final
inspection and acceptance to the effect that any defective equipment
shall be repaired or replaced without cost or obligation to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All metal components in the wet well, with the exception of the station
piping, shall be stainless steel.
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Pumps:
1. The Contractor shall furnish and install in each of two leachate
pump stations motor -driven totally -submersible sewage pumps as
manufactured by KSB Inc., to meet the requirements detailed on the
Drawings.
2. Pump Design: Pumps shall be capable of handling raw, untreated
leachate. The design shall be such that pumping units will be
automatically connected to the discharge piping when lowered into
place on the discharge connection. The pumps shall be easily
removable for inspection or service, requiring no bolts, nuts or
other fastenings to be removed for this purpose and no need for
personnel to enter pump well. Each pump shall be fitted with a
stainless steel wire rope of adequate strength and length to permit
raising the pump for inspection and removal.
tm:SPEC 47A:18
11305-3
22-056.00
7
3. Pump Construction:
a. All major components, including discharge connection, stator
casings, oil casings, volute, and impeller shall be of NORIDUR,
an austentic-ferritic stainless steel similar to ASTM A 351, CD4
MCU, designed to handle extremely corrosive liquids (pH of 2).
b. Each pump shall be provided with mechanical seals consisting of
silicon carbide by silicon carbide faces and having flora carbon
elastimers, designed to handle extremely corrosive liquids.
c. A sliding guide bracket shall be an integral part of the pumping
unit and the pump casing shall have a machined connecting flange
to connect with the NORIDUR discharge connection, which shall be
bolted to the floor of the pump chamber and so designed as to
receive the pump connecting flange without the need of any bolts
or nuts.
d. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection shall be
accomplished by a simple linear downward motion of the pump with
the entire weight of the pumping unit guided by no less than 2
stainless steel cables fixed tightly to the discharge
connection; no portion of the pump shall bear directly on the
floor of the sump and no rotary motion of the pump shall be
required for sealing.
4. Pump Motor: The pump motor shall be housed in an air -filled water-
tight casing and shall have Class F insulated windings which shall
be moisture resistant; the temperature at any point in the windings
shall not exceed 1550C at any load which could be imposed by the
pump at any point on its curve. The motor shall be provided with
over temperature sensors and shall be NEMA Design B. Pump motors
shall have cooling characteristics suitable to permit continuous
operation, in a totally, partially or nonsubmerged condition. The
pump shall be capable of running dry continuously in a totally dry
condition.
5. The cable entry design shall preclude specific torque requirements
to insure a watertight and submerible seal. The cable entry design
shall insure that no entry of moisture internal to the pump is
possible regardless of damage to the pump submersible cable. The
cable entry shall comprise a grommet compressed by stainless steel
washers to seal around the cable; then to seal the interior of the
cable, each individual lead shall be stripped to bare wire, soldier
bathed, then the entire cable end embedded in epoxy resin.
6. Cable: Pump motor cable shall be suitable for submersible pump
applications and the rating shall be permanently embossed on the
cable. Cable sizing shall conform to NEC requirement for the full
load currents of the pump motors.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Pump Station Control Panel:
1. Scope and Panel Operation: A control panel shall be provided for
the submersible pump or pumps.
a. The control logic shall operate one or two electrical
submersible pumps at the power characteristics specified.
tm:SPEC 47A:18 11305-4 22-056.00
r�
0
n
i
0
0
11
L
I
H
b. The control logic shall provide for the operation of the lead
pump under normal conditions. If the incoming flow exceeds the
pumping capacity of the lead pump, the second pump will
automatically start to handle the increased flow. As the liquid
level decreases, the pumps will shut off at the elevations shown
on the Drawings. In the event of a malfunction, or a flow that
exceeds the capacity of the pumps, a high-level audible and
light alarm will be excited to indicate alarm conditions. A
silencer shall lock out the audible alarm; however, the alarm
light shall release only with the correction of the high-level
condition and upon pressing of reset button.
C. Pumps shall alternate as lead and lag pumps on a continuous
basis if duplex.
2. Construction and Materials: The control panel shall be of NEMA 3R
anodized aluminum construction, with dead front aluminum inner door,
and mounted on a post as shown on the Drawings.
3. Panel Exterior:
a. The panel shall have a heavy-duty key locking door handle. An
alarm light and a high water level audible alarm with silencer
button shall be mounted on the exterior enclosure.
b. All exterior -mounted accessories shall be constructed of
corrosion -proof materials such as stainless steel or aluminum.
c. Control wiring from the wet well shall enter the panel in a
manner preventing the possible entry of gases from the wet well.
d. Panel exterior shall be painted with two coats of white acrylic
enamel paint.
4. Panel Inner Door:
a. The inner aluminum door mounted on a continuous hinge, shall be
furnished for protection against exposed wiring and shall have
cutouts for access to the circuit breakers and pump resets.
Mounted on the inner door shall be pump run lights, level
indication lights, seal failure/over temp lights, hand-off
automatic switches, elapsed time meters, a main circuit breaker,
a thirty (30) ampere ground fault duplex receptacle, motor
resets, duplex receptacle breaker, motor circuit breakers, a
lightning arrestor, and surge arrestor.
b. A permanently affixed 11 inch by 17 inch (minimum), laminated
panel wiring schematic and pump data sheet shall be installed on
the interior of the enclosure door.
5. Control Circuits: In order to ensure maximum personnel safety, all
wet well (level sensor) circuits shall be run at 24 volts AC. The
control circuit breakers shall be run at 115 volts.
6. Panel Components: The following power, control and alarm components
shall be provided:
a. Circuit breakers: All circuit breakers shall be heavy duty ER
molded case breakers as manufactured by Square D, or equal. The
main circuit breaker shall include provisions for locking in an
"on" or "off" position.
b. Duplex service receptacle: A duplex service receptacle
supplying 30 amps at 115 volts shall be provided on the panel
door. The duplex receptacle shall be provided with ground fault
protection.
tm:SPEC 47A:18
11305-5
22-056.00
l
c. Lightning arrestor and surge capacitor: A lighting arrestor and
surge capacitor shall be installed and wired to protect motors
and control equipment from lightning -induced line surges and
transient voltage surges.
d. Elapsed time meters: Elapsed time meters shall be 115-volt non -
reset types and shall indicate pump running time in hours and
tenths of hours to 99999.9 hours.
e. Motor starters: The panel shall contain two NEMA (FVNR)
starters. The motor starters shall be across the line magnetic
starters with individual overload protection on each power leg
with motor resets installed through the dead front door.
Acceptable manufacturers are Allen-Bradley, Square D, and Cutler
Hammer, or equal.
f. Pump run lights: A 115-volt pump run light shall be connected
in parallel with each motor starter and indicate when a
particular pump is running.
g. Control system: The control system shall comprise: 24-volt
transformer; plug-in relays; plug-in solid-state automatic
alternator with test switch; plug-in three-phase monitor (as
required); and terminal strip for the installation of five level
regulators. All control wiring shall be color -coded (minimum 18
colors), size 18, rated for 300 volts, 80 C stranded tinned
copper, PVC insulated, and shall be installed in wiring duct
with cover.
h. Audible alarm: The audible alarm shall consist of a weather-
proof high -intensity electronic horn mounted on the side of the
enclosure. The audible alarm shall be equipped with a control -
panel -mounted pushbutton silencer. The alarm circuit will
automatically reset when the high liquid level condition is
corrected and reset button pressed.
i. Liquid level indication lights: A 115-volt level indication
light shall be connected in parallel with each liquid level
control sensor and indicate when a particular liquid level
sensor is activated.
j. Alarm light: The alarm light shall consist of a weatherproof
light with lexan globe.
k. Moisture and temperature sensors: One moisture and temperature
sensing relay with associated red indicator light for each pump
shall be mounted in the dead front panel. These sensors shall
detect moisture in the casing of the submersible pump and
excessive heat within the pump motor. If either condition is
noted, then the indication light shall light, and disconnect the
pump.
B. Liquid Level Controls:
1. Liquid level sensors with electrical cables (of the proper lengths)
shall be provided to control the pumps based upon the control level
elevations as shown on the drawings.
2. The liquid level sensors shall be hollow and hermetically sealed,
rigidly molded in abrasion- and corrosion -resistant poly -propylene
which contains a hermetically -sealed SPOT mercury switch, cushioned
tm:SPEC 47A:18 11305-6 22-056.00
k
L
11
I
L
C�
H
and mounted along the main axis of about a 65-degree inclination. A
three -conductor oval cable, heavily sheather in PVC for resistance
to immersion, corrosion and abrasion, shall be assembled into the
small end of the sensor to convey electrical signals to provide
support for the unit.
3. The liquid level sensors shall contain an eccentric metal weight.
When not immersed in liquid, the weight shall cause the sensor body
to hand straight down from the cable, providing one stable position
for both body and circuit. As liquid immerses the body, the free
end shall rise as the weighted end holds the cable taut, retaining a
vertical position. This ensures the proper switch position for
repeatable circuit closure at the given inclination.
C. Pump Access Frame and Guides:
I. One aluminum access frame complete with hinged and hasp -equipped
cover, stainless steel upper guide holder and level sensor cable
holder shall be furnished and installed. The frame shall have a
safety locking handle for locking in the open position. The covers
shall be of checkered plate.
2. Lower guide holders shall be integral with discharge connection;
guide cables shall be of Type 304 stainless steel, of the size
recommended by the pump manufacturer.
3. All material used to fabricate the cover, frame, upper guide holder
and cable holder shall be aluminum or stainless steel. All bolts,
anchors, hinge pins and other fasteners shall be stainless steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All materials and equipment shall be installed as shown on the Drawings
and as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Additional items of construction, such as valve boxes, flanged adapters,
thrust blocks, and other items necessary for the complete installation
of the system shall conform to specific details on the Drawings and
shall be constructed of first-class materials conforming to the
applicable portions of these Specifications.
3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Field Supervisor
The services of a factory -trained, qualified representative shall be
provided to inspect the completed installation, make all adjustments
necessary to place the system in trouble -free operation, and instruct
the operating personnel in the proper care and operation of the
equipment, prior to the final acceptance of the station.
tm:SPEC 47A:18
11305-7
22-056.00
I
B. Field Test
F
When the pumping facility is complete and ready for operation, then the
station shall be inspected and tested for compliance to the contract
documents. Test of the equipment shall be made by the Contractor in
the presence of the Owner's Engineer, the Electrical Subcontractor, the
equipment manufacturer's representative, and the Owner's representative.
The equipment tests shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
1. Pumps and Motors: Pumps shall be run and a determination made of
the pumping capacity. Performance of the pumps shall meet the
specified criteria when field tested.
2. Electrical: Recorded readings shall be made of voltage and amperage
on all electrical components at start and operating conditions.
Such readings shall be recorded on a form provided by the
manufacturer and the results shall meet the manufacturer's
prescribed limits. If a tested item fails to meet its requirements,
it shall be replaced. Results of the tests shall be given to the
Engineer with the serial number of the accessory tested.
3. Controls: Controls shall be tested to determine satisfactory
performance for starting and stopping at the proper liquid levels,
pump sequence and alarm actuation.
4. Equipment: Equipment shall be operated to determine that the
alignment is visually correct, that there is no overload,
overheating, or objectionable vibration, and that all the operating
features are in working order. Submersible pumps shall be raised
completely and reset to assure proper seating and operation.
5. Inspection: A thorough inspection of all mechanical and electrical
equipment and controls, piping, valves, fittings, brackets,
mountings, seals, conduit, painting, components, and features shall
be made while the station is being tested to determine performance
and compliance with design requirements and Specifications.
6. Structure: The station shall be inspected for performance,
structural soundness, and water tightness.
7. Repairs, Adjustments and Replacements: The Contractor shall make
any and all necessary repairs, adjustments, and replacements until
performance has been demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. The Contractor shall bear the cost of any repair,
adjustment, and replacement.
END OF SECTION
r
tm:SPEC 47A:18 11305-3 22-056.00 1
r
H
C�
SECTION 11325
SEPTAGE PUMP STATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The work included under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing submersible pumps in a dry pit application, motors, control
panel and related equipment for one septage pump station fully tested,
complete and in operating condition.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Unit Responsibility: The pumps, motors and control panel shall be
supplied by the pump supplier to insure unit responsibility.
B. Factory Tests: The pump manufacturer shall perform the
following tests
on each pump before shipment from the factory:
1. Megger the pump for insulation breaks or moisture.
2. Prior to shipment, the pump shall be run dry and
be checked for
correct rotation.
C. Guaranteed Parts Stock Program: The pump supplier
shall have a
t
guaranteed parts stock program in the State of Florida.
shall include at least one set of spare parts as detailed
These parts
below for each
different model of pump supplied on this Contract:
1. Upper Mechanical Seal.
'
2. Lower Mechanical Seal.
3. Wear Rings.
4. Motor Cable.
5. Cable Entry Washer/Grommet.
6. Inspection Plug Washers.
7. Impeller Bolt.
8. Impeller Key.
9. Upper Bearing.
10. Lower Bearing.
11. Complete set of "0" rings.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
' A. The Contractor shall provide six sets of Shop Drawings prepared by the
manufacturer and submitted to the Engineer for review prior to the
manufacture of the equipment. The Shop Drawings shall include outline
dimensions and external connection diagrams. A list of components,
curves showing complete pump performance from shutoff to at least 15
percent below rated head conditions, brake horsepower and NPSH required,
control panel one -line wiring diagram and specifications, and a copy of
the manufacturer's warranty shall be included with each of submitted
data. In addition the Shop Drawings shall include the following:
tm:SPEC 47A:8
11325-1
22-056.00
r-1
I . Pumps including description and pump curves.
2. Pipe, fittings and valves.
3. Control panel including material, drawing showing components in
deadfront, and wiring diagram.
4. Warranties.
B. Operating Instructions: For all pumps furnished under this Section, the
Contractor shall submit operation and maintenance manuals.
1. General - equipment function, description and normal and limiting
operating characteristics.
2. Installation instructions - assembly procedures and alignment and
adjustment procedures.
3. Operation instructions - start-up procedures, normal operating con-
ditions, emergency and normal shutdown procedure.
4. Lubrication and maintenance instructions.
5. Troubleshooting guide.
6. Parts list and predicted life of parts subject to wear.
7. Drawings - cross -sectional view, assembly and wiring diagrams.
8. Performance curves,
C. Factory Performance Test Data: A factory representative
who has
complete knowledge of proper operation and maintenance,
shall be
provided for one (1) day to instruct representatives of the
Owner and
the Engineer on proper operation and maintenance. With the
permission
of the Owner, this work may be conducted in conjunction
with the
inspection of the installation and test run as provided under Part 3.
If there are difficulties in operation of the equipment due to the
manufacturer's design or fabrication, additional services
shall be
provided at no cost to the Owner.
1. After acceptance of pump Shop Drawings, factory performance test
data will be submitted for approval on each pumping unit.
Duplicate
units require only one test.
2. If records exist on test of similar units tested within the
last two
(2) years, certified copies may be submitted instead
of actual
tests.
3. Tests shall be in accordance with the standards of the
Institute including head, capacity, brake horsepower
Hydraulic
and pump
efficiency.
D. Certifications: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a written
certification signed by the manufacturer's representative that the
equipment has been properly installed and lubricated, is in accurate
alignment, is free from undue stress imposed by piping or mounting
bolts, and has been operated under full load conditions and that
satisfactory operation has been obtained.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver a complete system ready to install as job progress requires.
tm:SPEC 47A:8 11325-2 22-056.00
B. Store in weathertight building or suitable covering to protect against
damage of any nature.
C. Handle during delivery, storage, and installation in a manner to prevent
damage of any nature.
1.05 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEES
A. All equipment shall be guaranteed against defects in material and
workmanship for a period of one year from the date of Owner's final
inspection and acceptance to the effect that any defective equipment
shall be repaired or replaced without cost or obligation to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Pumps shall be submersible type pumps designed for outdoor dry pit
installation, mounted in the horizontal position.
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
tA. Pumps:
1. The Contractor shall furnish and install two septage motor -driven
totally -submersible sewage pumps as manufactured by KSB Inc., to
meet the requirements detailed on the Drawings.
2. Pump Design: Pumps shall be capable of handling raw, untreated
septage and provided with flanged suction and discharge connections.
' 3. Pump Construction:
a. Pump casing, impeller and intermediate casing shall be of
NORIHARD, an wear -resistant chromemolybednum alloyed cast iron
with a Brinell hardness range of 750 to 1,000.
b. Each pump shall be provided with mechanical seals consisting of
tungsten carbide by tungsten carbide faces.
4. Pump Motor: The pump motor shall be housed in an air -filled water-
tight casing and shall have Class F insulated windings which shall
be moisture resistant; the temperature at any point in the windings
shall not exceed 1550C at any load which could be imposed by the
pump at any point on its curve. The motor shall be provided with
over temperature sensors and shall be NEMA Design B. Pump motors
shall have cooling characteristics suitable to permit continuous
operation, in a totally, partially or nonsubmerged condition. The
pump shall be capable of running dry continuously in a totally dry
condition.
5. The cable entry design shall preclude specific torque requirements
to insure a watertight and submerible seal. The cable entry design
shall insure that no entry of moisture internal to the pump is
possible regardless of damage to the pump submersible cable. The
cable entry shall be comprised of a grommet compressed by stainless
tm:SPEC 47A:8
11325-3
22-056.00
r
I
steel washers to seal around the cable; then to seal the interior of
the cable, each individual lead shall be stripped to bare wire,
soldier bathed, then the entire cable end embedded in epoxy resin.
6. Cable: Pump motor cable shall be suitable for submersible pump
applications and the rating shall be permanently embossed on the
cable. Cable sizing shall conform to NEC requirement for the full
load currents of the pump motors.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Pump Station Control Panel:
1. Scope and Panel Operation: A control panel shall be provided for
the submersible pumps.
a. The control logic shall operate two electrical submersible pumps
at the power characteristics specified.
b. The control logic shall provide for the manual operation of each
pump under normal conditions. Interlock shall be provided to
prevent operation of both pumps at same time.
2. Construction and Materials: The control panel shall be of NEMA 3R
anodized aluminum construction, with dead front aluminum inner door,
and mounted as shown on the Drawings.
3. Panel Exterior:
a. The panel shall have a heavy-duty key locking door handle.
b. All exterior -mounted accessories shall be constructed of
corrosion -proof materials such as stainless steel or aluminum.
c. Panel exterior shall be painted with two coats of white acrylic
enamel paint.
4. Panel Inner Door.
a. The inner aluminum door mounted on a continuous hinge, shall be
furnished for protection against exposed wiring and shall have
cutouts for access to the circuit breakers and pump resets.
Mounted on the inner door shall be pump run lights, seal
failure/over temp lights, hand-off switches, elapsed time
meters, a main circuit breaker, a thirty (30) ampere ground
fault duplex receptacle, motor resets, duplex receptacle
breaker, motor circuit breakers, a lightning arrestor, and surge
arrestor.
b. A permanently affixed 11 inch by 17 inch (minimum), laminated
panel wiring schematic and pump data sheet shall be installed on
the interior of the enclosure door.
5. Control Circuits: The control circuit breakers shall be run at 115
volts.
6. Panel Components: The following power, control and alarm components
shall be provided:
a. Circuit breakers: All circuit breakers shall be heavy duty ER
molded case breakers as manufactured by Square D, or equal. The
main circuit breaker shall include provisions for locking in an
"on" or "off" position.
b. Duplex service receptacle: A duplex service receptacle
supplying 30 amps at 115 volts shall be provided on the panel
door. The duplex receptacle shall be provided with ground fault
protection.
tm:SPEC 47A:8 11325-4 22-056.00
c. Lightning arrestor and surge capacitor: A lighting arrestor and
surge capacitor shall be installed and wired to protect motors
and control equipment from lightning -induced line surges and
transient voltage surges.
d. Elapsed time meters: Elapsed time meters shall be 115-volt non -
reset types and shall indicate pump running time in hours and
tenths of hours to 99999.9 hours.
e. Motor starters: The panel shall contain two NEMA (FVNR)
starters. The motor starters shall be across the line magnetic
starters with individual overload protection on each power leg
with motor resets installed through the dead front door.
Acceptable manufacturers are Allen-Bradley, Square D, and Cutler
Hammer, or equal.
f. Pump run lights: A 115-volt pump run light shall be connected
in parallel with each motor starter and indicate when a
particular pump is running.
g. Control system: The control system shall comprise: plug-in
relays; plug-in three-phase monitor (as required). All control
wiring shall be color -coded (minimum 18 colors), size 18, rated
for 300 volts, 80 C stranded tinned copper, PVC insulated, and
shall be installed in wiring duct with cover.
h. Moisture and temperature sensors: One moisture and temperature
sensing relay with associated red indicator light for each pump
shall be mounted in the dead front panel. These sensors shall
detect moisture in the casing of the submersible pump and
excessive heat within the pump motor. If either condition is
noted, then the indication light shall light, and disconnect the
pump.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All materials and equipment shall be installed as shown on the Drawings
and as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Additional items of construction, such as valve boxes, flanged adapters,
thrust blocks, and other items necessary for the complete installation
of the system shall conform to specific details on the Drawings and
shall be constructed of first-class materials conforming to the
applicable portions of these Specifications.
11 tm:SPEC 47A:8
11325-5
22-056.00
3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Field Supervisor
The services of a factory -trained, qualified representative shall be
provided to inspect the completed installation, make all adjustments
necessary to place the system in trouble -free operation, and instruct
the operating personnel in the proper care and operation of the
equipment, prior to the final acceptance of the station.
B. Field Test
When the pumping facility is complete and ready for operation, then the
station shall be inspected and tested for compliance to the contract
documents. Test of the equipment shall be made by the Contractor in
the presence of the Owner's Engineer, the Electrical Subcontractor, the
equipment manufacturer's representative, and the Owner's representative.
The equipment tests shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
1. Pumps and Motors: Pumps shall be run and a determination made of
the pumping capacity. Performance of the pumps shall meet the
specified criteria when field tested.
2. Electrical: Recorded readings shall be made of voltage and amperage
on all electrical components at start and operating conditions.
Such readings shall be recorded on a form provided by the
manufacturer and the results shall meet the manufacturer's
prescribed limits. If a tested item fails to meet its requirements,
then it shall be replaced. Results of the tests shall be given to
the Engineer with the serial number of the accessory tested.
3. Controls: Controls shall be tested to determine satisfactory
performance for starting and stopping at the proper liquid levels,
pump sequence and alarm actuation.
4. Equipment: Equipment shall be operated to determine if the
alignment is visually correct, that there is no overload or
overheating or objectionable vibration and that all the operating
features are in working order. Submersible pumps shall be raised
completely and reset to assure proper seating and operation.
5. Inspection: A thorough inspection of all mechanical and electrical
equipment and controls, piping, valves, fittings, brackets,
mountings, seals, conduit, painting, components, and features shall
be made while the station is being tested to determine performance
and compliance with design requirements and Specifications.
6. Structure: The station shall be inspected for performance,
structural soundness, and water tightness.
7. Repairs, Adjustments and Replacements: The Contractor shall make
any and all necessary repairs, adjustments, and replacements until
performance has been demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. The Contractor shall bear the cost of any repair,
adjustment, and replacement.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47A:8 11325-6 22-056.00
L�
j
7
DIVISION 13
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
0
L
h
C.
r
Ll
11
7
7
I
j
SECTION 13415
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC TANKS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to
install complete, in place and ready for service, storage tanks for
leachate and septage in the sizes, shapes, and quantities shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) tanks shall be constructed by the
filament -wound method or entirely by the contact -molded method as
specified below.
C. Tanks shall be as manufactured by Warner Fiberglass Products, Inc.,
Heil -Xerxes Corporation, Raven Industries, or approved equal.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Concrete - Division 3.
B. Site Work - Division 2.
C. Piping, Fittings, Valves and Accessories - Division 15.
D. Electrical - Division 16.
1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS
A. Leachate and Septage Tanks:
1. The storage tanks shall be vertical, cylindrical FRP tanks with all
appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
2. The storage tanks shall be suitable for storing leachate or septage
with an approximate specific gravity of 1.1 and pH of between 4.0
and 11.0 at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure conditions.
1.04 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The manufacturers, fabricators, and installers involved in the
installation of the storage tanks, and related equipment as specified
herein shall have experience in the design, manufacture, installation,
and/or fabrication of units of similar size and capability and shall
present proof of successful installations and operations involving such
units.
11 tm:SPEC 47A:15
13415-1
22-051.20
H
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, shop drawings which include
design analysis and all other information relating to the tanks,
appurtenances, and their installation and fabrication. Sales literature
will not be acceptable.
B. Shop drawings shall include the following:
1. Dimensions of tank, fittings, and attachments.
2. Wall thicknesses.
3. Locations of fittings, hatches, vents, attachments, and joints.
4. Width and thickness of joint overlays.
5. Resin used to manufacture the tanks.
6. Service Conditions - chemical environment and temperature.
7. Location and weight for auxiliary equipment.
8. Statement that the tank fabrication is in accordance with the
specified requirements.
C. Shop drawing Review:
1. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to tank
fabrication. Review of shop drawings by the Engineer shall not
release the Contractor from the responsibility of compliance with
Specifications. All proposed deviations from the Specifications
shall be submitted, in writing, by the Contractor to the Engineer.
No fabrication may start prior to approval of proposed changes by
the Engineer.
1.06 REPRESENTATIVE LAMINATE SAMPLES
A. Representative laminate tank cut-out samples of both the filament -wound
cylindrical shell and the contact -molded heads shall be submitted to the
Engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. FRP, vertical storage tanks shall be suitable for outdoor installation
as shown on the Drawings. Each tank shall have a diameter and height
(straight shell) and a minimum capacity as specified herein with a flat
bottom and dished top (head).
B. The tanks shall be designed to withstand a minimum of 125 mph wind and a
cover load of 25 pounds per square inch.
C. Each tank shall be complete with a side -flanged manway, vent suitable
for the specified service, FRP conical ly-gusseted flanged nozzles for
fill pipe, pump suction, and drain, and accessories as shown on the
Drawings.
tm:SPEC 47A:15 13415-2 22-051.20
L
r
h
H
D. The leachate storage tank shall have a minimum capacity of 20,000
gallons.
E. The septage storage tank shall have a minimum capacity of 20,000
gallons.
2.02 FRP TANK MATERIAL
A. FRP tanks shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM Designation
D32999 "Filament -Wound Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester Chemical
Resistant Tanks" and in accordance with the supplementary requirements
given below.
1. Resin:
a. Resins to be used shall be vinylester Derakane 411 for inner
100-mil corrosion barrier and isophthalic polyester resin for
the structural and exterior portion of the tank laminate.
b. Resins (except exterior surface) shall not contain any pigments,
dyes or colorants which may interfere with visual inspection of
laminate quality.
c. The 100- to 120-mil corrosion barrier shall be composed of an
inner surface that consists of a NEXUS synthetic veil liner
uniformly wetted with resin to a resin -rich thickness of 20 mils
and an inner laminate that consists of randomly chopped glass
wetted with resin to a resin -rich thickness of 80 to 100 mils.
2. Exterior Surfacing Materials:
a. Unless otherwise specified, the surfacing materials shall be
type "C" glass.
b. Ultraviolet stabilizers shall be added to pigmented resin for
all tanks.
c. Color of exterior surface shall be white.
2.03 FRP TANK CONSTRUCTION
' A. Properties - Filament -Wound Laminates:
The tank manufacturer shall furnish, upon request, copies of test
reports showing the Tensile Modulus of Elasticity for each laminate
thickness and laminate construction used in fabrication of the filament -
wound portion of the tank. The Tensile Modulus of Elasticity shall not
exceed 5,250,000 psi.
B. Wall Thickness:
1. The minimum total laminate thickness of the filament -wound shell
shall be as specified in ASTM D3299.
U
tm:SPEC 47A:15 13415-3 22-051.20
H1_1
2. Minimum wall thickness of vertical cylindrical tank shell or tank
heads for contact -molded construction shall be as specified in ASTM
D4097.
C. Surface Cure:
1. Surfaces shall be finished to obtain complete cure of the resin
without air inhibition. For surfaces which are not mold surfaces,
this can be achieved by coating the exposed surface, after cure,
with a paraffin containing resin or by covering the wet surface with
a film prior to cure. Acetone sensitivity on any surface will be
considered evidence of unsatisfactory cure. Surface cure shall be
determined as specified by means of the Barcol Hardness Test for the
resin used.
D. Top and End Dished Heads:
1. Heads shall be the ASME flanged and dish head shape which is a crown
radius of not more than the shell diameter and a knuckle radius not
less than 6 percent of the shell diameter.
E. Top and Bottom Heads - Knuckle Radius:
1. The knuckle radius shall be a minimum of 1 inch.
F. Back of Flanges:
1. The area on the back of all flanges around each bolt hole shall be
the diameter of a standard washer and shall be flat and parallel to
the flange face. This area shall be spot -faced if neccessary to
meet this requirement.
G. Nozzles - Support:
1. All nozzles shall be gusseted.
H. Nozzles - Angle to Tank:
1. Unless otherwise specified, nozzles on top or bottom shall have
flange faces perpendicular to the centerline of the tank and nozzles
on side walls shall have flange faces perpendicular to radial
centerlines. Tolerance on angle of flange face with respect to tank
centerline shall be 1/2 degree.
I. Nozzles - Attachment to Wall:
1. Unless otherwise specified,
shall be attached to the
D3299. Nozzles on bottom
Figure 4, ASTM D3299.
tm:SPEC 47A:15
nozzles on top and sides of all tanks
tank wall according to Figure 3, ASTM
of tank shall be attached according to
13415-4
22-051.20 1
�,I
IJ. Manways:
1. Manholes in side wall of vertical tanks shall be 25 psig rated side -
flanged manways.
K.
Blind Flanges:
1. Blind flanges shall be the same thickness as the flanges to which
they are attached. Tolerance on flatness shall be the same as for
flanges.
L.
Lifting Lugs:
1. Suitable stainless steel lifting lugs shall be for in
provided use
transporting and placing FRP tanks.
M.
Laminate Construction (Cylindrical Shell):
1. There shall be no longitudinal joints (in axial direction) in the
cylindrical shell.
2. The entire thickness of the cylindrical shell (inner surface,
'
interior layer, and exterior layer) shall be built up prior to
removal of the shell from the mandrel.
'
N.
Hold Down Lugs:
1. Hold down lugs on tanks for outdoor service shall be capable of
withstanding wind loads of 125 miles per hour on empty tanks. The
'
minimum number of hold down lugs shall be as follows:
a. Diameter or side up to 8 feet - 4 lugs.
b. Diameter or side over 8 feet - 6 lugs.
'
c. Side over 16 feet - 8 lugs.
0.
Viewing Strip:
1
1. Tanks shall be provided with a 6-inch-wide non -pigmented viewing
strip that shall run from bottom of tank up to and across the tank
top.
2. Gallonage numbers and gradations shall be provided adjacent to
'
viewing strip.
2.04
QUALITY CONTROL AND INSPECTION
tA.
Quality Control Procedure:
1. The tank manufacturer shall have quality control procedures to
insure that all fabrications are in accordance with the specified
'
requirements and that laminates are the equal of the reference
samples in laminate quality. Quality control shall include a final
inspection by the manufacturer and written record of this final
'
inspection. The objective of manufacturer's quality control and
Il
tm:SPEC 47A:15 13415-5 22-051.20
H,
inspection procedure shall be to provide tanks which are in
accordance with the specified requirements at the time of first
inspection, thus eliminating any need for rework by the manufacturer
or a second inspection by the Engineer.
Q. Manufacturer's Inspection:
1. Hardness readings.
2. Thickness measurements.
3. Mearurements showing compliance with dimensions and tolerances and
flages, and flatness of flanges.
4. Laminate quality:
a. Presence of pits, foreign inclusions, dry spots, air bubles,
pinholes, pimples, and delamination.
C. Manufacturer's Inspection Records:
1. A separate inspection record shall be made for each tank.
Inspection records shall be available to the Engineer. Upon
request, the Contractor shall send a copy of the manufacturer's
inspection records to the Engineer, for review, prior to inspection
by the Engineer.
D. Inspection:
1. Upon notification, tanks may be inspected at the place of
manufacture by a representative of the Engineer.
2. Final acceptance of the tanks may be contingent upon satisfactory
further inspection upon arrival at job site.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SHIPPING AND HANDLING
A. All tanks shipped horizontally shall be supported by cradles supporting
at least 120 degrees (bottom one-third) of the tank circumference.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. All tanks shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
technical data and printed instructions, and in the locations shown on
the Drawings.
3.03 SURFACE PREPARTATION AND SHOP PAINTING
A. All fiberglass -reinforced plastic tanks will be pigmented at the
factory. Color is to be selected from Shop Drawing submittal.
tm:SPEC 47A:15 13415-6 22-051.20
u
3.04
TESTING
irepresentative
A.
All FRP tanks shall be tested at the place of manufacture by a
of the Engineer.
B.
Tanks shall be hydrostatically tested for leaks by filling with water
and checked for leaks after they have been filled for at least one hour.
The Engineer may request that the hydrostatic test to be performed in
his presence at time of tank inspection. Otherwise, the manufacturer
shall run this test prior to time of inspection.
C.
For tanks which are not in accordance with the specified requirements,
corrective measures shall be taken or the piece of equipment shall be
removed and replaced with equipment which satisfies the conditions
specified.
END OF SECTION
F
r�
C�
H
11 tm:SPEC 47A:15 13415-7 22-051.20
0
J
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
!1
L
I
1
'1
d
u
u
I
DIVISION 15
MECHANICAL
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
0
I
L
h
h
k
u
SECTION 15010
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The Drawings and Specifications shall be considered as complementary,
one to the other, so that materials and work indicated, called for, or
implied by the one and not by the other shall be supplied and installed
as though specifically called for by both. The Drawings are to be
considered diagrammatic, not necessarily showing in detail or to scale
all of the equipment or minor items. In the event of discrepancies
between the Drawings and the Specifications, or between either of these
and any regulations or ordinances governing mechanical work, the
Contractor shall notify the Engineer in ample time to permit revisions.
1.02 SITE INVESTIGATION
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the site of
the Work and become familiar with all available information regarding
the location of existing facilities. Failure of the Contractor to fully
inform himself of all existing conditions will not be cause for
additional compensation.
1.03 FEES, PERMITS, AND
INSPECTIONS
A. The Contractor shall
obtain all permits for the work under this Contract
'
and shall pay all
expenses in conjunction therewith. He shall also
procure and deliver to the Engineer all certificates issued by the
authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. The work will be
inspected by the Engineer during the course of
construction. The
Contractor shall provide access and make provisions
fpr inspection by
having jurisdiction
representatives of the permitting agencies and others
during the
proper phases of construction.
1.04 NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. All equipment and materials used in this installation shall be new, of
the best quality and, unless otherwise noted, shall be standard catalog
items of the various manufacturers.
1.05 STANDARDS
iA. The codes and standards covering mechanical work include, but are not
limited to:
1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
' 2. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM).
tm:SPEC 47A:9 15010-1 22-056.00
H
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).
4. American Welding Society (AWS).
5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
6. National Electrical Manufacturers Associations (NEMA).
7. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Engineers (ASHRAE).
8. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF).
9. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
(SMACNA).
10. Southern Standard Building Code, Monroe County Edition.
11. Codes, Regulations, Ordinances, etc., of the state, county, and/or
municipality, in which the construction is located, and any
political division having jurisdiction over the Work.
B. These codes, society and association recommendations constitute minimum
requirements and no reductions from design requirements will be
permitted, even if allowed by the applicable codes, without expressed
written permission of the Engineer.
1.06 SPACE AND ACCESS
A. All equipment shall fit the allotted space and shall leave reasonable
access room for servicing and repairs. Greater space and room required
by substituted equipment shall be provided by the Contractor and at his
expense.
1.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. All cutting and patching necessary for the Work shall be performed by
the Contractor. Where interferences occur, and departures from
indicated arrangements are required, the Contractor shall coordinate the
mechanical work with the other trades involved and make a determination
as to changed locations and elevations of the ductwork and/or piping and
shall obtain approval from the Engineer for the proposed changes.
1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. In addition to the components specified and shown on the Drawings and
necessary for the specified performance, the Contractor shall
incorporate in the design and show on the Shop Drawings all the safety
features required by the current codes and regulations, including but
not limited to those of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970,
and Amendments thereto.
1.09 DRIVES AND BELT GUARDS
A. The Contractor shall provide for each V-belt drive or rotating shaft a
protective guard which shall be constructed around an angle -iron frame,
securely bolted to the floor or apparatus. The guard shall completely
enclose drives and pulleys and be constructed to comply with all safety
requirements. Hinged access doors not less than 6 inches x 6 inches
tm:SPEC 47A:9
15010-2
22-056.00 1
I
H
C
r
P
U
[1,
0
11
r
L
P
shall be provided for access to motor and fan shaft for test purposes.
For double inlet fans, the belt guard shall be arranged so as not to
restrict the air flow into the fan inlet. Guards shall not interfere
with lubrication of equipment.
1.10 BALANCING PUMPS AND MOTORS
A. All pump and motor units shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
Unless otherwise specified, the vibration allowance in the units shall
not exceed the upper limits as established by the Hydraulic Institute
Standards.
1.11 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish all electrical work associated with and
including electrical controls, switches, contactors and starters for all
equipment items requiring same. Work shall conform in all respects to
the requirements of the applicable Sections of Division 16.
1.12 METAL FASTENERS
A. Unless otherwise indicated, metal
of aluminum or stainless steel and
purpose intended.
1.13 PREVENTION OF ELECTROLYSIS
fasteners and related parts shall be
shall be of adequate strength for the
A. Where the contact of dissimilar metals may cause electrolysis and where
aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface
of the metals shall be separated using not less than one coat of zinc
chromate primer and one heavy coat of aluminum -pigmented asphalt paint
on each surface; or where deemed necessary by the Engineer, not less
than one course of asphalt saturated cotton fabric cemented to both
metals with flashing cement, shall be used. Finished work shall be
cleaned and excess cement removed.
1.14 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer, six
complete sets of detailed and dimensioned working Shop Drawings showing
the construction of the proposed facility and installation of all
equipment complete in every respect. Each Shop Drawing shall be indexed
and/or referenced to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. No work
shall indicate actual test performance of units furnished. The
Contractor shall submit, with the certified pump Shop Drawings, layout
drawings showing exact installation, piping and foundation details for
tm:SPEC 47A:9
15010-3
22-056.00
H
the pumping units being submitted. The various Sections in the
Specifications specify additional requirements for Shop Drawings with
which the Contractor shall comply. Shop Drawings shall be submitted in
accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions.
1.15 FACTORY TESTS
A. When equipment is required to be factory tested, the results of the
tests shall be submitted to the Engineer and approval of the test
results shall be obtained before shipment of the equipment.
1.16 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer before final
acceptance and shall include the following as a minimum requirement:
1. Utility surveys indicating the underground work performed under this
Section and giving dimensions from fixed reference points.
2. Tanks: A survey shall show any deviations from Contract Drawings
and such changes shall be reviewed prior to approval.
3. Ductwork: Drawings shall show routing of ductwork with indications
of balancing dampers, splitter dampers, fire and smoke dampers,
access doors, and fans or other items needing periodic maintenance.
4. Piping: Drawing shall show routing of piping indicating valves,
cleanout, and access panels.
1.17 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall clean, oil and grease
fans, motors, compressors, pumps, and other running equipment and
apparatus and mechanisms which he installs and shall make certain such
apparatus and mechanisms are in proper working order and ready for test.
1.18 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall furnish 6 sets of
bound operation and maintenance manuals to the Owner. The manuals shall
consist of catalog cuts, bulletins, shop drawings, wiring diagrams,
schedules, parts lists, procedures and other data showing the equipment
installed and shall include the following:
1. System layout showing piping, valves and controls.
2. Approved wiring and control diagrams, with data to explain the
detailed operation and control of each component.
3. A control sequence describing startup, operation and shutdown.
4. Operating and maintenance instructions for each piece of equipment,
including lubrication instructions.
5. Parts lists and recommended spare parts.
6. Other data and instructions as specified under the various Sections.
tm:SPEC 47A:9
15010-4
22-056.00 1
r
B. All data furnished shall conform to the installation as constructed.
Cuts showing other equipment and data not applicable to the installation
shall be crossed out and where practical shall be omitted from the
manual. The assembly of the manual shall be in a logical manner and
each section shall be indexed in the Table of Contents.
C. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner each manufacturer's outline
for maintenance procedures for his equipment installed, all compiled in
a logical manner to provide a procedure for the operating personnel of
the Owner to follow in their day-to-day operation of the facility.
D. The materials shall be permanently bound into each booklet between rigid
plastic or cloth binding covers. The instruction booklets shall be
approximately 9 inches by 12 inches and the diagram booklet shall be
large enough to contain the drawing without excessive folding so that
they may be opened easily.
E. The booklets shall be neatly entitled with a descriptive title, the name
of the job, the location, year of installation, Owner, manufacturer,
Contractor and Engineer. Copies of drawings shall be in black on white
background and shall be easily legible. The arrangements of the
booklets, the method of binding, materials to be included and the
composite text shall all be reviewed and approved by the Engineer and
receive the approval of the Monroe County Municipal Service District.
1.19 FRAMED INSTRUCTIONS
A. Approved wiring and control diagrams showing the complete layout of the
entire system, including equipment, piping, valves and control sequence,
framed under glass or in approved laminated plastic, shall be posted
where directed by the Engineer. In addition, condensed operating
instructions explaining preventative maintenance procedures, methods of
checking the system for normal safe operation, and procedures for safely
starting and stopping the system shall be prepared in typed form, framed
as specified above for the wiring and control diagrams and posted beside
the diagrams. Proposed diagrams, instructions and other sheets shall be
submitted for approval prior to posting. The framed instructions shall
be posted before acceptance testing of the systems.
1.20 FIELD INSTRUCTIONS
A. Upon completion and testing of the work and at a time designated, the
Contractor shall provide the services of one or more engineers to work
in conjunction with the service engineers and suppliers' representatives
in instructing the Owner's representatives in the proper operation and
maintenance of the equipment. The Contractor's engineer(s) shall be
required to start up and operate the entire installation as a unit under
normal working conditions. These field instructions shall cover all the
items contained in the bound instructions. The instruction period shall
be given at the time the plant is operating under normal conditions. In
addition to these requirements, the Contractor shall provide field
tm:SPEC 47A:9
15010-5
22-056.00
V_
instructions as specified under the
various
Sections of
the
Specifications.
1.21 GUARANTEE AND WARRANTIES
A. The Contractor shall guarantee all work,
materials, equipment,
etc.
against defects for a period of one year
from the
date of the
final
acceptance, that all the equipment has the
capacity
specified and
that
it will operate without excessive noise or
vibration
caused by improper
installation. In addition to the guarantee,
the
Contractor
shall
provide the performance warranties as specified for the equipment in
the
various Sections of the Specifications.
1.22 LUBRICANTS
A. The Contractor shall provide a one-year supply of all types of
lubricants required for the various types of equipment furnished and
installed under this Contract. Lubricants shall be in metal containers
suitably labeled.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47A:9 15010-6 22-056.00
E
C
L
F
E
r
N,
F-1
E1111111
F
P
I
i
I
I
SECTION 15050
PIPING, FITTINGS, VALVES AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing all labor,
equipment and materials and in performing all operations necessary for
the construction or installation of all piping, valves, valve boxes,
castings and appurtenances complete and ready for operation as shown on
the Drawings and specified herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting for Piping Systems
B. Section 11305, Leachate Pump Stations
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. In general, 6 copies of the following Shop Drawings shall be submitted
to the Engineer for approval prior to construction:
1. Test Certificates for Pipe (Mill Test Reports).
2. All Valves and Valve Boxes.
3. Weld Inspection Reports.
4. Detail Piping Layout Drawings.
5. Temporary Plug and Anchorage System for Pressure Test of Main.
6. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance with this Specification for
HDPE pipe.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. During shipping, delivering and installing pipe, fittings, valves
and
accessories, they shall be handled in such manner as to ensure a sound
'
undamaged condition. All pipes fittings, valves and accessories will
be
inspected upon delivery at the site and materials which do not conform
to the requirements of these Specifications shall be rejected by
the
Engineer and shall be immediately removed from the site by
the
Contractor. No broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated,
or
otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory materials will be accepted.
B. Pipes be
shall stored on level ground, preferably turf or sand, free
of
objects which could damage the pipe.
1. Stacking of the pipe shall be limited to a height that will
not
cause excessive deformation of the bottom layers of pipes under
anticipated temperature conditions.
tm:SPEC 47A:10 15050-1 22-056.00
H-11
2. Where necessary due to ground conditions, the
on wooden sleepers, spaced suitably and of
allow deformation of the pipe at the point
sleeper or between supports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A.
2.
Pi pe
1. Pipe for the leachate collection and force main shall be high -
density polyethylene pipe. Pump station piping shall be as shown on
the Drawings. Pipe for the air collection system shall be polyvinyl
chloride pipe.
High -Density Polythylene Pipe
a. Piping shall be manufactured from high -density polyethylene
resin containing no additives, fillers or extenders and
manufactured from new, virgin, first -quality material meeting or
exceeding the properties shown in Table 1 of these
Specifications. Reprocessed material shall not be used. The
high -density polyethylene pipe shall' be high- performance, ultra-
high molecular weight industrial pipe. The piping and fittings
shall be free of sharp edges, cracks, and any other defects.
Any defective piping will be rejected. The piping shall be
resistant to landfill gases, leachate, fires, mildew, chemicals
and other deteriorating effects. Piping not meeting these
Specifications will be rejected. The Contractor shall submit
the manufacturer's certification that samples have been tested
in house, in accordance with ASTM D-2837, and validated in
accordance with the latest revisions of PPI TR-3. Pipes shall
be approved by the National Sanitary Foundation (NSF) and comply
with NSF standard No. 14. Pressure and vent pipe shall conform
with ASTM F-714 and shall be SDR-15.5 as manufactured by Plexco,
Franklin Park, Illinois; Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Richardson,
Texas; or equal. Perforated pipe shall be the same class pipe
as the pressure pipe and the perforation pattern shall be as
indicated on the Drawings.
b. Fittings shall be butt fusion type, meeting the requirements of
ASTM D-3261. All fittings shall be pressure rated to match the
system piping to which they are fused. At the point of fusion,
the outside diameter and minimum wall thickness shall meet the
outside diameter and minimum wall thickness specifications of
ASTM F-714 for the same size of pipe. Fittings shall be
supplied by pipe manufacturer. Pipe connections between
dissimilar materials shall be joined by stub end with back up
flange.
pipe shall be stored
such width as not to
of contact with the
tm:SPEC 47A:10
15050-2
r�,
22-056.00 1
ri
P111i
H
H
1
F
C
U
D
c. Clean out caps of materials similar to and compatible with the
pipe shall be supplied as indicated on the Drawings. A sign
shall be posted at cleanout pipe openings as shown on the
Drawings.
d. Properties of high density polythylene (HDPE) pipe and fittings
shall be as follows:
Table 1
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF HDPE PIPE AND FITTINGS
Properties
Test
Method
Typical
Values/Units
Material Designation
PPI/ASTM
PE 3408
Specific Gravity
ASTM
D-1505
0.955
Material Classification
ASTM
D-1248
345434C
Cell Classification
ASTM
D-3350
335434C
Density
ASTM
D-1505
0.955 gms/CM3
Melt Flow
ASTM
D-1238
0.10 gms/10 min
Environmental Stress Crack
ASTM
D-1693
7 3500 Fo Hours
Tensile Strength at yield
ASTM
D-638
>3000 psi
Elongation at break
ASTM
D-638
>500%
Hydrostatic Design Basis
ASTM
D-2837
1600 psi at
73.4oF
800 psi at
140OF
Elastic Modulus
ASTM
D-638
>110,000 psi
Flexural Modulus
ASTM
D-790
>133,000 psi
Brittleness Temperature
ASTM
D-746
- 180o F
Vicat Softening Temperature
ASTM
D-1525
2550F
Thermal Expansion
ASTM
D-696
8 x 10-5
Hardness
ASTM
D-2240
64 Shore D
Molecular Weight Category
GPC
Extra High
Molecular Weight
GPC
>250,000
Color and UV Stabilizer
ASTM
D-1603
Black with 2%
Carbon Black
Hydrostatic Design Basis at 73.40F
ASTM
D-2837
1600 psi
Hydrostatic Design Basis at 140o F
ASTM
D-2837
800 psi
3. Ductile Iron Pipe
a. Pipe
1) Ductile iron pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI Standard
A21.51, minimum thickness Class 52, unless otherwise noted
on the Drawings.
2) Ductile iron pipe joints shall be "push -on" or standard
mechanical joint in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.11.
3) Ductile iron pipe for transmission of leachate shall have a
special protective interior lining. The pipe lining
material shall be virgin polyethelene in compliance with
ASTM Designation D-1248, compounded with sufficient
additives to resist ultraviolet ray damage during storage.
tm:SPEC 47A:10
15050-3
22-056.00
N
Following complete brush blast and solvent cleaning to
remove all mill scale, grease, oil, etc., the lining shall
be factory applied by fusing the material to the interior of
the pipe by heat. The lining shall extend from the plain
end of the pipe to the gasket seat of the bell socket,
forming a tightly -bonded liner with a minimum dry thickness
of 20 mils. Pipe shall be as manufactured by American Cast
Iron Pipe Company, "Polybond," or U.S. Pipe and Foundry
Company, "Polylined," or equal. Pipe for other use shall
have a bituminous coating over a cement morter lining
conforming to ANSI Standard A21.4. Exterior of pipe shall
have a bituminous coating.
b. Fittings
1) Ductile iron fittings shall have the same lining as the
pipeline in which they are installed. Joints shall be
mechanical or single gasket, push -on type and shall conform
to the requirements of ANSI A21.10.
c. Joint Material
1) Ductile iron pipe mechanical joints and push -on joints shall
be made up with rubber gaskets conforming to ANSI Standard
A 21.11. Glands for mechanical joint pipe shall be
bituminous coated and bolts and nuts shall be of high
strength cast iron, or high strength low alloy steel T-head
type with hexagonal nuts conforming to ANSI Standard A21.11.
2) Ductile iron pipe flanged joints shall comply with the
requirements of ANSI Standard B 16.1, 125 pound class.
Flanges for ductile iron pipe shall be of ductile iron.
Machine bolts shall be the best commercial quality steel
with hexagonal nuts of the same quality metal. Gaskets
shall be full face (ring face) of neoprene, red rubber or
corrugated copper.
3) Grooved end couplings shall be for ductile iron pipe and
shall be Victaulic Company of America, Style 30, Aeroquip
No. 100 or equal. Couplings shall be of the flexible type,
consisting of an iron housing in two or more sections which
mechanically engages and locks the collared ends of pipe in
a positive couple with a continuous sealing gasket so shaped
and installed that internal pressure serves to increase the
tightness of seal. The remaining wall thickness at the cut
pipe groove shall not be less than that required
hereinbefore for the pipe pressure class.
4. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings
a. Pipe
1) Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe 2 inches and larger in
diameter shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
Designation D-2241, Class 1120 or 1220 for a minimum
pressure rating of 160 psi at 73.40F. All pipe shall bear
the approval seal of the National Sanitation Foundation
(NSF).
tm:SPEC 47A:10
15050-4
22-056.00 1
I
H__1
L111
hl�'
k
u
0
11
C
['I
0
11
0
P
C�
2) Polyvinyl chloride smaller than 2 inches shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM Designation D-1785, Class 1120 or
1220, Schedule 40 pipe with a minimum pressure rating of 290
psi at 73.40F for unthreaded pipe. Schedule 80 pipe shall
be provided for threaded connections.
b. Fittings
1) PVC pipe fittings 2 inches and larger shall be furnished by
the pipe manufacturer, shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM Designation D-2467 and shall bear the NSF seal.
2) Fittings for PVC pipe smaller than 2 inches shall be
Schedule 40 PVC with solvent weld joints and conform to the
requirements of ASTM Designation D-2467 and D-2464
respectively.
c. Joints
1) PVC pipe 2 inches and larger shall have provision for
expansion and contraction provided in the joints. All
joints, except solvent weld and threaded joints, shall be
designed for push -on makeup connection. A push -on joint may
be a coupling manufactured as an integral part of the pipe
barrel consisting of a thickened section with an expanded
bell with a groove to retain a rubber sealing ring of
uniform cross section similar and equal to Johns -Manville
Ring-Tite and Davis Meter Dav-Tite, or may be made with a
separate twin gasketed coupling similar and equal to
Certainteed Fluid-Tite. Joints shall conform to ASTM D 3139
and provide for the pressure rating of the pipe.
2) Joints in PVC pipe smaller than 2 inches shall be solvent
welded in accordance with the recommendations of the pipe
manufacturer using the solvent welding compound furnished
with the pipe. Threaded joints shall be used only with
Schedule 80 pipe or better.
d. Conduits shall be PVC -Schedule 40 with Underwriters'
Laboratories label.
5. Galvanized Steel Pipe and Fittings
a. Galvanized steel pipe shall be Schedule 40 and conform to the
requirements of ASTM Designation A120.
b. Galvanized steel fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM
Designation A120 and A123. Fittings and connections shall be
screwed, grooved end mechanical coupling type, as shown on the
plans and specified herein. Screwed fittings shall be
galvanized steel, minimum working pressure 150 psi, unless shown
or specified herein and shall conform to ANSI Standard B16.3.
6. Copper Pipe
Copper pipe for underground installation shall be Type K coiled and
shall conform to ASTM B88.
El tm:SPEC 47A:10
15050-5 22-056.00
7. Polypropylene Pipe and Fittings
a. Pipe
1) Polypropylene pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
D-2837-35 for a minimum pressure rating of 150 psi at
73.40F. Pipe shall be manufactured by ASAHI/AMERICA
Medford, Mass.; G.F. Plastics, Tustin, CA; or equal.
b. Fittings
1) Polypropylene fittings shall be the product of the approved
pipe manufacturer and shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM D-2837-38.
c. Joints
1) Polypropylene joints shall be made by using stub end, and
backing ring arrangements, using a suitable gasket material
meeting the requirements of ASTM F-477.
B. Valves
1. Plug Valves
Plug valves shall have Buna-N or neoprene rubber faced plugs and
shall be of eccentric construction. Valves shall be made of
cast iron, or semisteel body at least equal to ASTM A126, Class
B. Body seats shall have a welded in overlay of not less than
90 percent pure nickel on all surfaces contacting the plug face.
Stem bearings shall be of stainless steel. All exposed bolts,
nuts, springs, washers, etc., shall be stainless steel. Port
areas shall be equal to at least 80 percent of the full pipe
area. Valves shall have adjustable packing glands and shall be
capable of being repacked without the bonnet or plug being
removed from the valve. Valves shall be designed for not less
than 150 psi cold water, oil, or gas working pressure. Valves
shall have drip tight shut-off at a bi-directional test pressure
of 100 psi with pressure in either direction. Valves shall be
permanently lubricated, and buried valves shall be provided with
an angle underground actuator, 2-inch-square actuator nut and
extended nut for wrench operation. The extended nut shall be
within 6 inches below the top of the valve box, shall have a
port position indicator and shall indicate direction to open the
valve. Valves shall be lever operated. All valves and
actuators shall be as manufactured by DeZurik, or equal.
2. Gate Valves
a. Gate valves 3 inches in diameter and larger shall be iron body,
tm:SPEC 47A:10
nonrising stem, bronze mounted gate valves, mechanical joint
and/or single gasket push on type, conforming to requirements of
the AWWA Standard C500 and shall be provided with a 2-inch-
square operating nut. Valves shall be of the double -disc type
and shall turn to the left (counterclockwise) to open. The seat
and disc rings shall have smooth, perfectly machined surfaces
and shall be water -tight when in contact. All valves shall be
15050-6
22-056.00 1
r
n
r
D
I
P�
L
r]
F
n
H
H
C�
provided with 0-ring seals. The design and machining of valves
shall be such as to permit replacing the 0-ring seals while in
service without undue leakage.
b. Gate valves less than 3 inches in diameter shall conform to the
requirements of Federal Specifications WW-V-54 for Class A, Type
I, and shall be bronze, single wedge, nonrising stem, screwed
bonnet, 125 pound SP, 200 pound W.O.G., with stuffing box
repackable under pressure and all parts renewable. Ends shall
be as shown on the Drawings.
c. Small plastic gate valves shall be manufactured of Type I, Grade
I Polypropylene with Viton seals and shall be manufactured by
ASAHI/America, G.F. Plastics, or equal. Gate valve shall be
designed for 150 psi at 730F working pressure, for horizontal or
vertical installation. Small metal gate valves shall conform to
F.S. WW-V-54 for Class A, Type I, and shall be bronze, single
wedge, nonrising stem, screwed bonnet, 125 pound SP, 300 pound
W.O.G., with stuffing box replaceable under pressure and all
parts renewable. Ends shall be as shown on the Drawings.
3. Swing Check Valves
a. Swing check valves 4 inches and larger shall be constructed with
heavy cast iron or cast steel body with a stainless steel seat
ring, a noncorrosive shaft for attachment of weight and lever.
The valve must be tight seating, its seat ring shall be
renewable and must be securely held in place by a threaded
joint; the valve disc shall be of cast iron or cast steel and
shall be suspended from a noncorrosive shaft which will pass
through a stuffing box. Check valves shall absolutely prevent
the return of water back through the valve when the inlet
pressure decreases below the delivery pressure. Hydrostatic
test pressure for horizontal swing check valves shall be 150
psi. A tapped boss with plug shall be provided on the check
valve bonnet for a pressure gauge. Valves shall be Model No-
6000 LW as manufactured by Valve and Prime Corp. Schaumburg,
Illinois or equal.
b. Swing Check valves smaller than 4 inches shall be bronze, bronze
disc, conforming to Federal Specification WW-V-51D, Type 4 Class
A-125 pound. Ends shall be as shown on the Drawings.
4. Ball Valves and Ball Check Valves
Valves shall be manufactured of polyvinylindene floride, PVDF,
and installed as shown on the Drawings. Valves shall be
designed for 150 psi at 120OF as manufactured by ASAHI/American,
George Fisher Signet, Inc., or equal. Valves shall be true
union design, rated to a full vacuum of 29.92 inches Hg.
5. Force Main Air Release Valve
Valves shall be automatic with an elongated body, blow -off
valves, stainless steel float, quick disconnect couplings,
threaded connection, and 6 feet of hose for back flushing.
tm:SPEC 47A:10
15050-7
22-056.00
Valve body shall be cast iron suitable for 150 psi working
pressure. Valve shall be Apco Model 400 manufactured by Valve
and Primer Corp., Schaumburg, Illinois, or equal.
C. Valve Boxes
a. Cast iron valve boxes shall be provided for all valves installed
underground which do not have extended operators such as is
required by the plug valves. The valve boxes shall be
adjustable to fit the depth of earth cover over the valve and
shall be designed so as to prevent the transmission of surface
loads directly to the valve or piping. Valve boxes shall have
an interior diameter of not less than 5 inches. Extension
sections shall be cast iron only. The valve boxes shall be
provided with covers marked with the appropriate symbols as
follows for the systems that they serve. The covers shall be so
constructed as to prevent tipping or rattling. Boxes shall be
equal to Clow Corporation No. F 2450, Mueller Company No. H-
10357, or equal.
D. Hose Bibb
Hose bibb shall be 3/4-inch cast bronze sediment faucet with wheel
handle, stem and seat seals of Buna-N or TFE rubber and backflow
preventer. Hose bibb shall be Mueller Co. No. H-8260, Chicago
Faucet Co. No. 998 or approved equal.
E. Pipe and Valve Identification Systems
1. Tape for force main piping shall be 6 inches wide, brown, .004-inch
polyethylene film with a printed legend "CAUTION LEACHATE FORCE
MAIN." Tape shall be as manufactured by Seton Name Plate
Corporation; Terra Tape by Griffolyn Co. Inc.; or equal.
2. Markings and arrows for exposed piping shall be as directed by
Engineer.
3. Tags shall be as manufactured by Seton Name Plate Corporation; Floy
Tag and Manufacturing Co.; or equal.
F. Wall sleeves, pipes and castings shall be as described in Section 11305,
Leachate Pump Station.
G. Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 03300,
Cast -In -Place Concrete.
H. Steel for tie rods and tie bolts shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM Designation A 242, and rods shall be galvanized in conformance with
requirements of ASTM Designation A 123. Tie rods and tie bolts shall be
Super Star Tierod Figure No. SS12 and Tiebolt Figure No. SST7
respectively as manufactured by Star National Products.
tm:SPEC 47A:10
15050-8
22-056.00 1
0
1.1
0
11,
�I
L
P
E
H
0
H
f
N
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. All pipe and fittings, valves and other materials shall be subject to
inspection and approval by the Engineer after delivery, and no broken,
cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated, or otherwise damaged or
unsatisfactory material shall be used. When a defect or crack is
discovered, the injured portion shall not be installed. Cracked pipe
shall have the defect cut off at least 12 inches from the break in the
sound section of the barrel.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Piping
1. Seaming of sections of HDPE pipe shall be performed in strict
accordance with manufacturer's procedures using approved equipment
and ASTM D-3251. Pipe and fittings shall be butt fused at 440OF or
5000F, and shall be socked or sidewall fused at 5000F. Joining and
installation of pipe shall be accomplished under the direction of an
authorized manufacturer's representative.
2. Pipe Sleeves and Wall Castings: Ductile iron pipe sleeves and wall
castings shall be provided at the locations called for on the
Drawings. These units shall be as detailed and of the material as
noted on the Drawings. They shall be accurately set in the concrete
or masonry to the elevations shown. All wall sleeves and castings
required in the walls shall be in place when the walls are poured.
Ends of all wall castings and wall sleeves shall be of a type
consistent with the piping to be connected to them.
B. Underground Piping
1. Trench excavation and backfill shall conform to the provisions of
Section 02220, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting for Piping
Systems.
2. Cover on buried piping shall not be less than 36 inches, unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
3. Upon satisfactory excavation of the pipe trench and satisfactory
installation of the geotextile filter fabric and ballast rock at the
base of the trench as shown on the Drawings (fabric and rock used
only where perforated pipe is installed) and completion of the pipe
bedding, a continuous trough for the pipe barrel and recesses for
the pipe bells, or couplings, shall be excavated by hand digging.
When the pipe is laid in the prepared trench, true to line and
grade, the pipe barrel shall receive continuous, uniform support and
no pressure will be exerted on the pipe joints from the trench
bottom.
4. Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with spigot ends pointing in the
direction of flow. The interior of the pipes shall be thoroughly
cleaned of all foreign matter before being gently lowered into the
trench and shall be kept clean during laying operations by means of
plugs or other approved methods. During suspension of work for any
tm:SPEC 47A:10
15050-9
22-056.00
reason time,
at any a suitable stopper shall be placed in the end of
the pipe last laid to prevent mud or other foreign material from
entering the pipe. lines shall be laid straight and depth of cover
shall be maintained uniform with respect to finish grade, whether
grading is completed or proposed at time of pipe installation.
Where a grade or slope is shown on the Drawings, batter boards with
string line paralleling design grade shall be used by the Contractor
to assure conformance to required grade. No abrupt changes in
direction or grade will be allowed. Any pipe found defective shall
be immediately removed and replaced with sound pipe.
5.
Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed at all bends, tees, plugs and
other fittings of pressure pipe to provide lateral support. Thrust
blocks shall conform to the details shown on the Drawings and shall
be constructed of Class C concrete.
6.
The joints of all pipelines shall be made absolutely tight. The
particular joint used shall be approved by the Engineer prior to
installation. Where shown on Drawings, or where in the opinion of
the Engineer, settlement or vibration is likely to occur, all pipe
joints shall be bolted mechanical type as specified herein.
7.
Mechanical joints shall be made up using annealed high strength cast
iron bolts and rubber gaskets having either plain or duck tip as
recommended by the manufacturer. Mechanical joint pipes shall be
laid and jointed in full conformance with the manufacturer's
recommendations by skilled workmen. Torque wrenches set as
specified in AWWA Standard C-111 shall be used with the permission
of the Engineer.
8.
Push -on joints shall be made in strict, complete compliance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
9.
After the pipe has been laid, inspected and found satisfactory,
sufficient backfill shall be placed along the pipe barrel to hold
the pipe securely in place during the conduction of the preliminary
hydrostatic test. No backfill shall be placed over the joints until
pressure and leakage tests have been satisfactorily completed,
leaving them exposed to view for the detection of visible leaks.
10.
Installation of the HDPE force main shall comply with ASTM D-2774
"Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping," latest
revision, and the manufacturer's recommended procedures.
11.
Upon satisfactory completion of the hydrostatic test, backfilling of
the trench shall be completed.
C. Aboveground
and Exposed Piping
1.
Aboveground and exposed pipe fittings, valves and accessories shall
be installed as shown on the Drawings.
2.
Piping shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the
job site and shall be worked into place without springing or
forcing, properly clearing all equipment access areas and openings.
Changes in sizes shall be made with appropriate reducing fittings.
Pipe connections shall be made in accordance with the details shown
and manufacturer's recommendations. Open ends of pipe lines shall
tm:SPEC 47A:10
15050-10
22-056.00 1
u
P
P,
Ci
L'
G
J.
D
n
be properly capped or plugged during installation to keep dirt and
other foreign material out of the system. Pipe supports and hangers
shall be provided where indicated or as required to insure adequate
support of the piping.
3. Flanged joints for ductile iron pipe shall be made up by inserting
the gasket between the flanges. The threads of the bolts and the
faces of the gaskets shall be coated with a suitable lubricant
immediately before installation.
4. Dresser couplings or equal shall used to form the joint as
recommended by the manufacturer.
5. Use of perforated band iron (plumber's strap), wire or chain as pipe
hangers will not be acceptable. Supports for pipe less than 1-112
inches nominal size shall not be more than 5 feet on centers and
pipe 2 inches nominal size and larger shall be supported at not more
than 3 feet on centers, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Valves and Valve Boxes
1. Valves
Valves shall be installed satisfactorily and properly as shown on
the Drawings, specified herein, and in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Valves shall be carefully
inspected, opened wide, and then tightly closed, and all the various
nuts and bolts thereon shall be tested for tightness. Special care
shall be taken to prevent joint materials, stones or other
substances from becoming lodged in the valve seat. Valves, unless
shown otherwise, shall be set with their stems vertically above the
centerline of the pipe. Any valve that does not operate correctly
shall be adjusted to operate properly or removed and replaced
without additional cost to the Owner. Buried valves shall be
installed horizontally. Extension stems shall be provided on all
buried valves. Sufficient stem extension shall be provided so that
the nut will be less than 4 feet below finish grade. Insert stem
guides shall be provided for all buried valves.
2. Valve Boxes
Valve boxes shall be carefully centered over the operating nut of
the underground valves so as to permit an extension stem to be
easily fitted to the operating unit. The tops of valve boxes shall
be set to the required grade, with allowance made for settlement of
the surrounding backfill or surface. The valve box shall not
transmit surface loads directly to either the pipe or valve. Care
shall be taken to prevent earth and other material from entering the
valve boxes. Any valve box that becomes out of alignment or is not
to grade shall be dug out and adjusted.
3. Inspection
All valves and valve boxes will be inspected upon delivery at the
site and those which do not conform to the requirements of these
Specifications shall be rejected and shall be immediately removed
from the site by the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish and
provide all labor necessary to assist the Engineer
tm:SPEC 47A:10
15050-11
22-056.00
H
in inspecting the valves and valve boxes. No broken, cracked,
misshapen, imperfectly coated, or otherwise damaged or
unsatisfactory valves and valve boxes will be accepted.
E. Pipe and Valve Identification
The Contractor shall provide identification markings on all piping,
tubing and valves installed under the various Sections of the
Specifications.
1. Exposed Pipe, Tube and Conduit
Identification on pipe, tube and conduit (over 120 volt conductors)
inside the pump stations and outside exposed work shall be made with
plastic snap -on and/or plastic pressure sensitive adhesive markers
lettered with appropriate legend and where applicable shall have
arrows indicating direction of flow. When appropriate legends and
band colors are not available painted on legends and bands will be
acceptable.
2. Underground Pipe and Tube
Pipe and tube shall be located by laying 2-inch-wide plastic tape
continuously along the run of pipe or tube. Where possible, color
of tape shall be consistent with the color of bands on interior pipe
and as approved by the Engineer, or shall bear an imprinted
identification of the line. Tape shall be laid approximately 12
inches below ground surface and directly over pipe location.
3. Valve Identifications
On all valves, except shut-off valves located at a fixture or piece
of equipment, the Contractor shall provide a coded and numbered tag
attached with brass chain and/or brass "S" hooks.
a. Tag Types
Tags for valves on pipe and tube lines shall be colored plastic.
Colors for plastic tags shall, where possible, match the color
code of the pipe line on which installed. Square tags shall be
used to indicate normally closed valves and round tags shall
indicate normally open valves.
b. Coding
In addition to the color coding, each tag shall be stamped or
engraved with wording or abbreviations to indicate the line
service. All color and letter coding shall be approved by the
Engineer.
4. Valve Schedule
The Contractor shall provide a typewritten list of all tagged valves
giving tag color, shape, letter code and number, the valve size,
type, use and general location within building which shall be
included in the Operations and Maintenance Manual.
G. Concrete Encasement
1. Concrete for concrete encasement shall be Class C and encasement
shall be constructed in accordance with details shown on the
Drawings.
tm:SPEC 47A:10 15050-12 22-056.00
L
2. If, through failure to provide suitable trench sheeting, or other
causes, the maximum width for trench excavations, as specified
elsewhere in these Specifications, is exceeded, the Contractor shall
construct concrete encasement around the pipe for the length of the
excessive excavation.
3. The points of beginning and ending of pipe encasement shall be not
more than 6 inches from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from
cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects
of superimposed live loads.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Flushing
Force mains shall be flushed to remove all sand and other foreign
matter. The Contractor shall dispose of the flushing water without
causing a nuisance or property damage.
B. Pressure and Leakage Testing
All pumps, gauges and measuring devices shall be furnished, installed
and operated by the Contractor and all such equipment and devices and
their installation shall be approved by the Engineer. All pressure and
leakage testing shall be done in the presence of Engineer as a condition
precedent to the approval and acceptance of the system. All pipes shall
be thoroughly flushed immediately prior to testing.
C. Pressure Tests for Pipes
1. Pressure piping installed under this Contract shall be subjected to
a pressure test after the pipe has been installed and partially
backfilled for underground installations. Each pressure test shall
be maintained for at least 2 hours at a pressure of 1.5 times the
system design pressure or 100 psi, whichever is greater, during
which time all joints shall be examined for leaks.
2. Before application of test pressure, all air shall be expelled from
the pipe. If permanent air vents are not located at all high
points, the Contractor shall install corporation cocks or fittings
and valves at such points so the air can be expelled as the pipe
system is slowly filled with water. After expulsion of air, the
corporation cocks, or other blowoff devices shall be closed and the
test pressure applied.
3. Pi -ping runs with two joints or less need not be pressure tested, but
shall be checked for leakage under normal operating pressures.
4. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves and joints shall be carefully
examined for leaks. All cracked, broken, or defective pipe,
fittings or valves discovered as a consequence of this pressure test
shall be removed and replaced with sound material. All leaking, or
defective joints shall be repaired, replaced or corrected. After
all necessary replacements and corrections, the test shall be
repeated until satisfactory to the Engineer.
tm:SPEC 47A:10 15050-13 22-056.00
11
D. Leakage Testing for Pressure Piping
The hydrostatic pressure tests shall be performed as specified in
Article 3.03.0 and no installation, or section thereof, will be
acceptable until the leakage is less than the number of gallons per
hour as determined by the formula:
L = SO {�
133200
in which,
L = Allowable leakage, in gallons per hour.
S = Length of pipe being tested in feet.
0 = Nominal pipe diameter; in inches.
P = Average test pressure during the test, in psi gauge.
E. Correction of Work
Where leakage exceeds the allowable limit, as specified in Article
3.03.D the defective pipe or joints shall be located and repaired.
If the defective portions cannot be located, the Contractor shall
remove and reconstruct as much of the work as is necessary in order
to conform to the specified limits. No additional payment will be
made for the correction of defective work, or to damage to other
parts of the work resulting from such corrective work.
tm:SPEC 47A:10
END OF SECTION
15050-14
22-056.00 1
I
h
I
ull�
k
p
0
h-,
0
k
H-
k
DIVISION 16
ELECTRICAL
is
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
k
C
H
D
D
H
P
SECTION 16010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS
A. The applicable requirements of this Section shall apply to all
electrical work.
1.02 PROPRIETARY NAMES
A. For convenience of description and as a standard for grade, type,
quality, and performance characteristics, proprietary names are included
with some descriptions. This does not imply preference to specific
manufacturers but minimum requirements with approval to be made by the
Engineer.
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the General
Conditions.
B. Shop drawings, material lists, cuts and other required data shall be
submitted for each system in a single package. If any required items
are omitted from this submittal, the Engineer shall select each such
item indicating manufacturer, model, etc., and such decision shall be
final. Items shall be listed individually by manufacturer, type,
rating, etc. The term "Per Specifications" will not be acceptable.
C. Any deviation from the Specifications pertinent to shop drawings shall
be listed separately and submitted with shop drawings. Failure to list
all deviations in this manner shall be grounds for requiring removal of
such items and installation of new items in exact accordance with
Specifications at no extra cost to the Owner. No material shall be
purchased or installed before written approval of any submission.
D. Before submittal to the Engineer, all shop drawings shall be reviewed,
corrected and verified by signature, or stamp and signature by the
applicable Subcontractor and by the Contractor to be in accordance with
the requirements of Drawings and/or Specifications. Shop drawings that
have been signed or stamped and signed, but have not been reviewed for
compliance with the Drawings and Specifications and/or have not been
coordinated with other equipment and other trades will be returned to
the Contractor without being reviewed by the Engineer.
tm:SPEC 47A:11
16010-1
22-056.00
1.04 CODES
A. All work shall be performed in compliance with all local codes, County
and State codes, Occupational Safety & Health Act, FPC Company
regulations, Drawings and Specifications, the National Electric Code,
and the National Electrical Safety Code. Any errors, omissions or
conflicts shall be called to the attention of the Engineer, in writing,
not less than 7 days prior to the Bid Opening date.
1.05 GUARANTEE
A. All equipment materials and workmanship shall be guaranteed to conform
with the Specifications. Parts defective or not in accordance with the
Specifications shall be replaced in the system and tested free of cost
to the Owner and for a period of one year after final acceptance of the
completed system, shall be fully guaranteed.
B. In the event that a repetition of any one material defect occurs,
indicating the probability of repeated failures which can be traced to
faulty manufacture, manufacturer's design of material or item, or
Contractor's method of installation, the Contractor shall not continue
to replace with the same material, part or method, but shall take steps
to remedy the fault through replacement of all such defective material
or revise completely the method of installation.
C. Manufacturer's guarantees which extend beyond the guarantee period
specified shall be transferred to the Owner before request for Final
payment.
D. All equipment, accessories and connections shall be guaranteed to
operate without undue heating, noise or voltage drop; and the Contractor
shall correct or adjust any items, should such conditions be found to
exist after system has been put into operation. Whether or not a
condition or noise is objectionable shall be decided by the Engineer.
E. Certification must be provided stating that all materials and equipment
used on the project are new.
1.06 FEES, PERMITS AND TESTS
A. The Contractor shall perform or secure such tests as may be required,
supplying all labor and instruments needed, or paying such costs as may
be involved.
B. All tests required to establish the adequacy and quality of all systems
shall be made in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
tm:SPEC 47A:11
16010-2
22-056.00 1
C
L
J
I
L
C. All concealed work must remain uncovered until approved. Al tests
shall be made in accordance to code requirements. Defects disclosed by
tests shall be made good and the defective materials replaced without
additional cost to the Owner. Tests shall be repeated after repairs or
replacements have been made.
D. The Owner shall be furnished with certificates of inspection from all
authorities having jurisdiction. During the course of the construction,
the Work shall be inspected by those having jurisdiction. After the
completion of the Work, the Contractor shall deliver certifications or
letters of approval from such bodies to the Engineer.
1.07 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND OPENINGS
A. All work shall be laid out and installed in advance of pouring g concrete
floors or walls. The Contractor shall furnish and install all sleeves
or openings through floors or walls required for passage of conduits, or
ducts installed.
B. Sleeves shall be of 18-gauge galvanized sheet steel or plastic rigidly
supported and suitably packed to prevent ingress of wet concrete.
C. The Contractor shall furnish and install all inserts, and hangers
required to support conduit, cables, pull boxes, etc.
D. If sleeves, hangers, inserts, etc., are improperly installed, all
necessary cutting and patching to rectify such errors shall be performed
at the Contractor's expense.
1.08 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. All necessary excavation and backfilling for all underground lines,
interior and exterior, shall be performed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting for
Piping Systems.
1.09 SUPERVISION AND WORKMANSHIP
A. All electrical work shall be performe
a fully -qualified electrical foreman.
approved by the Engineer, there shall
the course of construction.
d
under the immediate direction of
Insofar as possible and unless
be no change in supervision during
B. The Contractor shall employ on the job a full-time electrical foreman,
who has been approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit in
writing and in full detail the experience record of the man who will be
the foreman during the complete job. The submission shall indicate jobs
of similar scope where the individual has been recently employed as
foreman on the installation of a project of this type.
tm:SPEC 47A:II
16010-3
22-056.00
C. All workmanship shall be of the highest quality, and the County reserves
the right, for cause, to remove from the Project any of the Contractor's
or his Subcontractor's personnel.
D. All electrical personnel shall cooperate with all other personnel at all
times to insure the furnishing of highest -quality workmanship.
1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. During the progress of the Work, the electrical superintendent shall
daily record on a field set of Drawings the exact location, as
installed, of all underground and otherwise concealed conduits which
were not installed exactly as shown on the Contract Drawings.
1.11 INSTRUCTIONS
A. The Contractor shall fully instruct the Owner's personnel in the
operation and maintenance of all electrical systems.
B. The location of electrical apparatus shall be coordinated with all of
the Contract Drawings. All questionable locations shall be approved by
Engineer prior to installation.
1.12 SCHEDULE OF WORK
A. Scheduling of the proposed work shall be coordinated with that of other
trades and utility services so that new service is properly installed
and interference is avoided. In the event of conflict, the Engineer
must be informed so that the conflict can be resolved. Failure to do so
will be at the Contractor's expense.
1.13 TECHNICAL SECTIONS
A. The following Section form a part of this Division:
1. Section 16050, Electrical Systems.
1.14 INTERFERENCES
A. The Drawings are generally diagrammatic and the Contractor shall
coordinate the electrical work with the work of other trades so that
interferences between conduits, piping, equipment, architectural, and
structural work will be avoided. All necessary offsets in raceways,
fittings, etc., required to properly install the work shall be finished
so as to take up a minimum space and all such offsets, fittings, etc.,
required to accomplish this shall be furnished and installed by the
Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. In the event of
conflict, the Engineer will decide which equipment piping, etc., must be
relocated regardless of which was installed. Cutting and patching
required to relocate work shall exactly match original finished, and
shall be at the Contractor's expense.
tm:SPEC 47A:11 16010-4 22-056.00
U11-
B. The Contractor shall employ the necessary precautionary methods to
prevent painting over or obscuring any nameplate, designations, etc., on
all electrical apparatus and devices. The painting of panelboards,
motor controllers, and similar electrical apparatus, shall be limited to
touching up any surface scratched or marred during shipment or
installation. The materials used shall match exactly the surfaces being
touched up.
1.15 COORDINATION WITH OTHERS
A. The Contractor shall
plan and layout the electrical work
in order to be
compatible with the
building structure and the mechanical systems.
Where failure to coordinate
results in equipment
the electrical work with
having to be removed
other trades
and relocated,
the Contractor
shall perform such
removal and relocation at no cost
to the Owner.
Where equipment has
to be moved the Engineer will determine which
equipment has to be
moved --regardless of which equipment
was installed
first.
B. Installation of underground ducts and conduits for power and
telecommunications services shall be thoroughly coordinated with other
utilities on the site. Duct and conduit sizes and material types shall
be as shown on the drawings. Details of routing, burial depth, size of
bends and termination at each end of service shall be verified on the
job site.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47A:11 16010-5 22-056.00
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)
SECTION 16050
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Work included in this Section consists of furnishing all labor,
materials, equipment and transportation and performing all operations
required for electrical work in accordance with the Specifications and
Drawings and includes, but is not restricted to the following:
1. Complete electrical wiring of all electrical systems including
instrumentation and control wiring as shown on the Drawings and
herein specified.
2. Lighting fixtures, lamps, outlets and wiring devices.
3. Electrical distribution equipment as shown on the Drawings and as
herein described.
4. Temporary service installation as required by all crafts during
construction.
5. Electrical permits, fees, tests and guarantees.
6. Connection of all electrical equipment.
7. Shop Drawings submission.
8. Coordination of work with the utility company and Owner.
9. Provide "Record" drawings.
10. Perform tests to certify compliance with Specifications and
Drawings.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 09900, Painting
B. Section 16010, Basic Electrical Requirements
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes: Any conflicts between the Drawings and Specifications or with
the regulations of local codes, utility companies, or the National
Electrical Code shall be promptly brought to the attention of the
Engineer for clarification. All materials and work shall be in
accordance with said Standards.
B. Contract Documents:
The Drawings are generally diagrammatic,
not
necessarily showing in
detail all of the minor items,
and it shall
not
be interpreted to mean
that any minor item required may
be omitted.
The
Contractor shall make
use of all the data in all
of the Contract
Documents and shall
verify all information at the
site which
may
influence his proposal.
tm:SPEC 47A:12 16050-1 22-056.00
C. Inspections: During the course of construction, the Work will be
reviewed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall call for inspections by
the Inspector during the normal phases of installation and, following
the successful completion of the final inspection, furnish the Owner
with a certificate of final approval.
D. Tests: The Contractor shall provide all necessary instruments and
special apparatus to conduct any test that may be required to insure the
system is free of all improper grounds and short circuits. These tests
shall be conducted in the presence of the Engineer prior to final
acceptance.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
1. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings covering all electrical
equipment for approval within 60 days after the date of the Notice
to Proceed. Dimensions, wiring diagrams, capacities, photometric
data, and other such pertinent data shall be submitted for approval
of equipment such as of the lighting fixtures, relays, panels, motor
starters, circuit breakers, safety switches, hand holes and control
devices. No partial list will be reviewed. Shop Drawings and
submittal data will be reviewed two times; thereafter, all further
submittal data review time will be charged to the Contractor. The
Contractor shall carefully review and check all Shop Drawings prior
to the submittal to the Engineer and his approval shall be indicated
or stamped on the Drawings. Six copies of each Shop Drawing shall
be submitted.
2. Before ordering or fabrication of any materials, the Contractor
shall submit for approval , in sextupl icate, a list of manufacturers
together with catalog or figure numbers of such materials as
conduit, wire and cable, luminaires, poles, hand holes, wiring
devices, etc.
B. Record Drawings: A complete set of Electrical Drawings will be given to
the Contractor to clearly mark all work as installed and all changes
from the Drawings as noted. This work must be kept up-to-date and
verified by the Engineer before the payment is made. The complete
marked set shall be delivered to the Engineer for approval before the
final acceptance of the work.
C. Permits: All required permits and inspection certificates shall be
obtained, paid for and made available at the completion of the work.
1.05 GUARANTEE
A. The Contractor shall submit a written guarantee to the Owner that all
electrical work and material provided under this Contract is free from
defects for a period of one year after final acceptance of the job.
tm:SPEC 47A:12 16050-2 22-056.00
There will be no additional charge to the Owner to repair or replace any
such work which is found to be defective within the guarantee period.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. General: All materials and equipment shall be new and shall bear the
manufacturer's name, date of manufacture, trade name and the UL label.
Equipment and materials shall be delivered to the site and stored in
original containers, suitably sheltered from the elements, but readily
accessible for inspection.
B. Conductors
I. No conductor shall be smaller than No. 12 except for a low voltage
system control wiring within a panel or as indicated. All
conductors shall be of copper, having minimum of 98 percent
conductivity except feeders which may be aluminum, in compliance
with codes. Tinning shall be in accordance with the standards of
the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.
2. All conductors shall be coded throughout, using three colors and
white. The same color code for a particular phase or part of a
circuit shall be run with the same conductor through the job.
Neutral shall be white or gray. A band of tape 3/4 inches wide
shall be used to color code conductors that are not otherwise coded.
These bands shall be applied wherever conductors are accessible.
Branch circuit conductors connected to 120/240 volt circuits shall
be black and red.
3. All conductors in underground duct banks or exteriors below grade
conduits shall be Type XHHN or equal moisture resistant, 600 volts
insulation.
C. Raceways
1. Rigid Steel Conduit: Rigid steel conduits shall be equal to
Pittsburgh Standard hot -dipped galvanized conduit, Republic
"Galvite," or National "Sherarduct."
2. PVC Conduit: Polyvinyl Chloride Schedule 40 conduit shall be equal
to that manufactured by Carlon Products Corporation, 3645
Warrensville Center Road, Cleveland, Ohio 44122.
3. EMT: Electric metallic tubing, EMT, shall be equal to Republic
"Electronite," Pittsburg Standard EMT with zinc chromate coating or
Triangle "hot -dipped" galvanized. Dent -type or screw -held -type
fittings will not be acceptable anywhere.
4. Flexible Conduit: Flexible Conduit shall be galvanized and shall be
constructed to provide a continuous metallic bond and shall be equal
to that manufactured by National Electric "Sealtite" flexible steel
conduit.
tm:SPEC 47A:12 16050-3 22-056.00
D. Safety Switches: All safety switches shall be a heavy-duty type,
manufactured by General Electric, Square D or Westinghouse. All
exterior- enclosures shall conform to NEMA 3R Standards. Al others
shall conform to NEMA 1 Standards.
E. Boxes and Fittings: All exterior and surface -mounted outlet and switch
boxes and fittings used throughout the job, shall be cast aluminum with
threaded conduit hubs and shall be as manufactured by Slater Electric or
equal. Outlet boxes shall be not less than minimum size required by the
National Electric Code and large enough to permit a satisfactory
installation of the required conductors. Extra large boxes shall be
used in accordance with the NEC where necessary to prevent undue
crowding of wires. Cast type gang boxes shall be used for gang switches
and to provide additional conductor space.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All work shall be executed in a neat and workmanlike manner by
experienced and capable electricians so as to present a neat
installation upon completion.
B. Electrical work shall be coordinated so as not to interfere with or
delay other construction operations.
C. The Contractor shall do all necessary cutting, sleeving, excavating and
backfilling for the installation of the equipment and the patching
thereafter.
D. The Contractor shall install all control devices furnished by equipment
manufacturers with their equipment and complete the wiring in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations and approved wiring diagrams.
E. Feeders and Branch Circuitry
1. Sizing of main feeders and branch feeders is fully delineated on the
Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all feeders as indicated on
the Drawings and shall connect them for correct phase sequence and
the proper operation of the equipment they serve.
2. Lighting and appliance branch circuitry is indicated on the Drawings
denoting the number and size of conductors. When providing this
circuitry, the Contractor shall pay particular attention to the
following:
a. Raceway sizes shall be adequate for the number and sizes of
conductors contained, as required by code.
b. Unless otherwise noted, circuitry shall be multiwire utilizing
common neutrals with no more than one circuit conductor to the
same phase leg of the supply system.
tm:SPEC 47A:12 16050-4 22-056.00
c, Circuits shall be balanced on phases at supply point as evenly
as possible. Numbering of circuits on plans is for reference
only and does not indicate balanced phasing of circuits.
d. Conductors in a given conduit shall be of the same size from
panel to all outlets, unless otherwise shown. All conductor
sizes specified or shown are minimum sizes. If Contractor
cannot promptly obtain the size conductor specified or shown,
Contractor shall furnish the next larger size available and
install corresponding larger raceways at Contractor's expense.
G. Conductors: Conductors pulled in raceways shall be well greased to
reduce strains on the conductor and on the insulation. Conductors that
are nicked or scarred during installation shall be removed, the raceway
cleaned and freed from any burrs or abrasions and new conductors
installed. Conductors shall be laced and trained in all panelboards,
control cabinets and terminal cabinets. Color coding of conductors is
mandatory and extreme caution should be exercised where two neutrals are
installed in the same conduit, two identical phases on one neutral shall
not be used. The phase conductors of all feeder circuits and the
control conductors of all control circuits shall be grouped as such,
laced and identified where installed in the pull boxes.
H. The Contractor shall permanently and effectively ground service neutral
and all raceways, devices, and utilization equipment in accordance with
requirements of National Electrical Code, and as shown or required. All
grounding electrodes shall have exothermic welds (cadweld) to the ground
rod.
I. Splices
All splices shall be of the molded insulation type using the proper
molds and material for the conductor size and conductor insulation
material, as contained in "Scotchcast" splicing kits. Splices shall
not be made in any conductor whose installed length is 300 feet or
less. Splices in conductors whose installed lengths exceed 300 feet
shall be provided not less than 250 feet from termination points or
from other splices. There shall be no splices in control,
instrumentation, or control cables unless specifically noted on the
Drawings. Instrumentation or control cables shall be terminated
where indicated in exterior locations only, in aboveground terminal
post, NEMA 3R terminal boxes, with conductors and shielding properly
terminated on insulated terminal block assemblies.
J. Raceways
1. General: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all conduit shall be
installed following exactly the routes on the Drawings. Conduits
shall be installed to insure against the collection of trapped
condensation and shall be arranged so as to be devoid of traps
wherever possible. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the
lodging of dirt, plaster or trash in conduit, tubing, fittings and
boxes during the course of construction. A run that has been or
becomes clogged shall be entirely cleared or replaced. All metallic
tm:SPEC 47A:12 16050-5 22-056.00
conduit installed in concrete or below grade shall be painted ., th
two coats of black asphalt paint. Where conduits leave or enter a
slab, a flush coupling shall be installed.
2. Material Application: Rigid aluminum conduit or rigid steel conduit
shall be used throughout, except as otherwise indicated on the
Drawings. PVC Schedule 40 conduit may be used underground beyond
building foundations.
3. Size: Minimum size for all conduit is 1/2 inch.
4. Rigid Conduit: Rigid conduit shall be securely fastened to all
sheet metal enclosures with galvanized double locknuts and
insulating bushings, care being taken to see that the full number of
threads project through to permit the bushings to pull tight against
the end of the conduit and fastened to all cast enclosures by means
of threaded hubs on these enclosures. Insulating bushings shall be
0-Z Company Type B, or approved equal.
5. Adapters: PVC to metal adapters shall be installed where indicated.
Adapters shall be Carlon E94-X series or equal.
6. A bright red plastic warning tape shall be placed approximately 9
inches above all underground ducts.
K. Wiring Devices: The Contractor shall furnish and install all wiring
devices as shown on the Drawings and as herein specified.
L. Devices: Devices shall be set plumb with the floor and/or grade and at
locations indicated. Where devices must be moved because of conflict,
approval of the Engineer shall be obtained prior to relocation.
M. Painting: If field painting of electrical panels, switches, etc., are
required, they shall be field painted with prime coat, finish coat of
the color of existing equipment or as directed by the Owner. Touching -
up of scratched or marred surfaces shall match exactly the surfaces
being touched -up.
N. Equipment Connection Locations: The Contractor shall verify connection
locations of feeders and/or control conductors and conduits at all new
equipment per approved Shop Drawings and at all existing equipment to be
reconnected as required. Connection locations indicated on the Drawings
are diagrammatic only.
0. Service
1. Electric service shall be in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the local Electric Company.
2. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the local Electric
Company for required temporary service facilities and payment of all
charges connected therewith.
P. Lighting Fixtures: The Contractor shall furnish, install and connect
all lighting fixtures and lamps, as shown on the Contract Drawings.
tm:SPEC 41A:12 16050-6 22-056.00
Q. Omission of a specific electrical item, on the Drawings, obviously
necessary for the proper functioning of the equipment shall not relieve
the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing and installing the
item as part of this contract at no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
tm:SPEC 47A:12 16050-7 22-056.00
(NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE)